Anda di halaman 1dari 348

Copyright 2009 by Tim Penyusun and PT Intan Pariwara.

No part of this publicatio


n may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form o
r by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, w
ithout prior written permission of the publisher. Hak cipta dilindungi undang-un
dang, 2009 pada Tim Penyusun dan hak penerbitan pada PT Intan Pariwara, Anggota
IKAPI Nomor 016/JTE/79, Nomor Kode Penerbitan IP/80/2009. Dilarang mencetak ulan
g, menyimpan dalam sistem retrival, atau memindahkan dalam bentuk apa pun dan de
ngan cara bagaimanapun, elektronik, mekanik, fotokopi, rekaman, dan sebagainya,
tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit. Kode file IP2_BING8A_PG09. Penyusun: Bachtiar
Bima Mustriana, Cicik Kurniawati, Yuniarti D. Arini; Editor: Marta Yuliani, Sug
eng Aryanto; Ilustrator: Agung Suroso, Andi Kurniawan, Aris Partomo, Nunung Supa
rna, Rio Kuswanto; Desainer kover: Aris Partomo; Perwajahan: M. Andina Risky D.,
M. Aris Wibowo, M.M. Endang Iriyanti. Penanggung jawab produksi: Bachtiar Bima
Mustriana. Dicetak oleh: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang, Kotak Pos 181, Klaten 57438,
Indonesia (isi di luar tanggung jawab percetakan). PT Intan Pariwara Jalan Ki H
ajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia, Telp. (0272) 322441, Fax
(0272) 322607, e-mail: intan@intanpariwara.co.id Layanan Konsumen: 0272 - 310 1515, e-mail: cs@intanpariwara.co.id

Bapak/Ibu Guru tentu sudah memahami bahwa Pemerintah telah menetapkan buku-buku
yang layak dipakai di dalam proses belajar mengajar. Buku-buku (BSE) itu dapat d
iunduh melalui internet oleh siapa saja dan tidak dipungut biaya. Siapa pun bisa
menggunakannya. Namun ternyata, itu saja belum cukup. Siswa masih memerlukan ba
han latihan agar kompetensi mereka benar-benar terukur. Kenyataannya tidak banya
k buku latihan yang sesuai dengan kebutuhan siswa dan guru. Salah satu buku yang
selalu ditunggu kehadirannya adalah buku PR Bahasa Inggris yang dilengkapi Pega
ngan Guru (PG). Buku PR Bahasa Inggris sudah terbit dalam beberapa edisi. Bapak/
Ibu Guru yang sudah menggunakan buku latihan ini beserta PG-nya mengakui kebergu
naan materi yang ada dalam buku ini pada saat mengajar. Mereka merasa sangat ter
bantu dengan adanya buku PR Bahasa Inggris karena materinya selalu aktual dan me
ndukung tercapainya kompetensi. Dengan demikian, siswa mempunyai banyak kesempat
an berlatih mengembangkan kemampuan mereka, baik secara lisan (spoken) maupun te
rtulis (written). Kali ini buku PR Bahasa Inggris yang juga dilengkapi PG kembal
i hadir dengan beberapa peningkatan mutu. Perubahan itu atas masukan Bapak/Ibu G
uru yang sudah menggunakan buku latihan ini. Salah satunya adalah disediakannya
materi akhir unit di buku siswa (disebut Assessment) dan juga di Pegangan Guru (
disebut Review). Materi akhir unit di buku Pegangan Guru (Review) tidak ada di b
uku siswa. Dengan demikian, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat memberi bentuk latihan akhir un
it yang berbeda dengan yang ada di buku siswa. Kedua materi itu belum ada di buk
u Pegangan Guru PR Bahasa Inggris edisi sebelumnya. Penyusun sangat berharap buk
u latihan ini sesuai dengan keinginan Bapak/Ibu Guru. Buku ini juga kami harapka
n benar-benar dapat membantu siswa meningkatkan kompetensi mereka dan membantu B
apak/Ibu Guru menciptakan generasi penerus yang cerdas. Penyusun tetap mengharap
kan masukan Bapak/Ibu Guru guna penyempurnaan dan pengembangan buku latihan ini.
Klaten, April 2009 Penyusun
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
iii

Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kela
s VIII SMP/MTs
Minggu Efektif Per Tahun Ajaran Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (jam pembelajaran)
Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) Jumlah Jam Per Tahun (@ 60 menit)
Komponen A. Mata Pelajaran 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Pendidikan Agama Pendidika
n Kewarganegaraan Bahasa Indonesia Bahasa Inggris Matematika IPA IPS Seni Budaya
dan Keterampilan Pendidikan Jasmani, Olahraga, dan Kesehatan
Alokasi Waktu
2 2 4 4 4 4 4 2
3438 3438 3438 3438 3438 3438 3438 3438
6876 6876 136152 136152 136152 136152 136152 6876

2.7203.040 2.7203.040 5.4406.080 5.4406.080 5.4406.080 5.4406.080 5.4406.080 2.7203.0


4551 4551 91101 91101 91101 91101 91101 4551
2 2
3438 3438
6876 6876
2.7203.040 2.7203040
4551 4551
10. Keterampilan/TIK
B. Muatan Lokal Jumlah
2 32
3438 374418
6876 1.0881.216
2.7203.040 43.52048.640
4551 725811
Diolah dari Lampiran Peraturan Mendiknas RI Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar
Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah: Bab II Kerangka Dasar dan Strukt
ur Kurikulum, Bab III Beban Belajar. Keterangan: 1. Satuan pendidikan dimungkink
an menambah maksimum 4 jam pelajaran per minggu secara keseluruhan. 2. Alokasi w
aktu satu jam pembelajaran adalah 40 menit. 3. Cara menghitung: a. Waktu Pembela
jaran Per Tahun (Jam Pembelajaran) = Alokasi Waktu Minggu Efektif Per Tahun b. W
aktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (JP) 1 Jam Pe
mbelajaran (menit) c. Jumlah Jam Per Tahun = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit
) : 60 menit 4. Pengembangan diri bukan merupakan mata pelajaran yang harus dias
uh oleh guru. Pengembangan diri bertujuan memberikan kesempatan kepada peserta d
idik untuk mengembangkan dan mengekspresikan diri sesuai kebutuhan, bakat, dan m
inat setiap peserta didik sesuai dengan kondisi sekolah. 5. *) Ekuivalen 2 jam p
embelajaran.
Alokasi Waktu Kegiatan Tatap Muka Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VI

II Semester 1
Mata Pelajaran Alokasi Waktu 4 Minggu Efektif Per Semester 1719 Waktu Pembelajara
n Per Semester (jam pembelajaran) 6876 Waktu Pembelajaran Per Semester (menit) 2.
7203.040 Jumlah Jam Per Semester (@ 60 menit) 4551
4.
Bahasa Inggris
iv
Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kela
s VIII SMP/MTs

Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 ten
tang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah
Lampiran 2 : Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi Dasar Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggr
is untuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)/Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs) Kelas VIII, Se
mester 1 Standar Kompetensi
Mendengarkan 1. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal
sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
Kompetensi Dasar
1.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things d
one) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan ber
terima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur
: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, mengakui, me
ngingkari fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapat 1.2 Merespon makna yang terdap
at dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersos
ialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi deng
an lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: mengundang, menerima dan men
olak ajakan, menyetujui/tidak menyetujui, memuji, dan memberi selamat 2.1 Meresp
on makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara akura
t, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar 2.2 Meresp
on makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan
berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk des
criptive dan recount 3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to
get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan
ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi deng
an lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak ja
sa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta d
an memberi pendapat 3.2 Memahami dan merespon percakapan transaksional (to get t
hings done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan raga
m bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan li
ngkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: mengundang, menerima dan menolak
ajakan, menyetujui/ tidak menyetujui, memuji, dan memberi selamat 4.1 Mengungkap
kan makna dalam bentuk teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan
ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi deng
an lingkungan sekitar 4.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana den
gan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk be
rinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recoun
t 5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks tulis fungsional dan esei berbentuk descript
ive dan recount pendek dan sederhana dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang be
rterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar 5.2 Merespon makna dalam teks t
ulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkai
tan dengan lingkungan sekitar 5.3 Merespon makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei
pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan ling
kungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount
2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbe
ntuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar Berbic
ara 3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisa
n pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana
yang berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan seki
tar Membaca 5. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana be
rbentuk descriptive dan recount yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar
Menulis 6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek seder
hana berbentuk descriptive, dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sek
itar
6.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana deng

an menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk beri
nteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar 6.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika
dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat,
lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks be
rbentuk descriptive dan recount
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
v

SILABUS
Unit Unit Unit Unit 1 2 3 4 Descriptive Recount Descriptive Recount
1 44
UNIT
1

Descriptive
Asking for and Giving Opinions Agreeing or Disagreeing Genre: Descriptive The S
mple Present Tense Adjectives The Present Continuous Tense Short Descriptions an
d Labels
45100
UNIT
2
Recount
Asking for, Giving or Refusing to Give Help Complimenting Genre: Recount The Sim
ple Past Tense The Present Perfect Tense Announcements and Letters
101162
UNIT
3
Descriptive
Admitting and Denying Facts Congratulating Genre: Descriptive Question Words Ind
efinite Pronouns Announcements and Advertisements
163236
UNIT
4
Recount
Asking for, Giving or Refusing to Give Things Inviting, Accepting or Declining
n Invitation Genre: Recount The Past Continuous Tense Relating/Linking Verbs Ref
lexive Pronouns Spoken Messages and Invitation Cards
237292
Latihan Ulangan Semester Reading Materials Daftar Pustaka
vi
293302 303313 314
Daftar Isi Kegiatan Tatap Muka

SILABUS
Unit 1 Descriptive
Nama Sekolah : Kelas/Semester : Mata Pelajaran : Unit : Genre : Standar Kompeten
si : 1. Memahami makna
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik 1. Memahami percakapan dalam ga
mbar serta berbagai ungkapan yang dipelajari. Tes lisan Jawaban singkat Non tes
Uraian objektif Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Read the dialog and understand
the expressions. Alokasi Waktu
SMP/MTs . . . VIII/1 Bahasa Inggris 1 Descriptive Mendengarkan dalam percakapan
transaksional dan interpersonal sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan s
ekitar.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Sumber Belajar

2
40'

Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan memint


a dan memberi pendapat serta menyetujui/ tidak menyetujui. 2. Menjawab pertanyaa
n yang berkaitan dengan ungkapan yang dipelajari. Tes tulis Dikte
Bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi
pendapat serta menyetujui/ tidak menyetujui.

Answer the questions below.

3. Menyimak berbagai ungkapan yang dibacakan guru, lalu menulisnya.


Listen to your teacher. Write down the expressions you have heard. Tes tulis Ben
ar/Salah Listen to your teacher. State whether the statements are true (T) or fa
lse (F) based on what you have heard.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 14. Kamus Inggris Indone
sia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
1.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things
done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan be
rterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutu
r: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, 4. Menyimak
percakapan yang dibacakan guru, lalu menentukan pernyataan benar atau salah.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

2
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik Bentuk Instrumen Listen to your teacher.
Fill in the blanks based on the dialog you have heard. Your teacher will ask you
some questions about the dialog in Task C. Answer the questions orally. Isian C
ontoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu 5. Melengkapi percakapan berdasarkan per
cakapan yang dibacakan guru. 6. Menjawab pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru berdasar
kan percakapan yang diperdengarkan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. Tes lisan Jawaban s
ingkat Tes tulis 7. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan percakapan yang dibac
akan guru. Tes tulis Pilihan ganda Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D f
or the correct answer.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
Sumber Belajar
Silabus Unit 1 Descriptive
mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapat.
1.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things
done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan be
rterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutu
r: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetujui/ tidak menyetujui, memuji
, dan memberi selamat.

Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional


dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraks
i dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 1. Memahami contoh dan penjelasan tentang
short description lisan. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan yang berkaitan dengan short des
cription. 3. Menyimak short description yang dibacakan guru, lalu menjelaskan is
inya. 4. Menentukan pernyataan benar atau salah berdasarkan short description pa
da kegiatan sebelumnya. 5. Membaca dan memahami contoh dan penjelasan teks descr
iptive lisan. 6. Menjawab pertanyaan yang berkaitan dengan teks descriptive. 7.
Menyimak monolog descriptive yang dibacakan guru, lalu menjelaskan isinya. 8. Me
nentukan pernyataan benar atau salah berdasarkan monolog yang disimak pada kegia
tan sebelumnya. Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana sec
ara akurat, lancar, dan berterima dalam teks descriptive. Non tes Tes tulis Pern
yataan benar/salah Tes lisan Uraian Tes lisan Jawaban singkat Answer the questio
ns below. Listen to your teacher. What is it about? State whether the statements
are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A. Uraian objektif Read the
monolog and understand the explanation. Tes lisan Jawaban singkat Answer the qu
estions below. Tes lisan Jawaban singkat Listen to your teacher. What does he/sh
e talk about? Tes tulis Pernyataan benar/salah State whether the statements are
true (T) or false (F) based on the monolog you have heard in Task A. 2 40' Mampu
merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana berb
entuk short description secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi
dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Read the text and understand the explanatio
n. Non tes Uraian objektif 1 Bentuk Instrumen 40' Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alo
kasi Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
2.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana s
ecara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
.

Teks lisan fungsional pendek: short descriptions.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 1516. Kamus Inggris Indo
nesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Monolog descriptive.
2.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat,
lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks be
rbentuk descriptive dan recount.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 6, 1011. Kamus Inggris I
ndonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
3

4
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik Bentuk Instrumen Jawaban singkat Look at
the picture and listen to the teacher. Answer the questions based on the monolog
you have heard. Fill in the blanks while listening to your teacher. Contoh Inst
rumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu 9. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan monolog yang di
bacakan guru. Tes tulis 10. Melengkapi teks berdasarkan monolog yang dibacakan g
uru. Isian Tes tulis Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik 1. Mempera
gakan percakapan dengan lafal dan intonasi yang tepat. Tes unjuk kerja Bentuk In
strumen Unjuk kerja Contoh Instrumen Read and practice the dialogs with proper p
ronunciation. Tes lisan Jawaban singkat Alokasi Waktu 2 x 40' 2. Menjawab pertan
yaan berdasarkan percakapan yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. Melakukan berbagai
tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal seperti: meminta da
n memberi pendapat serta menyetujui/tidak menyetujui. Answer the questions based
on the dialogs in Task A. Tes tulis Isian Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja 3. Melen
kapi percakapan dengan kata-kata dalam kotak. 4. Memperagakan percakapan tersebu
t dengan teman. Mengembangkan wacana transaksional/ interpersonal Complete the d
ialog with the correct words in the box. Then, practice the complete dialog with
your friend.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
Sumber Belajar
Silabus Unit 1 Descriptive
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksi
onal dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkung
an sekitar.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
Sumber Belajar
3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan s
ecara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan

Percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang melibatkan tindak tutur meminta


dan memberi pendapat serta menyetujui/tidak menyetujui.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 46. Kamus Inggris Indone
sia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 5. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percak


apan yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. Answer the following questions based on th
e dialog in Task C. Make a dialog based on the guideline. Then, practice the dia
log. Make dialogs based on the situations. Then, practice the dialogs. 6. Membua
t percakapan berdasarkan panduan yang tersedia, lalu memperagakan percakapan ter
sebut. 7. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia, lalu memperagaka
n percakapan tersebut. Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja p
endek menjadi sebuah obrolan atau interaksional yang lebih panjang. Tes tulis Ja
waban singkat Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu Sumber B
elajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa,
meminta, memberi, menolak barang, mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta dan
memberi pendapat.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
5
3.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan s
ecara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
yang melibatkan tindak tutur: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetuj
ui/ tidak menyetujui, memuji, dan memberi selamat.

6
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 1. Mendeskripsikan sesuatu secara singkat
berdasarkan data yang tersedia. 2. Mendeskripsikan benda dalam gambar secara si
ngkat. Tes lisan Uraian Mengungkapkan makna/gagasan dalam teks lisan fungsional
pendek berbentuk short description dengan lancar dan berterima. Look at the pict
ure and find some references about it. Describe it briefly. Tes lisan Uraian Des
cribe a thing based on the data below. 1 Bentuk Instrumen 40' Contoh Instrumen I
ndikator Alokasi Waktu 3. Melakukan monolog berdasarkan teks yang tersedia. 4. M
elakukan monolog descriptive tentang tokoh yang ada dalam gambar. Tes unjuk kerj
a Unjuk kerja Read the text. Deliver a monolog based on the text. Tes unjuk kerj
a Unjuk kerja Melakukan monolog dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dengan ragam ba
hasa lisan secara lancar dan berterima. 2 40' Find the data about this man, then
describe him orally in front of the class.
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsiona
l dan monolog pendek sederhana yang berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk beri
nteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Silabus Unit 1 Descriptive
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Sumber Belajar
4.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana deng
an menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk ber
interaksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Teks lisan fungsional pendek: short descriptions.


Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 17. Kamus Inggris Indon
esia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
4.2 Mengungkap-kan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam
bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lin
gkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Monolog descriptive.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 1112. Kamus Inggris Indo
nesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 5. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esai pe
ndek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount yang berkaitan dengan lingkunga
n sekitar.
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 1. Membaca contoh dan memahami penjelasan
tentang label. 2. Membaca nyaring label dengan lafal dan ucapan yang benar. Tes
lisan Membaca nyaring Membaca nyaring secara bermakna wacana pendek sederhana.
Non tes Uraian objektif Read the text and understand the explanation. 1 Bentuk I
nstrumen 40' Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

Teks tulis fungsional pendek: label.

Teks descriptive.
Read the text. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

Tes lisan

Membaca nyaring

5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks tulis fungsional dan esei berbentuk descriptiv
e dan recount pendek dan sederhana dengan ucapan, tekanan, dan intonasi yang ber
terima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar. 3. Membaca nyaring teks descrip
tive dengan lafal, tekanan, dan ucapan yang benar. 4. Mengidentifikasi struktur
teks tersebut. Tes tulis Identifikasi Read the text with proper pronunciation. I
dentify the structure of the text. 5. Menyatakan pernyataan benar atau salah ber
dasarkan teks yang ada. Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks fungsional pend
ek berbentuk label dengan benar. Tes tulis Pernyataan benar/salah Read the text.
State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). Tes tulis Pilihan ganda

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 12,16, 17. Kamus Inggr
is Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Teks tulis fungsional pendek: label.


1
40'

6. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks.


Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

5.2 Merespons makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat,
lancar, dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 1617. Kamus Inggris Indo
nesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
7

8
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik Non tes Read the text and understand the
explanation. 3 40' Bentuk Instrumen Uraian objektif Contoh Instrumen Indikator A
lokasi Waktu 7. Membaca contoh dan penjelasan tentang teks descriptive. Non tes
Read the dialog and understand the explanation. Uraian objektif Mengidentifikasi
makna gagasan (ideasional) dan informasi faktual dalam teks, main ideas, suppor
ting ideas, details. 8. Mempelajari tata bahasa yang terkait, yaitu the simple p
resent tense, adjectives, dan the present continuous tense, serta memahami conto
hcontohnya. 9. Menentukan pernyataan benar atau salah berdasarkan teks yang ada
di kegiatan sebelumnya. 10. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks. Tes tulis Jawa
ban singkat Tes tulis Pernyataan benar/salah State whether the statements are Tr
ue (T) or False (F) based on the text in Task A. Read the text and answer the qu
estions. Tes tulis Isian Complete the text with the correct words in the box, th
en read it aloud. 11. Melengkapi teks dengan kata-kata dalam kotak, lalu membaca
teks yang telah lengkap. 12. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks soal.
13. Melengkapi kalimat dengan kata sifat yang tersedia di dalam kotak. Tes tulis
Pilihan ganda Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Tes tulis Isian Compl
ete the sentences with the correct adjectives in the box.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
Sumber Belajar

Teks descriptive.
Silabus Unit 1 Descriptive

The simple present tense.

Adjectives.
5.3 Merespons makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akur
at, lancar, dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks be
rbentuk decriptive dan recount.

The present continuous tense.


Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 710, 1214. Kamus Inggris
Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 14. Mengoreksi dan membetulkan kalimat ya


ng tersedia. 15. Mengubah kata-kata dalam kurung ke dalam bentuk the present con
tinuous tense untuk melengkapi kalimat. Tes tulis Isian Change the words in brac
kets into the present continuous tense. Tes tulis Uraian Correct the sentences b
elow. Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
9

10
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 1. Menulis label produk yang digunakan se
harihari. Menulis berbagai teks fungsional untuk komunikasi sehari-hari seperti
label dengan benar dan berterima. Tes tulis Uraian Write the label of a product
that you use daily, such as shampoo, soap, cosmetics, etc. 1 Bentuk Instrumen 40
' Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu 2. Menulis teks descriptive berdasark
an data. Tes tulis Esai Write a descriptive text based on the data. Tes tulis Es
ai 3. Menulis teks descriptive berdasarkan gambar dan informasi yang diperoleh.
Menulis berbagai teks terutama yang berbentuk descriptive dengan langkah retorik
a dan struktur teks yang benar dan berterima. 2 40' Write a descriptive text bas
ed on the picture. Find some relevant resources to get the information about him
.
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional
esai pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi denga
n lingkungan sekitar.
Silabus Unit 1 Descriptive
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Sumber Belajar
6.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana deng
an menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk ber
interaksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Teks tulis fungsional pendek: label.


Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 18. Kamus Inggris Indon
esia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
6.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan
menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berint
eraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Teks descriptive.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 15. Kamus Inggris Indon
esia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

SILABUS
Unit 2 Recount
Nama Sekolah : Kelas/Semester : Mata Pelajaran : Unit : Genre : Standar Kompeten
si : 1. Memahami makna
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik 1. Membaca percakapan dan memah
ami ungkapan-ungkapan yang tersedia. Tes lisan Jawaban singkat Non tes Uraian ob
jektif Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Read the dialogs and understand the exp
ressions. Alokasi Waktu
SMP/MTs . . . VIII/1 Bahasa Inggris 2 Recount Mendengarkan dalam percakapan tran
saksional dan interpersonal pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkunga
n sekitar.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Sumber Belajar

2
40'

Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal untuk meminta, memberi, men


olak jasa, dan memuji. 2. Mengingat ungkapanungkapan yang telah dipelajari pada
unit sebelumnya, dan menjawab pertanyaan tentang ungkapanungkapan tersebut. 3. M
enyimak percakapan yang dibacakan guru, lalu menirukannya. 4. Memperagakan perca
kapan tersebut dengan teman. 5. Menjawab pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru berdasar
kan percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. Tes lisan
Bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur: untuk meminta, membe
ri, menolak jasa, dan memuji.

Remember Unit 1, then answer the questions below.

Unjuk kerja

Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/ her.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 2124 Kamus Inggris Indon
esia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
1.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things
done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan be
rterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutu
r: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, Tes lisan J
awaban singkat

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task A. Answer the
questions orally.
11

12
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 6. Menyimak percakapan yang dibacakan gur
u. 7. Melengkapi percakapan soal sesuai dengan percakapan utuh yang telah dideng
ar. 8. Menentukan pernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan percakap
an pada kegiatan sebelumnya. Tes tulis Pernyataan benar/salah Read the complete
dialog in Task C. Then, decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Tes tulis Isian Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialog based on what you h
ave heard. Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
Sumber Belajar
Silabus Unit 2 Recount
mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapat.
1.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things
done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan be
rterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutu
r: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetujui/ tidak menyetujui, memuji
, dan memberi selamat.

Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional


dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraks
i dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 1. Membaca pengumuman dan keterangan meng
enai pengumuman tersebut. Tes lisan Jawaban singkat Answer the questions. Non te
s Uraian objektif Read the text and understand the explanation. 2 Bentuk Instrum
en 40' Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

Teks lisan fungsional pendek: announcement (pengumuman).

2. Menjawab pertanyaan yang tersedia berdasarkan pengalaman siswa. Tes lisan Jaw
aban singkat
Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana
dalam bentuk pengumuman secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima.

2.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana s
ecara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
. 3. Menyimak pengumuman yang dibacakan guru, lalu menjawab pertanyaan berdasark
an pengumuman tersebut. 4. Mencari kata-kata dalam teks yang telah diperdengarka
n sebelumnya yang sesuai dengan arti yang disediakan. 5. Melengkapi kalimat deng
an kata-kata yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. 6. Menyimak pengumuman yang dibaca
kan guru, lalu menentukan topik pengumuman tersebut. Tes tulis Listen to your te
acher and answer the questions.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 3536 Kamus Inggris Indon
esia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Identifikasi

Find the words which have the following meanings in the text in Task A.
Tes tulis

Isian

Complete the sentences with the correct words in Task B. Tes lisan Uraian Listen
to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about?
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
13

14
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 7. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasar pengumuma
n yang telah diperdengarkan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. Jawaban singkat Your teach
er will ask you some questions about the text you have heard in Task D. Answer t
he questions orally. Read the monolog and understand the explanation. 2 40' Tes
tulis Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu 8. Membaca nyari
ng monolog yang tersedia dan memahami keterangan mengenai monolog tersebut. Tes
lisan Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat
, lancar, dan berterima dalam teks recount. Jawaban singkat Uraian objektif Non
tes 9. Menjawab pertanyaan mengenai genre yang dibahas pada unit sebelumnya. Tes
tulis Isian Remember Unit 1 and answer the questions. 10. Melengkapi teks sesua
i dengan teks yang dibacakan guru. 11. Menjawab pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru b
erdasarkan teks yang diperdengarkan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. Tes lisan Complete
the text while listening to your teacher. Jawaban singkat Your teacher will ask
you some questions about the complete text in Task A. Answer the questions oral
ly. Tes lisan Uraian Listen to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about? Te
s tulis Pilihan ganda Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the te
xt you have heard in Task C. 12. Menyimak monolog yang dibacakan guru, lalu menj
elaskan isi monolog tersebut. 13. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan monolog
yang telah didengarkan pada kegiatan sebelumnya.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Sumber Belajar
Silabus Unit 2 Recount
2.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat,
lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks be
rbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Monolog recount.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 27, 30 31. Kamus Inggri
s Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksi


onal dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkung
an sekitar.
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 1. Melengkapi percakapan dengan ungkapanungkapan yang tersedia. Unjuk kerja Tes unjuk kerja Isian Complete the dialogs w
ith the correct expressions in the boxes. Then, practice the dialogs. Tes tulis
3 Bentuk Instrumen 40' Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

2. Memperagakan percakapan yang telah lengkap. Pilihan ganda Tes tulis


Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan untuk
meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, dan memuji. Choose the correct answer based on t
he dialogs in Task A.
Melakukan berbagai tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal
seperti: untuk meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, dan memuji.

3. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan percakapan yang ada di kegiatan sebelu
mnya. 4. Menyusun kalimatkalimat acak menjadi percakapan yang runtut. 5. Menjawa
b pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapan yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. 6. Membuat
percakapan berdasarkan gambar dan situasi yang tersedia menggunakan ungkapan-ung
kapan yang telah dipelajari, lalu memperagakannya. Tes lisan Mengembangkan wacan
a transaksional/ interpersonal pendek menjadi sebuah obrolan atau interaksional
yang lebih panjang. Tes tulis Menyusun kalimat acak
Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs.
3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan
interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana
ecara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk
singkat Answer the questions based on

transaksional (to get things done) dan


dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan s
berinteraksi dengan lingkungan. Jawaban
the dialogs in Task C.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 2426. Kamus Inggris Indo
nesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
Tes unjuk kerja

Unjuk kerja

In pairs, make dialogs based on the pictures and the situations. Use expressions
of asking for/ giving/refusing to give help and complimenting. Then, practice t
he dialogs.
15

16
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 7. Membuat percakapan berdasar situasi. 8
. Memperagakan percakapan yang telah dibuat dengan bantuan teman. Tes unjuk kerj
a Unjuk kerja Make dialogs based on the situations below. Then, practice the dia
logs. Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Sumber Belajar
Silabus Unit 2 Recount
sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, m
emberi, menolak barang, mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pen
dapat.
3.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan s
ecara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
yang melibatkan tindak tutur: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetuju
i/tidak menyetujui, memuji, dan memberi selamat.

Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsiona


l dan monolog pendek sederhana yang berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk beri
nteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 1. Membaca nyaring pengumuman yang tersed
ia. Mengungkapkan makna/gagasan dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk pen
gumuman untuk tujuan komunikasi sehari-hari. Tes lisan Pernyataan benar/salah De
cide whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) based on the announc
ement in Task A. Tell your friends an announcement based on each situation. Say
the announcement below aloud. Tes lisan Membaca nyaring 1 40' Bentuk Instrumen C
ontoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Teks lisan fungsional pendek: announcement (pengumuman).

2. Menentukan pernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan pengumuman y


ang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. 3. Membuat pengumuman secara lisan berdasarkan s
ituasi yang tersedia. Tes lisan Uraian

4.1 Mengung kapkan makna dalam bentuk teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana deng
an menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk ber
interaksi dengan lingkungan sekitar. Tes lisan Membaca nyaring

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 37. Kamus Inggris Indon
esia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Monolog recount. 4. Membaca nyaring teks yang tersedia dengan lafal dan ucapan y
ang benar. Mengungkapkan makna/gagasan dalam monolog bentuk recount dengan ragam
bahasa lisan secara lancar dan berterima.
3
40'

Kosakata yang terkait topik yang dipilih.


Read the two texts below with proper pronunciation. Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja
5. Menceritakan kembali salah satu teks yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.
Read the texts in Task A once again. Then, retell one of them to the class. Tes
unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja

6. Menceritakan pengalaman berdasarkan data yang tersedia.

Tell your experience based on the following data in front of the class. Tes unju
k kerja Unjuk kerja Tell your friends your childhood experience.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 3132. Kamus Inggris Indo
nesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
4.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam
bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan ling
kungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount. 7. Menceritakan pen
galaman masa kanak-kanak.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
17

18
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 1. Membaca surat dan keterangan mengenai
surat tersebut. Read the following text and understand the explanation. Read the
text with proper pronunciation. Non tes Uraian objektif Membaca nyaring secara
bermakna wacana pendek sederhana. Tes lisan Membaca nyaring 1 40' Bentuk Instrum
en Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu 2. Membaca teks yang tersedia dengan
nyaring. Tes tulis Tes lisan 3. Membaca surat yang tersedia dan mencari arti ka
ta-kata yang dicetak tebal. Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks fungsional
pendek dengan benar. Membaca nyaring Daftar kata 1 40' Read the letter below wit
h proper pronunciation. What do the boldtyped words mean? Tes tulis Pilihan gand
a 4. Membaca surat yang tersedia dan memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan sura
t tersebut. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Non tes 5. Membaca teks
dan memahami keterangan mengenai teks tersebut. 6. Membaca dan memahami keterang
an mengenai the simple past tense dan the present perfect tense. Uraian objektif
Read the text and understand the explanation. 2 40' Mengidentifikasi makna gaga
san (ideasional) dan informasi faktual dalam teks, main ideas, supporting ideas,
details. Non tes Uraian objektif Look at the picture and read the dialog. Study
the explanation.
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 5. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pe
ndek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount yang berkaitan dengan lingkunga
n sekitar.
Silabus Unit 2 Recount
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Sumber Belajar
Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk letter (surat).
5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks tulis fungsional dan esei berbentuk descriptiv
e dan recount pendek sederhana dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterim
a yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Teks recount.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 32, 35 36. Kamus Inggri
s Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. Buku PR SMP VIIIA
Intan Pariwara hal. 3738. Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku
lain yang relevan.
5.2 Merespons makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat,
lancar, dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk letter (surat).
Teks recount.
The simple past tense.
5.3 Merespons makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akur
at, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar
The present perfect tense.
Buku PR SMP VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 2730, 3233. Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indon
esia Inggris.

Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 7. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan


teks yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. 8. Melengkapi teks dengan kata-kata yang
tersedia. 9. Mengubah kata-kata dalam kurung menjadi bentuk yang tepat. 10. Meng
ubah kata kerja dalam kurung ke dalam bentuk yang benar untuk melengkapi teks. T
es tulis Isian Tes tulis Isian Change the verbs in brackets into their correct f
orms. Complete the text with the correct forms of the verbs in brackets. Tes tul
is Isian Complete the text with the words in the box. Pilihan ganda Choose the c
orrect answer based on the text in Task A. Tes tulis Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Ins
trumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.
Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
19

20
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 1. Membaca kalimatkalimat yang tersedia d
an menyusunnya menjadi surat yang runtut. 2 Uraian Tes tulis Menulis berbagai te
ks untuk komunikasi seharihari seperti surat dengan benar dan berterima. Suppose
you are Putri. Write a reply to your friends letter in Task A. Menyusun kalimat
acak Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper letter. Tes tulis 40 Bentuk Instrum
en Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu 2. Menulis balasan surat yang ada di
kegiatan sebelumnya. Tes tulis Uraian 3. Menulis surat berdasarkan topik yang t
ersedia. Write a letter to your friend or family based on one of the topics belo
w. Menyusun paragraf acak Identifikasi Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper te
xt. Identify the structure of the proper text in Task A. Tes tulis Uraian Write
sentences using the present perfect tense based on the picture. Tes tulis Esai C
ontinue the sentences below to make a proper text. Use your own words. Tes tulis
Esai Do you have a memorable experience? Write a recount text about it. 3 40 T
es tulis 4. Menyusun paragraf menjadi teks yang tepat. 5. Mengidentifikasi struk
tur teks yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. Menulis berbagai teks yang berbentuk r
ecount dengan langkah retorika dan struktur teks yang benar dan berterima. Tes t
ulis 6. Menulis kalimat berdasarkan gambar menggunakan the present perfect tense
. 7. Melengkapi teks yang tersedia menjadi teks yang baik. 8. Menulis pengalaman
yang mengesankan.
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional
dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi d
engan lingkungan sekitar.
Silabus Unit 2 Recount
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Sumber Belajar
6.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana deng
an menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk beri
nteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk letter (surat).


Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 3839. Kamus Inggris Indo
nesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Teks recount.
6.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan
menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berint
eraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

The present perfect tense.


Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 34. Kamus Inggris Indon
esia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

SILABUS
Unit 3 Descriptive
Nama Sekolah : Kelas/Semester : Mata Pelajaran : Unit : Genre : Standar Kompeten
si : 1. Memahami makna
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik 1. Memahami percakapan yang ada
dan mempelajari ungkapan-ungkapan tentang mengakui dan mengingkari fakta. 2. Me
mahami percakapan yang ada dan mempelajari ungkapan-ungkapan untuk memberi selam
at. 3. Melakukan tanya jawab yang berkaitan dengan materi sebagai apersepsi. 4.
Menyimak ungkapanungkapan yang dibacakan guru, lalu menuliskannya di buku kerja.
5. Membacakan kalimatkalimat yang ditulisnya dengan lafal dan ucapan yang benar
. Tes lisan Non tes Uraian objektif Bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhada
p tindak tutur: memberi selamat, serta mengakui dan mengingkari fakta. Non tes U
raian objektif Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Study the dialogs and understan
d the explanation. Alokasi Waktu
SMP/MTs . . . VIII/1 Bahasa Inggris 3 Descriptive Mendengarkan dalam percakapan
transaksional dan interpersonal sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan s
ekitar.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Sumber Belajar

3
40

Percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan: memberi selamat


, serta mengakui dan mengingkari fakta.

Study the dialogs and understand the explanation.

Jawaban singkat Answer the questions orally.


Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 4347. Kamus Inggris Indo
nesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
1.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things d
one) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan ber
terima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur
: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, mengakui, me
ngingkari fakta, dan Tes tulis Dikte

Listen to your teacher. Write the sentences you have heard correctly.

21

22
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik Bentuk Instrumen Complete the dialog whil
e listening to your teacher. Isian Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu 6. M
enyimak guru membacakan percakapan yang lengkap. 7. Melengkapi percakapan soal b
erdasarkan percakapan utuh yang dibacakan guru. 8. Menentukan pernyataan benar a
tau salah berdasarkan isi percakapan yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. 9. Memaham
i percakapanpercakapan yang tersedia. 10. Menyimak pertanyaanpertanyaan yang dib
acakan guru tentang isi percakapanpercakapan yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya, la
lu menjawab pertanyaan tersebut secara lisan. 11. Menyimak percakapan yang dibac
akan guru. 12. Memilih jawaban yang benar berdasarkan percakapan soal yang dibac
akan guru. Tes tulis Tes lisan Jawaban singkat Pernyataan benar/salah Tes tulis
Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the dialog in T
ask B. Correct the false ones. Your teacher will ask you some questions about th
e following dialogs. Answer them orally. Tes tulis Pilihan ganda Choose A, B, C
or D for the correct answer.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
Sumber Belajar
Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive
meminta dan memberi pendapat.
1.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things d
one) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan ber
terima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur
: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetujui/ tidak menyetujui, memuji,
dan memberi selamat.

Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional


dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraks
i dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 1. Menyimak teks lisan fungsional yang di
bacakan guru, lalu mempelajari penjelasan tentang teks tersebut. Non tes Uraian
objektif Listen to your teacher and understand the explanation. Mampu merespons
makna dan gagasan dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk lost and found an
nouncement. Tes lisan Jawaban singkat Answer the following questions. Listen to
your teacher. What does he/she tell you about? Uraian 2. Menjawab pertanyaan ape
rsepsi guru. 2 Bentuk Instrumen 40 Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu Sum
ber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

Teks lisan fungsional pendek lisan: lost and found announcements.

3. Menyimak teks fungsional yang dibacakan guru, lalu menjelaskan isinya secara
garis besar. Tes lisan 4. Menyimak pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru tentang teks y
ang diperdengarkan pada kegiatan sebelumnya, lalu menjawabnya secara lisan. Tes
lisan
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 5961. Kamus Inggris Indo
nesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
2.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana (m
isalnya undangan, pengumuman, pesan singkat) secara akurat, lancar, dan berterim
a untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar. Jawaban singkat Your teacher wil
l ask you some questions about the announcement in Task A. Listen to him/her car
efully and answer the questions orally. Tes tulis Pilihan ganda Listen to the an
nouncement and choose the correct answer.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
5. Menyimak pengumuman yang dibacakan guru, lalu memilih jawaban yang tepat berd
asarkan isi pengumuman tersebut.
23

24
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik Uraian objektif 3 40 Non tes Read the mo
nolog and study the explanation. Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alo
kasi Waktu 6. Menyimak teks descriptive lisan yang dibacakan guru serta memahami
penjelasannya. Merespons makna gagasan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima dal
am wacana monolog descriptive. Jawaban singkat Isian Tes lisan Answer the questi
ons orally. Tes tulis Complete the following text based on what you have heard.
Jawaban singkat Tes lisan Your teacher will ask you some questions about the tex
t in Task A. Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions correctly. Isi
an Tes tulis Listen to your teacher carefully. Complete the statements based on
the text you have heard. 8. Melengkapi teks dengan kata-kata sesuai dengan teks
lengkap yang dibacakan guru. 9. Menjawab pertanyaanpertanyaan pemahaman yang dib
acakan guru tentang teks yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. 7. Menjawab pertanyaan
apersepsi guru. 10. Menyimak teks yang dibacakan guru. 11. Melengkapi pernyataa
npernyataan soal berdasarkan isi teks tersebut. 12. Mengamati gambar, lalu menyi
mak teks yang dibacakan guru. Tes lisan Unjuk kerja Your teacher will tell you a
n interesting place. Retell it using your own words.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Sumber Belajar

Monolog recount.
Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive
2.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, l
ancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks ber
bentuk descriptive dan recount.

Kosakata yang terkait dengan topik yang dipilih.


Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 4950, 5354. Kamus Inggri
s Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 13. Menyampaikan teks yang dibacakan guru
menggunakan katakata yang tersedia secara lisan. 14. Menentukan pernyataan yang
tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan teks yang dibacakan guru pada kegiatan se
belumnya. Tes tulis Pernyataan benar/salah 15. Menyimak monolog yang dibacakan g
uru, lalu memilih jawaban yang benar. Tes tulis Pilihan ganda Decide whether the
statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task D. Correct the f
alse ones. Listen to your teacher and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer
. Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksi
onal dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkung
an sekitar.
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik 1. Membaca percakapan di buku d
engan lafal yang benar, lalu memperagakannya dengan teman. Tes unjuk kerja Bentu
k Instrumen Unjuk kerja Contoh Instrumen Read and practice the dialogs with prop
er pronunciation. Tes tulis Isian Melakukan berbagai tindak tutur dalam wacana l
isan transaksional/ interpersonal seperti: mengakui dan mengingkari fakta, serta
memberi selamat. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

3
40

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1


Percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan: mengakui dan me
ngingkari fakta, serta memberi selamat.

3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan 2. Melengkapi percak
apanpercakapan soal dengan ungkapanungkapan yang tersedia di dalam kotak.
Complete each dialog with the correct expressions in the box. Then, practice the
complete dialogs with a friend.

25
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 4749. Kamus Inggris Indon
esia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

26
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 3. Memperagakan percakapanpercakapan yang
sudah lengkap dengan teman. Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja 4. Memilih jawaban yang
benar berdasarkan percakapanpercakapan yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. Tes tul
is Pilihan ganda Tes tulis Menyusun kalimat acak Unjuk kerja Mengembangkan wacan
a transaksional/ interpersonal pendek menjadi sebuah obrolan atau interaksional
yang lebih panjang. Choose the correct answer based on the dialogs in Task B. Be
ntuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu 5. Mengurutkan kalimatka
limat acak menjadi percakapanpercakapan yang urut. 6. Memperagakan percakapanper
cakapan yang sudah urut dengan teman. Tes unjuk kerja 7. Menentukan apakah perny
ataan-pernyataan soal benar atau tidak berdasarkan percakapanpercakapan yang ada
di kegiatan sebelumnya. Tes tulis Pernyataan benar/salah Rearrange the sentence
s into proper dialogs, then practice them with a friend. Decide whether the foll
owing statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs in Task D. Corre
ct the false ones. Tes tulis Uraian 8. Secara individu membuat percakapan berdas
arkan salah situasi yang tersedia. 9. Dengan bantuan teman, memperagakan percaka
pan yang sudah dibuatnya di depan kelas. Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Create a di
alog based on of the situations below. Practice it with a friend in front of the
class.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
Sumber Belajar
Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive
ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi denga
n lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jas
a, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta da
n memberi pendapat.
3.2 Memahami dan merespon percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan inte
rpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secar
a akurat, lancar,

Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikat


or Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tinda
k tutur: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetujui/tidak menyetujui, m
emuji, dan memberi selamat.
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsiona
l dan monolog pendek sederhana yang berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk beri
nteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Tes lisan Bentuk Instrumen Urai
an Contoh Instrumen Retell the lost and found announcements below using your own
words. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

Teks fungsional pendek lisan: lost and found announcements.


1
40

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1


1. Membaca dan memahami lost and found announcement yang tersedia. 2. Menceritak
an kembali isi pengumuman tersebut dengan katakata sendiri.
Mengungkapkan makna/gagasan dalam teks fungsional pendek lisan berbentuk lost an
d found announcements. dengan benar dan berterima.

4.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks lisan fungsional pendek (misalnya unda
ngan, pesan singkat, pengumuman) sederhana dengan

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 61. Kamus Inggris Indone
sia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
27

28
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 3. Mengidentifikasi pernyataan benar/ sal
ah berdasarkan pengumuman yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. Decide whether the st
atements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A. Correct the fals
e ones. Suppose you have lost or found the following things. How do you describe
them? Make a lost or found announcement about each thing. 2 40 Pernyataan bena
r/salah Tes tulis Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu 4. M
embuat lost and found announcement tentang benda-benda yang ada di gambar, lalu
membacakan pengumuman tersebut. Uraian Tes lisan Tes tulis Uraian 5. Menyimak te
ks yang dibacakan guru, lalu menirukannya. 6. Membuat data tentang topik utama t
eks tersebut. Mengungkapkan makna/gagasan dalam monolog descriptive dengan ragam
bahasa lisan secara benar, lancar, dan berterima. Tes unjuk kerja Listen to you
r teacher and repeat after him/ her. Make a list of data about the description o
f Sydney Opera House. Unjuk kerja Retell the text in Task A based on the data yo
u have made before. 7. Menceritakan kembali topik teks yang ada di kegiatan sebe
lumnya dengan kata-kata sendiri berdasarkan data yang telah dibuat. 8. Melengkap
i teks dengan kata-kata yang tersedia di dalam kotak. 9. Memilih jawaban yang be
nar berdasarkan isi teks yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. Tes tulis Isian Comple
te the text with the correct words in the box. Tes tulis Pilihan ganda Choose th
e correct answer based on the text in Task C.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
Sumber Belajar
Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive
menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berint
eraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Monolog descriptive.
4.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggu-nakan ragam
bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lin
gkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Frasa yang berkaitan dengan topik teks yang dipilih.


Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 1112. Kamus Inggris Indo
nesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 10. Bermonolog tentang deskripsi tempat y


ang ada di gambar. Describe the place in the picture orally. Find the reference
about it in the Internet or your book. What is the place that you have visited r
ecently? Tell your friends about it. Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Bentuk Instrume
n Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
11. Bermonolog tentang deskripsi tempat yang baru saja dikunjungi siswa. Tes unj
uk kerja

Unjuk kerja
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 5. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esai pe
ndek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount yang berkaitan dengan lingkunga
n sekitar.
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik Membaca nyaring secara bermakna teks fung
sional pendek (iklan) dan wacana descriptive. Non tes Indikator Bentuk Instrumen
Uraian objektif Contoh Instrumen Read the text and understand the explanation.
Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk: iklan (advertisement). 1. Membaca dan me


mahami teks tulis fungsional, lalu mempelajari penjelasan tentang bentuk teks it
u.
2
40

Teks descriptive.
Tes lisan

2. Membaca nyaring iklan tersebut dengan lafal dan intonasi yang benar.
Membaca nyaring

Read the text aloud with proper pronunciation and intonation. Tes lisan Membaca
nyaring

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1


5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks tulis fungsional dan esei berbentuk descriptiv
e dan recount pendek dan sederhana dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang bert
erima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar. 3. Membaca nyaring teks descript
ive yang ada di buku dengan lafal dan intonasi yang baik dan benar. 4. Membetulk
an pelafalan siswa yang masih salah.
Read the text with proper pronunciation and intonation.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 5657, 60, 6263. Kamus In
ggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
29

30
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 5. Membaca dan memahami iklan-iklan soal.
6. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan iklan yang terkait. 1 40 Tes tulis M
engidentifikasi makna gagasan dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk: ikla
n (advertisement). Pilihan ganda Choose the correct answer based on the texts. B
entuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu 7. Membaca teks descrip
tive tulis dan mempelajari struktur serta penjelasannya. Non tes 8. Membaca dan
mempelajari macammacam question words. 9. Membaca dan mempelajari bentuk indefin
ite pronouns. Mengidentifikasi makna gagasan dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek
berbentuk: iklan (advertisement). Non tes Uraian objektif Read the text and try
to understand its generic structure. Uraian objektif Read the following dialog a
nd understand the explanation. Non tes Uraian objektif Read the following dialog
s and understand the explanation. Tes tulis Menjodohkan Match each description w
ith the correct picture, then write the name of each place. 3 40 10. Menjodohka
n deskripsi suatu tempat dengan gambar tempat yang sesuai. 11. Menyebutkan nama
tempat-tempat tersebut.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
Sumber Belajar
Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive
5.2 Merespon makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana (misalnya undang
an, kartu ucapan, pesan singkat, pengumuman, pesan tertulis) secara akurat, lanc
ar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk: iklan (advertisement).


Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 6263. Kamus Inggris Indo
nesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Berbagai teks descriptive.


5.3 Merespon makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akura
t, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berb
entuk descriptive dan recount.

Tata bahasa yang terkait dengan jenis teks, yaitu: Wh-questions dan indefinite p
ronouns.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 50, 52, 5758. Kamus Ing
gris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 12 Melengkapi kalimatkalimat soal dengan


Wh-questions yang sesuai. Tes tulis 13. Melengkapi kalimatkalimat soal dengan in
definite pronoun yang benar. Tes tulis 14. Membaca dan memahami tek descriptive
yang tersedia. 15. Memilih jawaban yang benar berdasarkan teks yang terkait. Tes
tulis Pilihan ganda Isian Complete the sentences with correct indefinite pronou
ns. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Isian Complete the utterances wi
th correct Wh-questions. Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Wak
tu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional
esai pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi denga
n lingkungan sekitar.
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik 1. Membaca dan memahami situasi
soal. 2. Secara berpasangan membuat iklan yang menarik berdasarkan situasi ters
ebut. Menulis teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk iklan (advertisement) denga
n baik dan berterima. Tes tulis Bentuk Instrumen Uraian Contoh Instrumen In pair
s, make an attractive advertisement based on the situation. Alokasi Waktu Sumber
Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk: iklan (advertisement).


2
40

Tes tulis Uraian


PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
6.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek (misalnya unda
ngan, kartu ucapan, pesan singkat, pengumuman, pesan tertulis) sederhana 3. Seca
ra mandiri, membuat iklan yang menarik tentang objek wisata yang ada di sekitar
tempat tinggal siswa.
Create an attractive advertisement about a tourist spot in your hometown.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 63. Kamus Inggris Indon
esia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
31

32
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikat
or Alokasi Waktu 4. Menyusun kalimatkalimat acak menjadi paragraf yang runtut. T
es tulis Menyusun kalimat acak Rearrange the sentences into proper paragraphs. 2
40 Tes tulis Esai 5. Menulis kembali teks yang sudah urut yang ada di kegiatan
sebelumnya dengan kata-kata sendiri. 6. Secara mandiri, menulis teks descriptiv
e tentang kota kelahirannya tau tempat favoritnya menggunakan pertanyaan panduan
yang tersedia. Tes tulis Menulis teks-teks berbentuk descriptive dengan langkah
-langkah retorika yang benar serta tata bahasa yang benar dan berterima. Rewrite
the text in Task A using your own words. Esai Work individually to describe you
r hometown or your favorite place. Use the following questions as guidelines to
prepare your description.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Sumber Belajar
Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive
dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk
berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar. Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA In
tan Pariwara hal. 59. Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lai
n yang relevan.
6.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan
menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinte
raksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Berbagai teks descriptive.

SILABUS
Unit 4 Recount
Nama Sekolah : Kelas/Semester : Mata Pelajaran : Unit : Genre : Standar Kompeten
si : 1. Memahami makna
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik 1. Memahami percakapan dalam ga
mbar serta berbagai ungkapan yang dipelajari. Non tes Uraian objektif Tes lisan
Jawaban singkat Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Read the dialog and study the
explanation. Alokasi Waktu
SMP/MTs . . . VIII/1 Bahasa Inggris 4 Recount Mendengarkan dalam percakapan tran
saksional dan interpersonal sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekit
ar.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Sumber Belajar

3
40

Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan memint


a, memberi, menolak barang dan mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan. 2. Menja
wab pertanyaan yang berkaitan dengan ungkapan yang dipelajari. Non tes Uraian
Bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, me
nolak barang dan mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan.
Look at the picture and answer the questions. Read and practice the dialogs belo
w.

3. Menyimak dan menirukan dua percakapan yang dibacakan guru, lalu memperagakann
ya dengan teman. 4. Menjawab pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru berdasarkan percakap
an yang telah diperdengarkan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. Melengkapi percakapan ber
dasarkan percakapan utuh yang dibacakan guru.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 6771. Kamus
nesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. Tes lisan
at Your teacher will ask you some questions about dialogs in Task A.
her questions orally. Tes tulis Isian Complete the dialogs while
ur teacher.

Inggris Indo
Jawaban singk
Answer his/
listening to yo

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1


1.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things
done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan be
rterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutu

r: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, mengakui, m


engingkari fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapat. 5.
33

34
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 6. Memperagakan percakapan di kegiatan se
belumnya yang telah lengkap. 7. Menjawab pertanyaan yang tersedia berdasarkan pe
rcakapan yang dibacakan guru. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan percakapan
yang dibacakan guru. Tes tulis Pilihan ganda Listen to your teacher and choose A
, B, C or D for the correct answer. Tes lisan Jawaban singkat Listen to your tea
cher, and then answer the questions orally. Unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Practice the
dialogs in Task C with your friend. Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikator
Alokasi Waktu 8.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
Sumber Belajar
Silabus Unit 4 Recount
1.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things
done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan be
rterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutu
r: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetujui/ tidak menyetujui, memuji
, dan memberi selamat.

Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional


dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraks
i dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 1. Memahami contoh dan penjelasan tentang
short message lisan. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan yang berkaitan dengan short message
. 3. Menyimak short message yang dibacakan guru, lalu menjawab pertanyaan. Tes t
ulis Jawaban singkat 4. Membaca short message yang tersedia, lalu menjawab perta
nyaan yang dibacakan guru secara lisan. Tes lisan 5. Menyimak short message yang
dibacakan guru, lalu melengkapi kartu yang tersedia. 6. Menyimak short message
yang dibacakan guru, menulisnya, lalu membacakan hasilnya. Tes tulis Jawaban sin
gkat Jawaban singkat Tes lisan Answer the questions. Listen to your teacher and
answer the questions. Read the text, then answer your teachers questions orally.
Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana
berbentuk short messages secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraks
i dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Uraian objektif Non tes Read the text and
study the explanation. 2 Bentuk Instrumen 40 Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokas
i Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
2.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana s
ecara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
.

Teks lisan fungsional pendek: short messages.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 8283. Kamus Inggris Indo
nesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Isian

Listen to your teacher and complete the card.


PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
Tes tulis

Dikte

Listen to your teacher and write down the message. Read your work aloud.
35

36
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik Non tes Uraian objektif Read the monolog
and study the explanation. Look at the picture. Tell briefly about the man. 3 40
Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu 7. Membaca dan memah
ami contoh dan penjelasan teks recount lisan. 8. Mengamati gambar dan menceritak
an riwayat hidup pahlawan dalam gambar secara singkat. Tes lisan Uraian Tes lisa
n Uraian Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara aku
rat, lancar, dan berterima dalam teks recount. 9. Menyimak monolog recount yang
dibacakan guru, lalu menjelaskan isinya. Listen to your teacher and make some no
tes if necessary. What does he/she tell you about? Answer the following question
s based on the monolog in Task A. Isian Tes tulis Listen to your teacher and com
plete the text. Read your work aloud. 10. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan monolo
g yang dibacakan guru pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 11. Melengkapi teks dengan katakata yang sesuai berdasarkan monolog yang dibacakan guru. Tes lisan Jawaban sing
kat
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Sumber Belajar

Monolog recount.
Silabus Unit 4 Recount
2.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat,
lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks be
rbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Kosakata yang terkait topik yang dipilih.


Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 73, 76 77. Kamus Inggri
s Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 12. Menyimak kalimatkalimat yang dibacaka


n guru, lalu menulisnya. 13. Menulis kalimatkalimat yang telah diperdengarkan pa
da kegiatan sebelumnya di bawah gambar yang sesuai. Tes tulis Uraian Label the p
ictures below using the proper sentences in Task D. Tes tulis Dikte Listen to yo
ur teacher. Write down his/her sentences. Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indi
kator Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
37

38
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 1. Memperagakan percakapan dengan lafal d
an intonasi yang tepat. Tes lisan Jawaban singkat Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja P
actice the dialogs below with your friend. 2 Bentuk Instrumen 40 Contoh Instrum
en Indikator Alokasi Waktu 2. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapan yang ad
a di kegiatan sebelumnya. 3. Tes tulis Tes tulis Pilihan ganda Melakukan berbaga
i tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal seperti: meminta,
memberi, menolak barang dan mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan. Answer the
questions based on the dialogs in Task A orally. Choose A, B, C or D for the co
rrect answer. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan percakapan yang ada. Mengem
bangkan wacana transaksional/ interpersonal pendek menjadi sebuah obrolan atau i
nteraksional yang lebih panjang. Tes unjuk kerja Isian 4. Melengkapi percakapan
dengan kata-kata yang tersedia di dalam kotak. 5. Memperagakan percakapan terseb
ut dengan teman. 6. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia, lalu m
emperagakannya bersama teman. Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Complete the dialogs w
ith the suitable expressions in the boxes. Practice them with your friend. Unjuk
kerja Make dialogs based on the situations below. Practice them.
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksi
onal dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkung
an sekitar.
Silabus Unit 4 Recount
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Sumber Belajar
3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan s
ecara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi,
menolak barang, mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapat.

Percakapan yang melibatkan tindak tutur meminta, memberi, menolak barang dan men
gundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 7172. Kamus Inggris Indo
nesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikat


or Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
3.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan s
ecara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
yang melibatkan tindak tutur: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetuj
ui/tidak menyetujui, memuji, dan memberi selamat.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
39

40
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 1. Membaca pesan lisan yang tersedia deng
an ucapan yang benar. Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk spoken message dengan lan
car dan berterima. Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Read the text with proper pronunc
iation. Then, ask and answer questions based on the text. Tes lisan Uraian Read
the texts with proper pronunciation. 1 40 Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Ind
ikator Alokasi Waktu 2. Membaca pesan lisan yang tersedia dengan ucapan yang ben
ar, lalu bertanya jawab berdasarkan teks tersebut. Tes lisan Uraian 3. Membuat p
esan lisan berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia, lalu membacakannya di kelas. Make
simple messages based on the situations below. Deliver your messages in front of
the class. 4. Melakukan monolog berdasarkan teks yang tersedia dengan katakata
sendiri. Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Read the text. Deliver a monolog based on t
he text. 2 40 5. Melakukan monolog dalam teks berbentuk recount dengan ragam ba
hasa lisan secara lancar dan berterima. Tes lisan Uraian Membuat kalimat tentang
suatu peristiwa lampau berdasarkan gambar secara lisan. Tell about the pictures
using sentences in the past continuous tense. Tes lisan Uraian 6. Membuat kalim
at tentang suatu kegiatan berdasarkan gambar secara lisan. Tell about the pictur
es using sentences with suitable relating verbs.
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsiona
l dan monolog pendek sederhana yang berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk beri
nteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Silabus Unit 4 Recount
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Sumber Belajar
4.1 Mengungkap- kan makna dalam bentuk teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana de
ngan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk b
erinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Teks lisan fungsional pendek: spoken message.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 8384. Kamus Inggris Indo
nesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
4.2 Mengungkap- kan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan raga
m bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan li
ngkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.
Monolog recount.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 7879. Kamus Inggris Indo
nesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 5. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esai pe
ndek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount yang berkaitan dengan lingkunga
n sekitar.
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik Non tes Uraian objektif Read the text and
study the explanation. 1 40 Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokas
i Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

Teks fungsional pendek tulis: invitation cards. Tes lisan Membaca nyaring

Teks recount.
1. Membaca contoh dan memahami penjelasan tentang invitation cards. 2. Membaca n
yaring kartu undangan dengan lafal, tekanan, dan ucapan yang benar. Tes lisan Me
mbaca nyaring
Membaca nyaring secara bermakna wacana pendek sederhana yang berbentuk kartu und
angan dan teks recount dengan lafal, tekanan dan ucapan yang lancar dan berterim
a. Read the biography of Muhammad Yamin and answer the questions.

5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks tulis fungsional dan esei berbentuk descriptiv
e dan recount pendek dan sederhana dengan ucapan, tekanan, dan intonasi yang ber
terima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar. 3. Membaca nyaring teks recount
tentang pahlawan nasional dengan lafal, tekanan, dan ucapan yang benar. 4. Menj
awab pertanyaan berdasarkan kartu undangan yang tersedia. Tes tulis Tes lisan Ja
waban singkat Read the text and answer the questions.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 80, 82. Kamus Inggris Indone
sia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
1
40

5. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks.


Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks fungsional pendek berbentuk invitation
cards dengan benar.

Pilihan ganda

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

5.2 Merespons makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat,
lancar, dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 8485. Kamus Inggris Indonesia
dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
41

42
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 3 40 Uraian objektif Read the text and s
tudy the explanation. Non tes Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokas
i Waktu 6. Membaca contoh dan penjelasan tentang teks recount. Uraian objektif R
ead the dialogs and pay attention to the bold-typed sentences. Study the explana
tion. Non tes Mengidentifikasi makna gagasan (ideasional) dan informasi faktual
dalam teks, main ideas, supporting ideas, details. 7. Membaca percakapan dan mem
ahami penjelasan tentang the past continuous tense, relating/linking verbs, dan
reflexive pronouns (-self). Tes tulis Menjodohkan 8. Mengamati gambargambar pahl
awan, lalu mengidentifikasi nama-nama mereka berdasarkan namanama yang tersedia
di dalam kotak. 9. Menjawab pertanyaanpertanyaan yang tersedia berdasarkan teks
soal. Tes tulis 10. Melengkapi kalimat dengan bentuk kata kerja yang tepat berda
sarkan kata-kata kerja yang telah tersedia di dalam tanda kurung. 11. Memilih ja
waban yang tepat. Tes tulis Jawaban singkat Look at the pictures of the Indonesi
an heroes. Who are they? Read the history of Muhammad Yamin and answer the quest
ions. Isian Complete the dialogs with the words in brackets in correct forms. Te
s tulis Pilihan ganda Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Sumber Belajar

Teks recount.
Silabus Unit 4 Recount

The past continuous tense.

Relating/linking verbs.
5.3 Merespons makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akur
at, lancar, dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks be
rbentuk decriptive dan recount.

Reflexive pronouns (-self).


Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 7376, 7981. Kamus Inggri
s Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional


esai pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi denga
n lingkungan sekitar.
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 1. Membuat surat undangan berdasarkan sit
uasi yang tersedia. Menulis berbagai teks untuk komunikasi seharihari seperti in
vitation cards dengan benar dan berterima. Tes tulis Uraian Make invitation card
s based on the situations below. 1 40 Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikat
or Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Teks tulis fungsional pendek: invitation cards.

6.1 Mengungkap- kan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana de
ngan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk b
erinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar. 2. Tes tulis Uraian

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 85. Kamus Inggris Indon
esia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Teks recount. Membuat kalimat menggunakan relating verbs berdasarkan gambar-gamb
ar yang tersedia.
2
40

6.2 Mengungkap- kan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana
Relating verbs.
Reflexive pronouns.
Menulis berbagai teks terutama yang berbentuk recount dengan langkah retorika da
n struktur teks yang benar dan berterima.
Look at the pictures. Make sentences using suitable relating verbs and the words
provided.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 81.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
43

44
Penilaian Kegiatan Pembelajaran Teknik 3. Membuat lima kalimat menggunakan refle
xive pronouns, lalu membacanya dengan pelafalan yang benar. Tes tulis Uraian Ben
tuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Indikator Alokasi Waktu Make five sentences using
reflexive pronouns. Read your work with proper pronunciation. Write the life of
one of the Indonesian heroes. Read your work aloud. 4. Menulis teks recount ten
tang salah satu pahlawan Indonesia, lalu membacanya nyaring. Tes tulis Esai Kamu
s Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Sumber Belajar
Silabus Unit 4 Recount
dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk
berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan rec
ount.

Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will be able to: 1. ask for and give opinions, 2. ag
ree and disagree about something, 3. create short functional texts (short descri
ptions), 4. describe a particular person using spoken English, 5. write short fu
nctional texts (labels of products), 6. write descriptive texts about particular
people, and 7. use the simple present tense, adjectives and the present continu
ous tense.
All people must have their own idol. What about you? Who is your idol? What will
you say to describe him/her? Of course, there are many things you can describe,
such as his/her physical appearances, characteristics, hobby, family, etc. Then
, what type of texts should you use to describe him/her? The answer is a descrip
tive text. In this unit you will learn about descriptive texts, completed with t
he generic structure and characteristics.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
45

1.1 Expressions
Asking for and Giving Opinions
Read the dialog and understand the expressions.
What do you think of this book? Well, it seems interesting.
Youre right.
The sentence What do you think of this book? is the expression of asking for an op
inion. Meanwhile, the sentence Well, it seems interesting. is the expression of gi
ving an opinion. Here are some other examples of asking for and giving opinions.
Asking for Opinions What do you think of/about . . .? Whats your opinion about .
. .? Please tell me your opinion about . . . . What about . . .? Do you have an
y opinion about . . .? Do you think its a good idea? Giving Opinions I think . .
. . Well, in my opinion, . . . . In my view, . . . . I just can say . . . . I su
ppose . . . . I guess . . . .
46
UNIT 1 Descriptive

Agreeing or Disagreeing
Read the dialog and understand the expressions.
Do you agree if we go to the bookstore by bus?
Sorry, I disagree with you.
What about going by taxi?
O.K.
The sentence Sorry, I disagree with you. is the expression of disagreeing. Meanwhi
le, the sentence O.K. is the expression of agreeing. Here are some other expressio
ns of agreeing and disagreeing. Agreeing I think so. I agree completely. I do ag
ree with you. Its a good idea. Im with you. I have the same opinion. Thats just wha
t I am thinking. In my opinion, youre right. I couldnt agree more. You are right./
Exactly!/Sure. Disagreeing I dont think so. Im sorry, but I have to disagree. Sorr
y. I disagree with you. Sorry. I think its not a good idea. I dont agree with you.
Sorry, I have another opinion. I couldnt agree less. I refuse to believe that. Im
sure I cannot agree that. I wonder if there is a mistake.
Answer the questions below. 1. 2. 3. Is there one of your friends who has a new
hair style? Contoh jawaban: Yes, there is. What will you say to show your opinio
n about his/her new hair style? Contoh jawaban: I will say, I think your new hair
style makes you prettier. Is there a new rule in your classroom or school? What
is it? Contoh jawaban: Yes, there is. It is a rule of wearing black shoes every
day.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
47

4. 5.
Do you agree with the rule? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. What will you say to show
your agreement? Contoh jawaban: I will say, I agree with the rule. to show agreem
ent.
A.
Listen to your teacher. Write down the expressions you have heard.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. I agree with your plan. 2. I
totally agree with your opinion. 3. I dont agree with you in this case. 4. I thi
nk we should warn the boy. 5. I cant agree with your ridiculous idea. 6. I dont th
ink Beni will join us. 7. What do you think of my new shoes? 8. In my opinion, S
andra is the best student. 9. Whats your opinion about my new dress? 10. What abo
ut climbing a mountain next holiday? Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama
, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut. Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacak
an guru dan jawaban: 1. What do you think of my presentation? 2. I think you did
it well. 3. I think you need to be more confident. 4. Do you agree if we make a
study club? 5. Absolutely, I agree with your idea.
B.
Listen to your teacher. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) b
ased on what you have heard.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Indah : Have you done the math assignment, Vina?
Vina : No, I havent. I think its very difficult. What about you? Indah : Me neith
er. Um . . . what about doing the assignment together? Vina : Thats a good idea.
When will we do it? Indah : What if we do it this afternoon at about four? Vina
: No problem. Where? Indah : Ill wait for you in my house. Vina : O.K.
48
UNIT 1 Descriptive

1. ______ Vina and Indah have done the math assignment. 2. ______ Vina thinks th
at the math assignment is easy. 3. ______ Vina and Indah are going to do the mat
h assignment together. 4. ______ Vina agrees to do the assignment at about five.
5. ______ They will do the assignment at Indahs house. Jawaban: 1. F. They havent
done the math assignment. 2. F. She thinks that the math assignment is difficul
t. 3. T 4. F. She agrees to do the assignment at about four. 5. T C. Listen to y
our teacher. Fill in the blanks based on the dialog you have heard.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Reta : Indra, (1) what do you think
of the drama performance last night? Indra : Do you mean the drama at the farewe
ll party? Reta : Yeah. Indra : Well, (2) in my opinion, it was great. The actors
gave their best performance. Reta : But, I think (3) the performance was not pe
rfect. Indra : Why? Reta : Did you notice the sound system? (4) It did not work
well, you know. Indra : (5) You are right. The sound sometimes was so loud that
we couldnt hear the dialogs clearly. Variasi: A. Match the words with their corre
ct meanings in the box. a. e. i. kadang-kadang aktor/pemain pementasan b. f. j.
dengan jelas percakapan keras c. g. perpisahan pendapat d. h. memperhatikan semp
urna 5. perfect 10. clearly 10. b
1. performance 6. notice Jawaban: 1. i 2. c
2. farewell 7. sometimes 3. g 4. e 5. h
3. opinion 8. loud 6. d 7. a
4. actor 9. dialog 8. j 9. f
B. Make sentences using the words in Task A. Contoh jawaban: 1. The children gav
e their best performance on their first show. 2. Adinda arranges a farewell part
y before she moves out. 3. Everyone agrees the opinion that the test is very dif
ficult. 4. Tora Sudiro is a multi-talented actor. 5. Mother has checked everythi
ng to make sure the party will be perfect. 6. Did you notice the girl passed by
a minute ago? 7. Sometimes Linda and I see a film together. 8. The music is too
loud and its really annoying. 9. We practiced hard for the dialog because it is t
he climax of the drama. 10. Can you explain your reason clearly?
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
49

D.
Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialog in Task C. Answer the
questions orally.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. What are Reta and Indra talking ab
out? 2. In what occasion was the drama performed? 3. What is Indras opinion about
the performance? 4. Reta said, But, I think the performance was not perfect. What
does it mean? 5. What happened with the sound system in the performance? Jawaba
n: 1. The drama performance at the farewell party. 2. At a farewell party. 3. He
thinks that it was great. The actors showed their best performance. 4. She give
s her opinion/She shows her disagreement. 5. Sometimes the sound was so loud tha
t audience couldnt hear the dialogs. Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher. Fill in
the blanks based on the dialog you have heard. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru da
n jawaban: Mr. Ardi : Listen, all! The football competition is only one month le
ft. (1) What do you think if we practice it three times a week? Andi : (2) I agr
ee, Sir. There are some skills we need to improve if we want to win the competit
ion. Mr. Ardi : (3) Youre right, Andi. I think we need to improve our defense. An
y other opinions? Dodi : (4) We all agree with this idea, Sir. Three times a wee
k is not a big deal. Right, guys? Others : (5) Absolutely. B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Ans
wer the questions based on the dialog in Task A. What are the speakers talking a
bout? Jawaban: They are talking about practicing football for the competition. W
hen will the competition be held? Jawaban: Next month. Mr. Ardi said, What do you
think if we practice it three times a week? What does it mean? Jawaban: He asks
for an agreement. According to Andi, what skill do they need to improve? Jawaban
: They need to improve their defense. The others said, Absolutely. What does it me
an? Jawaban: They agree with Dodis opinion.
50
UNIT 1 Descriptive

E.
Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
3.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Dewa : Putri, do you like shopping in the mall?
Putri : Yeah. I like it. Dewa : Anyway, theres a new mall near the town square. H
ave you ever been there? Putri : Do you mean Mutiara Mall, Dewa? Dewa : Thats rig
ht. Putri : Yes, Ive been there. Dewa : What do you think of it? Putri : Its big a
nd modern. I like the place. 1. What are the speakers talking about? A. A new sh
op. B. A new mall. C. A town square. D. A mail. Jawaban: B Dalam percakapan ters
ebut Dewa dan Putri membicarakan tentang sebuah mal baru di kota mereka (a new m
all). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan hal yang dibicaraka
n. Where is the new mall? A. Near the town park. B. Near the town hall. C. Near
the town square. D. Near the town market. Jawaban: C Mal yang baru terletak di d
ekat alun-alun kota. Hal itu disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat Dewa, Anyway, theres
a new mall near the town square.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak se
suai dengan isi percakapan.
Why does Putri like the mall? It is ________. A. big B. modern C. big and modern
D. big and beautiful Jawaban: C Putri menyukai mal tersebut karena mal itu besa
r dan modern. Hal itu diketahui berdasarkan kalimat terakhir Putri, Its big and mo
dern. I like the place.. Putri said, I like the place. What does it mean? A. She ag
rees with an idea. B. She disagrees with an idea. C. She asks for an opinion. D.
She gives an opinion. Jawaban: D Kalimat Putri tersebut artinya Saya menyukai te
mpat itu.. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan memberi pendapat (giving an opinio
n). Dewa said, What do you think of it? What does it mean? A. He asks for an opini
on. B. He gives an opinion. C. He agrees with an opinion. D. He disagrees with a
n opinion. Jawaban: A Kalimat What do you think of it? artinya Bagaimana pendapatmu
tentang mal tersebut?. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan meminta pendapat (ask
ing for an opinion).
4.
5.
2.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
51

Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal se
bagai berikut. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Tomi : Rika, Dion, our school wil
l celebrate its anniversary soon. In your opinion, what if we hold a school baza
ar? Rika : I agree with the idea. You know, some of our friends are good at maki
ng handicrafts. I believe many students will be interested in buying their craft
s. Dion : Moreover, we can use the event for fund raising. We can donate the mon
ey to the flood victims. What do you think? Rika : I like your idea. Lets propose
our program to the Principal. 1. What are the speakers talking about? A. Celebr
ating the school anniversary. B. Arranging a fund raising program. C. Helping th
e flood victims. D. Holding a school bazaar to celebrate the school anniversary.
Jawaban: D Kalimat soal menanyakan tentang apa yang dibicarakan dalam percakapa
n tersebut. Jawaban disimpulkan dari frasa kunci celebrating the school anniversa
ry yang artinya merayakan hari jadi sekolah dan holding a school bazaar yang artinya m
enyelenggarakan bazar sekolah. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa percakapan tersebut
tentang penyelenggaraan bazar sekolah untuk merayakan hari jadi sekolah (holding
a school bazaar to celebrate the school anniversary). Tomi said, In your opinion
, what if we hold a school bazaar? What does it mean? A. He expresses his opinion
. B. He asks for someones agreement. C. He asks for others help. D. He expresses h
is agreement. Jawaban: B Kalimat In your opinion, what if we hold a school bazaar
? artinya Menurut pendapatmu, bagaimana kalau kita mengadakan bazar sekolah?. Kalim
at tersebut diucapkan untuk meminta persetujuan seseorang (asking for someones ag
reement). Rika said, I agree with the idea. What does it mean? A. She shows her ag
reement. B. She shows her disagreement. C. She asks for an opinion. D. She gives
something. Jawaban: A Kalimat I agree with the idea. artinya Saya setuju dengan ga
gasan itu.. Ungkapan tersebut digunakan untuk memberi persetujuan (showing an agr
eement). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan ungkapan untuk memberi per
setujuan. What is Dions opinion about the school bazaar? A. They can use the even
t for entertainment. B. They can use the event for education. C. They can use th
e event for fund raising. D. They can use the event for practicing. Jawaban: C M
enurut Dion, kegiatan bazar sekolah dapat digunakan untuk mengumpulkan dana (fun
d raising). Hal itu sesuai dengan ucapan Dion, Moreover, in my opinion, we can us
e the event for fund raising..
2.
3.
4.
52
UNIT 1 Descriptive

5.
Tomi said, Rika, Dion, our school will celebrate its anniversary soon. The underli
ned word can be best replaced by ________. A. respect B. perform C. commemmorate
D. provide Jawaban: C Kata celebrate artinya merayakan. Kata ini dapat diganti deng
an kata commemmorate yang artinya memperingati. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. P
ilihan jawaban (A) artinya menghormati, (B) artinya mementaskan, dan (D) artinya
menyiapkan.
A.
Read and practice the dialogs with proper pronunciation.
Dialog 1 Butet : Fishing is a boring activity, Mirza. Mirza : I dont think so, Bu
tet. It is boring if you dont know the secret. Butet : What do you mean? Mirza :
Actually, fishing is interesting. Just enjoy the calm situation and possibly wit
h the scenery. Butet : In that case, I think you are right. But, it probably tak
es much time to get only one fish, doesnt it? Mirza : It does, but dont you know s
omething? In fact, fishing teaches us about patience. Butet : How can? Mirza : W
hen fishing, you cannot be in a hurry. In other words, to achieve your goal, you
cant do it hurriedly. Butet : Is that so? I think Ill try your advice then.
Adapted from: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah
Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4
Dialog 2 Maya : Didit, I heard that we will have a modeling contest to commemora
te our anniversary. What do you think of it? Didit : Well, actually I dont agree.
In my opinion, thats useless. Wed better arrange other useful contests. Maya : Wh
at do you mean by other useful contests? Didit : We can have English speaking co
ntests, cooking contests or sports competition. Maya : But I think a modeling co
ntest is also useful. Those boys or girls, who are interested in modeling, can s
how their talents. Didit : It can be. However, as students, its better for us to
compete more in educational skills. B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs
in Task A.
Dialog 1 1. What is Butets opinion about fishing? Jawaban: He thinks that fishing
is boring. 2. Mirza said, I dont think so, Butet. What does it mean? Jawaban: He d
isagrees with Butets opinion. 3. According to Mirza, what is the secret of making
fishing interesting? Jawaban: Just enjoy the calm situation and possibly with t
he scenery.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
53

4. 5.
Why can fishing teach us about patience? Jawaban: Because when fishing, we canno
t be in a hurry. Does Butet decide not fishing anymore? How do you know? Jawaban
: No, he doesnt. He said, I think Ill try your advice then. It means he will try to
enjoy fishing.
Dialog 2 1. What are Maya and Didit talking about? Jawaban: They are talking abo
ut a modeling contest. 2. What will the modeling contest be held for? Jawaban: I
t is held to commemorate their school anniversary. 3. What kinds of contests doe
s Didit think are better than the modeling contest? Jawaban: English speaking co
ntests, cooking contests or sports competition. 4. Why does Maya think that a mo
deling contest is also beneficial? Jawaban: Because those boys or girls, who are
interested in modeling, can show their talents. 5. What is Didits opinion about
the better competition for students? Jawaban: Students are better to compete in
educational skills. Variasi: A. Find the words in the box vertically, horizontal
ly and diagonally based on their definitions. Jawaban:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
not interesting, dull a thing that other people must not know holding the attent
ion to get pleasure from something the natural features of an area the ability t
o accept suffering without complaining the need or wish to get something done qu
ickly causing great interest or enthusiasm a date that is exactly a year or a nu
mber of years after an event a natural skill or ability at something
1. 3. 5. 7. 9.
boring interesting scenery hurry anniversary
2. 4. 6. 8. 10.
secret enjoy patience exciting talent
54
UNIT 1 Descriptive

B. Complete the sentences with the words in Task A. 1. Waiting is really a _____
___ thing. No one likes it. 2. Everyone has their own ________, like singing or
painting. All we have to do is to develop it into something valuable. 3. We need
to have more ________ if we have a complicated problem. Never take any decision
in a hurry. 4. The movie is not ________. The plot is awful. 5. This is a _____
___. Please dont tell it to anyone. 6. I like staying in a village. I can _______
_ the fresh air. 7. My school will celebrate its 50th ________ this month. 8. Ma
ny tourists like to go to Bali. It really has a beautiful ________. 9. It seems
you look in a ________. Where are you going? 10. Diving in Bunaken is really ___
_____. I feel so happy and want to go there again. Jawaban: 1. boring 2. talent
3. patience 4. interesting 5. secret 6. enjoy 7. anniversary 8. scenery 9. hurry
10. exciting Read the dialog with proper pronunciation. Answer the questions ba
sed on the dialog. Tiara : Listen, next month is a long holiday. What if we go c
amping? Soni : I think thats a good idea. O.K., no problem. What about you, Rina?
Rina : Well, in my opinion, it will be better if we arrange a study tour to mus
eums or other historical places. I think that it is more beneficial to broaden o
ur knowledge. Tiara : Hm, I think we have different opinions about spending the
holiday. Wed better discuss it with the class. Questions: 1. When will the childr
en have a long holiday? Jawaban: Next month. 2. Whats Sonis opinion about going ca
mping? Jawaban: He thinks camping is a good activity. 3. Does Rina agree with Ti
aras opinion? Why? Jawaban: No, she doesnt. Because she thinks that it is better t
o have a study tour to museums or other historical places. C. Complete the dialo
g with the correct words in the box. Then, practice the complete dialog with you
r friend. I agree with it Whats your opinion about it I think it can reduce the t
raffic jam Have you heard that we will start our lesson earlier In my view, ever
ything will be easy if they are used to do it : : : : Hi, Dinda. (1) ________? Y
eah. We will start our lessons at 6:30 a.m. (2) ________? Well, (3) ________.
55
C.
a. b. c. d. e.
Candra Dinda Candra Dinda
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Candra : Whats your reason? Dinda : (4) ________. Moreover, people say that stude
nts will be fresh and fit to learn. Candra : Do you think so? What about the stu
dents who live far from here? It will be very difficult for them. Dinda : Of cou
rse, they must wake up earlier than usual. (5) ________. Jawaban: 1. d 2. b 3. a
4. c 5. e Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tamba
han soal sebagai berikut. a. c. e. Rika : Dian : Rika : Dian : Rika : Dian : I s
ee What do you think What about its book collections b. d. Really do you know wh
at time it is
Dian, (1) ________? Um . . . its almost two oclock. Why? Well, Im afraid I will arr
ive home late. You know, I need to go to the bookstore first. (2) ________. Wait
a minute! I know the nearest bookstore. (3) ________? Despite it is small, I th
ink the store has many collections of books. Im sure you will find the book you n
eed. Rika : (4) ________? Dian : No doubt. Ill take you there. (5) ________? Rika
: O.K., then. Thanks. Dian : Anytime. All right, lets go then. Rika : O.K. Jawab
an: 1. d 2. a 3. e 4. b 5. c Answer the following questions based on the dialog
in Task C. What are Candra and Dinda talking about? Jawaban: They are talking ab
out the new rule of starting lessons earlier. Does Dinda agree with the rule? Ja
waban: Yes, she does. What did she say to show her agreement or disagreement? Ja
waban: She said, I agree with it. Why does Dinda agree with the rule? Jawaban: Bec
ause it can reduce the traffic jam, and students will be fresh and fit to learn.
Why does Candra disagree with the rule? Jawaban: Because it will be difficult f
or the students who live far from school.
D. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
56
UNIT 1 Descriptive

E.
Make a dialog based on the guideline. Then, practice the dialog. Student A Stude
nt B says that its interesting. tells that living in a village is peaceful. The a
ir is clean and fresh. asks the reason.
asks Bs opinion about living in a village. asks why.
says his/her disagreement. Argues that living in a village is boring. explains t
hat living in a village is far from public places.
says that people can reach public places easily by public transports.
Contoh jawaban: Mira : What do you think of living in a village? Neni : Living i
n a village? Well, its interesting. Mira : Why do you have such an opinion? Neni
: You know, living in a village is peaceful. The air is also clean and fresh. Mi
ra : But, I disagree. In my opinion, living in a village is boring. Neni : Do yo
u think so? But why? Mira : Living in a village is far from public places. Its la
ck of facilities. Neni : I think its not a big deal. People can reach the public
places easily by public transports. Variasi: Rearrange the sentences into a prop
er dialog. Then, practice the dialog. Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawab
an: Dino : So, do you agree if we have a school band? 3 6 1 8 5 2 7 4 9 Hendy :
Why? Dino Dino Dino : Hendy, I heard that we will have a school band. What do yo
u think of it? : Maybe youre right, but I have a different opinion. I disagree wi
th it. Hendy : I think it wont happen if they can manage their time well. Hendy :
School band? Wow! Its great! : In my opinion, joining a band will make students
forget their study. They will spend most of their time playing music. Hendy : Su
re. Students who have talent in music can play in the band. Dino : I hope youre r
ight.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
57

F. 1.
Make dialogs based on the situations. Then, practice the dialogs.
There is a park in your town. The park is dirty. You ask your friends opinion abo
ut it. What would both of you say? 2. You have an idea to collect some donation
for the victims of flood. Your friend agrees with the idea. What would both of y
ou say? Contoh jawaban: 1. You : Do you like spending your time in the park? You
r friend : No, I dont. What about you? You : Neither do I. I dont like to go there
because its dirty. People litter everywhere. Your friend : Yeah. I think its all
because many rubbish bins are broken. They cannot be used anymore. You : Well, I
think the government must pay attention to the cleanliness of the park. Your fr
iend : Youre right. However, the visitors are also responsible for keeping the pa
rk clean. 2. You : You know, floods happen in many areas recently. Your friend :
Youre right. Floods always cause some destructions. Many people suffer from them
. You : Thats right. Listen, I have an idea. What about collecting some donation
for the victims? Your friend : Its great! You : Will our friends agree with our i
dea? Your friend : I think they will. Why dont we talk about it with our teacher?
You : A good idea.
Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal se
bagai berikut. 1. Your father got a promotion. He was promoted to be a productio
n manager. However, it means he has to move and work in another town. Your fathe
r asks for your opinion if all of you move out to the town. What would your fath
er say? How would you respond to it? 2. The Principal has an idea that all stude
nts must join the scouts. You and your friends are discussing about the idea. So
me of you agree, but the others dont. How would the conversation happen? 3. You w
ant to buy a mobile phone. You ask your brothers opinion about which mobile phone
you should buy, the new or used one. What would the two of you say? 4. You and
your family have moved into a new house. You want to make a small pond in front
of the house. Your sister agrees with your idea. What would the two of you say?
Contoh jawaban: 1. Father : Dear, you know, Ive got a promotion as a production m
anager in Bandung. What do you think if we move there? Lani : I have no problem,
Dad. For me, the important thing is we are still a family, no matter where we a
re. Father : Thank you, dear. 2. Principal : Students, what if you all join the
scouts? It is a good activity for you, isnt it? Student 1 : It is, Sir. I agree w
ith you. This activity can train us to be more confident and independent. Studen
t 2 : Thats right, Sir. Student 3 : Im sorry, Sir. I disagree with you. Not all of
us like to be scouts. Please give us freedom to join the activity we like. We h
ave different interests.
58
UNIT 1 Descriptive

3.
You : I want to buy a mobile phone, but Im confused. Your brother : Why? You : Im
confused whether I will buy the new one or the used one. What is your opinion ab
out it? Your brother : In my opinion, its better to buy a new one. You : But I do
nt have much money to buy a new one. Your brother : You can choose a new mobile p
hone which you can afford. You : Will you help me choose it? Your brother : No b
ig deal. You Your sister You Your sister You Your sister : : : : : Dian, do you
agree if we make a small pond? A small pond? Its great! But, where will we make i
t? In the front yard. You know, we still have some space there. O.K. Can I keep
some fish in the pond? Of course, you can. But I think we must discuss it with f
ather and mother first. : O.K. I hope they will agree with our idea.
4.
1.2 Genre
Spoken Text
Read the monolog and understand the explanation. Hello, everybody. Now, Im going
to tell you about my neighbor. Well, . . . I have a new neighbor, Mr. Rendra. He
lives next to my house. He lives with his wife and his two sons, Andi and Dodik
. Mr. Rendra is a civil servant and Mrs. Rendra is a housewife. Um . . . Mr. Ren
dra is a hard worker. Besides working as a civil servant, he also runs a small b
usiness. His wife often helps him run the business. Mr. Rendras family is always
happy. They love each other. They always share everything together. Mrs. Rendra
takes good care of her sons. Although Mr. Rendra is busy, he never forgets to gi
ve attention to his two sons. Mr. Rendras family is friendly. You know, . . . the
y get on well with their neighbors. They are also helpful. They often help the p
oor. Of course, all people here know and like them. The text above is a descript
ive text in spoken form. In spoken form, we use some fillers, such as you know,
well, um . . ., er . . ., etc.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
59

Written Text
Read the text and understand the explanation. My New Neighbor Identification I h
ave a new neighbor named Mr. Rendra. Mr. Rendra lives next to my house. He lives
with his wife and two sons, Andi and Dodik. Mr. Rendra is a civil servant and M
rs. Rendra is a housewife. Besides, Mr. Rendra also runs a small business. His w
ife often helps him run the business. Mr. Rendras family is always happy. They lo
ve each other. They always share everything together. Mrs. Rendra takes good car
e of her sons. Although Mr. Rendra is busy, he never forgets to give attention t
o his two sons. Mr. Rendras family is friendly. They get on well with their neigh
bors. They are also helpful. They often help the poor. All people here know them
and like them.
Description
The text above is a descriptive text in written form. A descriptive text is a te
xt which describes a particular person, place or thing. The structure of a descr
iptive text consists of: Identification: identifies the person, place or thing t
o be described. Description : describes parts, qualities and characteristics of
the person, place or thing. The language features of a descriptive text are: use
mostly the simple present tense and use adjectives to describe the person, plac
e or thing.
Grammar Section
The Simple Present Tense Read the dialog and understand the explanation.
I usually jog with some of my friends. What do you usually do on Sunday mornings
?
May I join? Sure.
60
UNIT 1 Descriptive

The sentences What do you usually do on Sunday mornings? and I usually jog with som
e of my friends. are in the simple present tense. You use the simple present tens
e to talk about habitual actions and facts, or say something you know about a pe
rson or thing. Patterns: (+) Subject + verb(-s/es) + object Examples: Plants nee
d water and sunlight to grow. Diah cleans her room every morning. () Subject + do
nt/doesnt + verb base + object Examples: Cows and goats dont eat meat. The Sun does
nt go round the Earth.

(?)
Do/Does + subject + verb base + object + ? Examples: Do penguins live in Antarct
ic? Does the river flow into the sea?

Adjectives Read the dialog and understand the explanation.


What do you think of these flowers?
I think they are beautiful and fragrant.
The words beautiful and fragrant are adjectives. An adjective describes nouns (p
eople or things).
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
61

There are many kinds of adjectives. 1. Adjectives that tell us the color of thin
gs. Examples: white black red blue orange yellow green pink 2. Adjectives tha
ell us about the size of people or things. Examples: large huge tall long thin l
ittle tiny narrow 3. Adjectives that tell us the quality of people or things. Ex
amples: beautiful handsome warm popular important young anxious strange 4. Ad
tives that tell us the place or country where a person or thing comes from or be
longs to (adjectives of origin). Examples: Chinese Italian French Dutch Indonesi
an Javanese English Malay 5. Adjectives that tell us what type of thing somethin
g is, or what material it is made of (classifying adjectives). Examples: financi
al medical chemical mathematical wooden electric gold steel Adjectives often co
e before the noun they describe. Examples: a small boy a brave knight cheerful c
hildren sharp scissors If a noun phrase has more than one adjective, look at the
order below. Adjectives Article a a a a Size small big huge large Age old new C
olor black white brown gray Material iron plastic wooden Thing chair spoon cupbo
ard box
Adjectives can come after the person or thing they describe later in the sentenc
e. Examples: The flowers are fragrant. The math test is difficult. The car is ex
pensive. The wife is very faithful.
62
UNIT 1 Descriptive

The Present Continuous Tense Read the dialog and understand the explanation.
What are you looking at? I am looking at the brochure. It is informative, right?
The sentences What are you looking at? and I am looking at the brochure. are in the
present continuous tense. You use the present continuous tense to talk about act
ions in the present, or things that are going on or happening at the moment of s
peaking. The adverbs of time that you can use in the present continuous tense ar
e: now, at the moment, at present, right now. Patterns: (+) Subject + is/am/are
+ verb-ing + . . . . Examples: I am listening to the music now. The girls are di
scussing their problems. () Subject + is/am/are + not + verb-ing + . . . . Exampl
es: Delia is not swimming in the swimming pool. The children are not doing their
homework now. (?) Is/Am/Are + subject + verb-ing + . . .? Examples: Is Mr. John
teaching in Class VIIID now? Are Neta and her friends visiting a museum at the
moment?

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1


63

Answer the questions below. 1. 2. What is your favorite thing? Contoh jawaban: A
computer. Describe your favorite thing briefly. Contoh jawaban: Well, . . . I l
ike my computer so much. I have one at home and I often use it to do my assignme
nts. Besides, I often use it to play games. You know, it is a desktop, so I cant
bring it everywhere. Let me tell you what. The CPU is big with white casing. The
re is a DVD writer on it. It has 17 inch monitor, so I can see my work on the mo
nitor quite clear and easy. One thing I like about my computer is that it has a
rubber keyboard. Its so flexible, you know. Besides, its waterproof.
A.
Listen to your teacher. What does he/she talk about?
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Do you like collecting stickers? If you do, how many s
tickers do you have? Well, Rios hobby is collecting stickers. He has many sticker
s in different shapes, sizes, colors and designs. Do you know when he started hi
s hobby? He started collecting stickers after his uncle gave him a set of dinosa
ur stickers. Since then, he likes to collect stickers. Um . . . to add his stick
ers collection, Rio often buys interesting stickers which he likes. He also ofte
n exchanges some of his stickers with his friends. On his birthdays, he usually g
ets stickers or sticker albums for presents. Guess what his favorite sticker is!
His favorite one is the sticker which has the face of a bear. The bear has eyes
that can move. Well, he got this sticker from his brother who studies abroad.
Adapted from: Week by Week English Practice Papers
Jawaban: The monolog is about Rios hobby, that is collecting stickers. Variasi: R
ead the words aloud and find out their meanings. 1. collect 5. add 9. move Jawab
an: 1. mengumpulkan 4. pola, bentuk 7. wajah 9. bergerak-gerak 2. shape 6. excha
nge 10. abroad 2. 5. 8. 10. 3. 7. size face 4. 8. design bear
bentuk menambahkan beruang ke luar negeri
3. ukuran 6. menukarkan
64
UNIT 1 Descriptive

B.
State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the monolog you
have heard in Task A.
1. ______ The monolog is about Rios hobby. 2. ______ Rios hobby is collecting stam
ps. 3. ______ Rio started to collect the stickers after his uncle gave him a set
of flower stickers. 4. ______ To add his collection, Rio often buys stickers wh
ich are interesting. 5. ______ Rio never exchanges his stickers with his friends.
Jawaban: 1. T 2. F. His hobby is collecting stickers. 3. F. He started to colle
ct stickers after his uncle gave him a set of dinosaur stickers. 4. T 5. F. He o
ften exchanges his stickers with his friends. Variasi: Guru dapat memberi tambaha
n soal sebagai berikut. 1. ______ On his birthdays, he often gets stickers or st
icker albums. 2. ______ Rios favorite sticker is the one which has the face of a
bear. 3. ______ The bear in the sticker has a mouth that can move. 4. ______ Rio
got the bear sticker from his brother. 5. ______ Rios brother lives in another t
own. Jawaban: 1. T 2. T 3. F. The bear in the sticker has eyes that can move. 4.
T 5. F. Rios brother studies abroad. C. Look at the picture and listen to the te
acher. Answer the questions based on the monolog you have heard. Teks yang dibac
akan guru: Do you know Daniel Radcliffe? You know, he acts as Harry Potter in Ha
rry Potters films. Well, . . . Daniel Radcliffe is my idol. His full name is Dani
el Jacob Radcliffe. However, he is usually called Dan. He was born in Fulham, Lo
ndon, July 23, 1989. He has dark straight hair. The color of his eyes is blue. U
m . . . he is about 168 cm tall. Many people like him because he is an interesti
ng and a humorous person. Actually, I know him since his first appearance in Harr
y Potter and the Sorcerer Stone. I think he is a good actor.
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII Pic
ture source: www.enjoyfrance.com
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
65

Questions: 1. What is the monolog about? Jawaban: It is about the description of


Daniel Radcliffe. 2. What is Daniel Radcliffes role in Harry Potters films? Jawab
an: He acts as Harry Potter. 3. What is his complete name? Jawaban: His complete
name is Daniel Jacob Radcliffe. 4. Where was he born? Jawaban: In Fulham, Londo
n. 5. When was he born? Jawaban: On July 23, 1989. 6. How is his hair? Jawaban:
He has dark straight hair. 7. What is the color of his eyes? Jawaban: His eyes a
re blue. 8. How tall is he? Jawaban: He is 168 cm tall. 9. Why do people like hi
m? Jawaban: Because he is an interesting and a humorous person. 10. When does th
e speaker first know him? Jawaban: Since his first appearance in Harry Potter and
the Sorcerer Stone. Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat membe
ri tambahan soal sebagai berikut. Teks yang dibacakan guru: Last week my father
bought a horse. He said that it is a female Arabian horse. He also said that Ara
bian horses are intelligent and have great stamina. Thats why he decided to buy o
ne. You know, it is large and slender. The horse is about 1.5 m tall, and can ru
n very fast. I really like the horse. It has large nostrils, big eyes, but a sma
ll head and muzzle. And you know, it has a silky, flowing mane, a short back and
broad shoulders. And about its legs . . . er . . . it has long ones. No wonder
it can run fast.
Adapted from: http://www.enchantedlearning.com/subjects/mammals/horse/Arabianpri
ntout.shtml (December 11, 2006)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
What kind of horse is it? Jawaban: It is a female Arabian horse. Why did the spe
akers father want to buy the horse? Jawaban: Because Arabian horses are intellige
nt and have great stamina. How tall is it? Jawaban: It is 1.5 m tall. How are th
e horses nostrils? Jawaban: They are large. How do you describe its mane? Jawaban
: The horse has a silky, flowing mane.
66
UNIT 1 Descriptive

D.
Fill in the blanks while listening to your teacher.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Well, look at this! It is my new (1) backp
ack. It is a (2) birthday present from my sister. It is quite big, right? As you
see, my backpack has red and black (3) colors. It is made of (4) nylon. Um . .
. it has two main (5) zipper pockets and one pocket at the front side. I put my
books in the main zipper (6) pockets. Meanwhile, I usually put my (7) stationery
in the pocket at the front side. Er . . . my backpack is (8) quite big. Althoug
h it is not (9) handy, I like to bring it to school every day. To make it (10) d
ifferent from others, I put a sticker on the back.
A.
Read the text. Deliver a monolog based on the text.
Anggun Cipta Sasmi is an Indonesian singer and songwriter with French citizenshi
p. Anggun was born in Jakarta, April 29, 1974. She is the second child of Darto
Singo, a Javanese artist, and Dien Herdina, a housewife who was from a noble Jav
anese family. Although she was born in Jakarta, she was raised in Yogyakarta. Du
ring her early years, she was influenced by the rock music of native Javanese ar
tists and rock & roll singers and bands, such as Elvis Presley, Metallica and Th
e Police. Anggun began performing at age 7 and recorded her child Picture source
: forum.detik.com album two years later. Anggun reached her great career in Indo
nesia. She was known as a singer with a hat because she always wore it on her pe
rformance. She had a dream to take her talent to an international level. Then, s
he decided to move to London with his first husband, Michel de Gea. She started
her international career since then. In her career, Anggun has released many alb
ums. Some of them are Dunia Aku Punya, Anak Putih Abu-Abu, Nocturno, Anggun C. S
asmi . . . Lah!!!, Yang Hilang, Snow on the Sahara, Au nom de la lune, Anggun an
d Elevation.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anggun (December 20, 2008)
Contoh jawaban: Hello, friends. Do you know Anggun Cipta Sasmi? Well, you may kn
ow her as Anggun. Her first international debut album, Snow on the Sahara, was h
ighly appreciated in Europe, as well as in Indonesia. You know, Anggun is a very
talented young woman. She is not only a singer, but also a songwriter. She wrot
e most of her songs. Its amazing, isnt it? Anggun was born on April 29, 1974 as a
second child. She comes from an artist family since her father, Darto Singo, was
a Javanese artist. Meanwhile, her mother, Dien Herdina who came from a Javanese
family, was only a housewife. Though Anggun was born in Jakarta, she was raised
in Javanese cultural city, Yogyakarta. Let me tell you. Anggun has shown her ta
lent in music since her early ages. Her first performance was at age 7 and two y
ears later she recorded her child album. She liked to listen to rock music of na
tive Javanese artists and also rock & roll singers and bands, such as Elvis Pres
ley,
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
67

Metallica and the Police. All the artists and bands have influenced her music ge
nre and character up to now. Some years later Anggun appeared as one of the most
promising singers in Indonesia. People recognized her as a singer with a hat on
every performance. Frankly, she had a great career in our national music indust
ry. However, she had a dream to be an international singer. So, she moved to his
first destination European city, London to pursue her dream with her husband, M
ichel de Gea. Well, she started her international career since then. Now, Anggun
lives in Paris, French and holds French citizenship. Up to now, Anggun has rele
ased national and international albums. There are Dunia Aku Punya, Anak Putih Ab
u-Abu, Nocturno, Anggun C. Sasmi . . . Lah!!!, Yang Hilang, Snow on the Sahara,
Au nom de la luna, Anggun and Elevation. Variasi: A. What are the words based on
the definitions below? Find the answers in the text. One dash (_) represents on
e letter. 1. _ _ _ _ _ _ = a person who sings 2. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = a person
who composes songs as a profession 3. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = being a citizen, e
specially of a particular country 4. _ _ _ _ _ _ = a person who draws or paints
pictures, produces sculptures, etc. 5. _ _ _ _ _ = having a high social rank, es
pecially from birth 6. _ _ _ _ _ _ = associated with the place and circumstances
of ones birth 7. _ _ _ _ _ _ = a job or profession, especially one with opportun
ities for progress or promotion 8. _ _ _ _ _ = an ambition or ideal 9. _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = happening or existing between two or more nations 10. _ _ _ _
_ _ _ = to make something available to the public Jawaban: 1. singer 2. songwri
ter 3. citizenship 4. artist 5. noble 6. native 7. career 8. dream 9. internatio
nal 10. release B. Make sentences using the words in Task A. Contoh jawaban: 1.
Rihanna is a very popular singer now. 2. Dewiq is a talented songwriter as well
as a singer. 3. A foreign person can get Indonesian citizenship if he/she has li
ved in Indonesia for at least five years permanently, right? 4. Many artists are
involved in the art performance. 5. My grandfather comes from a noble Javanese
family. 6. I join the English course because it is taught by a native speaker. 7
. Linda pursues her career as a journalist. 8. My brother has a dream to be an a
stronaut someday. 9. The international art festival is followed by 35 countries.
10. Sheila on 7 has just released their new album.
68
UNIT 1 Descriptive

B.
Find the data about this man, then describe him orally in front of the class.
Picture source: www.papermag.com
Contoh jawaban: The data: Birth name Born : Barack Hussein Obama II : August 4,
1961 Honolulu, Hawaii, U.S.A. Achievement : The first African American President
Spouse : Michelle Obama (m. 1992) Children : Malia Ann (b. 1998), Sasha (b. 200
1) Residence : White House, Washington D.C. Alma mater : Occidental College, Col
umbia University, Harvard Law School Interests : Playing basketball, writing, sp
ending time with kids Favorite singers : Miles Davis, John Coltrane, Bob Dylan,
Stevie Wonder, Johann Sebastian Bach (cello suites) and The Fugees Favorite Movi
es : Casablanca, Godfather I & II, Lawrence of Arabia and One Flew Over the Cuck
oos Nest Favorite Books : Song of Solomon (Toni Morrison), Moby Dick, Shakespeares
Tragedies, Parting the Waters, Gilead (Robinson), Self-Reliance (Emerson), Linc
olns Collected Writings Favorite TV Shows : Sports center Favorite Quotations : Th
e Arc of the moral universe is long, but it bends towards justice.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barack_Obama (December 19, 2008) http://www
.facebook.com/barackobama (December 19, 2008)
The monolog: Do you know Barack Obama? Yeah, . . . he is the 44th President of t
he United States of America. Barack Hussein Obama II was born in Honolulu, Hawai
i, the United States of America on August 4, 1961. He is the first African Ameri
can to be elected President of the United States. As we know, Barack Obama is ma
rried to a woman named Michelle. He has two daughters named Malia Ann and Sasha.
Do you know where they live now? Of course, they live in the presidential house
called the White House, Washington D.C.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
69

Obama is very interested in playing basketball, writing and spending his time wi
th kids. Um . . . he is also fond of music. Some of his favorite singers are Mil
es Davis, John Coltrane, Bob Dylan, Stevie Wonder, Johann Sebastian Bach (cello
suites) and The Fugees. Besides, he is interested in seeing films and reading bo
oks. His favorite movies are Casablanca, Godfather I & II, Lawrence of Arabia an
d One Flew Over the Cuckoos Nest. Meanwhile, his favorite books are Song of Solom
on by Toni Morrison, Moby Dick, Shakespeares Tragedies, Parting the Waters, Gilea
d (Robinson), Self-Reliance (Emerson), Lincolns Collected Writings. Talking about
television programs, he is keen on sports center program. Well, do you know wha
t his favorite quotation is? It is The Arc of the moral universe is long, but it
bends towards justice. O.K. Thats all about Barack Obama. Thank you for listening.
Variasi: A. Deliver a monolog based on the data provided. Name Birth Date Birth
Place Birth Name Education Nationality Occupation Claim to fame : : : : : : : :
Mandy Moore April 10, 1984 Nashua, New Hampshire, U.S.A. Amanda Leigh Moore Bis
hop Moore Catholic High School in Orlando, Florida American Actress, singer Her
route to fame started when she was named the National Anthem Girl because she sa
ng The Star-Spangled Banner for all major sports teams.
Source: http://www.netglimse.com/celebs/pages/mandy_moore/index.shtml (July 25,
2007)
Contoh jawaban: Hi, friends, I guess you know the person Im going to talk about.
Although not much maybe. Well, she is Mandy Moore. She is a well-known actress a
nd also a singer. This girl was born on April 10, 1984 in Nashua, New Hampshire,
U.S.A. Older than you, of course. Her birth name is Amanda Leigh Moore. She use
d to study in Bishop Moore Catholic High School in Orlando, Florida. Do you know
her origin? Well, she is an American. And . . . you know what. She became famou
s because she was named the National Anthem Girl. She got it because she sang Th
e Star-Spangled Banner for all major sports teams. Well, . . . thats all about he
r. Thank you for listening. B. Create a monolog based on the picture. Contoh jaw
aban: Look at my T-shirt! What do you think of it? Its nice, isnt it? Well, it is
my new T-shirt. It is dark blue, my favorite color. As you see, it has short sle
eves. Er . . . I like the T-shirt very much. Can you guess the reason? Yeah. The
res a picture of Spiderman on the front side. You know, Spiderman is my idol. He
is my super hero. Since I was a child, I have always adored him. Once I dreamed
of becoming Spiderman. Actually, it is only one of my collection which deals wit
h Spiderman. This T-shirt is special. Do you know why? Its a birthday gift from m
y pen pal.
70
UNIT 1 Descriptive

A.
Read the text with proper pronunciation. Identify the structure of the text. My
Barbie Doll
I have a Silkstone Barbie Doll. It is a birthday present from my mother. My Silk
stone Barbie Doll is made of a very hard vinyl that mimics porcelain. The doll s
eems just a bit taller than other Barbie dolls. It has a permanent models pose. I
ts right arm is bent for placement on the hip. Its left leg is bent at the knee.
The doll has joints at the neck, shoulders, hips and waist. The knees do not be
nd on the doll: the position is permanent. The bent on the hip arm can make the do
lls a bit difficult to dress. The outfits for my Silkstone Barbie Doll are full
of details and are made of fine fabrics. The doll is completed with extra clothi
ng and accessories. The doll is very beautiful. I like playing with it. It alway
s accompanies me when I am lonely. When I sleep, I always put it beside me. It i
s really my best friend.
Adapted from: http://collectdolls.about.com/od/dollprofiles/p/silkstonebarbie.ht
m (December 18, 2008)
Jawaban: My Barbie Doll Identification I have a Silkstone Barbie Doll. It is a b
irthday present from my mother. My Silkstone Barbie Doll is made of a very hard
vinyl that mimics porcelain. The doll seems just a bit taller than other Barbie
dolls. It has a permanent models pose. Its right arm is bent for placement on the
hip. Its left leg is bent at the knee. The doll has joints at the neck, shoulde
rs, hips and waist. The knees do not bend on the doll: the position is permanent
. The bent on the hip arm can make the dolls a bit difficult to dress. The outfits
for my Silkstone Barbie Doll are full of details and are made of fine fabrics.
The doll is completed with extra clothing and accessories. The doll is very beau
tiful. I like playing with it. It always accompanies me when I am lonely. When I
sleep, I always put it beside me. It is really my best friend.
Description
Variasi: Read the words and find out their meanings. 1. doll 2. present 3. mimic
6. bent 7. hip 8. knee 11. waist 12. outfit 13. fabric Jawaban: 1. boneka 2. ha
diah 5. sikap, lagak 6. bengkok 9. persendian 10. bahu 13. kain, barang tenunan
14. menemani
4. permanent 9. joints 14. accompany 3. 7. 11. 15. meniru pinggul pinggang sepi,
kesepian
5. pose 10. shoulder 15. lonely 4. tetap, kekal 8. lutut 12. pakaian
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
71

B.
State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task
A.
1. ______ The doll has joints at the necks, shoulders, hips and arms. 2. ______
The bent on the hip arm can make it difficult to dress. 3. ______ The dolls outfits
are made of harsh fabrics. 4. ______ The doll has no accessories. 5. ______ The
doll always accompanies the writer when she is lonely. Jawaban: 1. F. It has jo
ints at the necks, shoulders, hips and waist. 2. T 3. F. They are made of fine f
abrics. 4. F. It is completed with some accessories. 5. T Variasi: Guru dapat me
mberikan tambahan soal sebagai berikut. 1. ______ The text talks about the write
rs Barbie doll. 2. ______ The doll is a birthday present from the writers father.
3. ______ The doll is made of soft vinyl. 4. ______ The doll has a permanent mod
els pose. 5. ______ Its right arm is bent for placement on its hip. Jawaban: 1. T
2. F. It is a birthday present from the writers mother. 3. F. It is made of hard
vinyl. 4. T 5. T C. Read the text and answer the questions. My Best Friend My c
lass is moving to the ground floor this year. This is because we have a new clas
smate. Her name is Chen Chen. She uses a wheelchair to get about. Two of my frie
nds and I have volunteered to help Chen Chen. We help to carry her bag and push
her wheelchair. We help her to the canteen and the toilet. The four of us are of
ten together. Some people call us the gang of four. Chen Chen is very good at he
r studies. She often helps us with our homework. My friends and I learn a lot fr
om her. As a result, our grades in school have also improved. I feel that Chen C
hen is a very special girl. Although she is handicapped in her movements, she ne
ver complains. In fact, she is always cheerful. When she sees us playing games d
uring P.E. lessons, she would cheer us on. She says she likes to watch basketbal
l and football. She thinks it is a pity she cannot play the games. Sometimes she
has dreams that she is a champion basketball player. However, she says she can
do something else even though she cannot play basketball. She wants to be a scie
ntist when she grows up.
Source: Primary English Cloze Passages 4
72
UNIT 1 Descriptive

Questions: 1. What is the text about? Jawaban: The writers friend named Chen Chen
. 2. What is the purpose of the text? Jawaban: To describe a particular person.
3. Why does the writers class move to the ground floor? Jawaban: Because they hav
e a new handicapped classmate. 4. What does Chen Chen use to get about? Jawaban:
She uses a wheelchair. 5. What do the writer and her friends do to help Chen Ch
en? Jawaban: They help to carry her bag and push her wheelchair. They also help
her to the canteen and the toilet. 6. What do people usually call the writer and
her three friends? Jawaban: People usually call them the gang of four. 7. How i
s Chen Chen? Jawaban: She is handicapped, but she is good at her studies. 8. Why
is Chen Chen a special girl? Jawaban: Because she is handicapped in her movemen
ts but she never complains. She is always cheerful. 9. What does Chen Chen do wh
en she sees the writer and her friends do P.E. lessons? Jawaban: She cheers her
friends on. 10. What does Chen Chen want to be when she grows up? Jawaban: She w
ants to be a scientist. Variasi: Find the antonyms of the following words in the
text in Task C. Then, make sentences using the answers. 1. old >< ________ 2. b
ad >< ________ 3. common >< ________ 4. sad >< ________ 5. hate >< ________ Jawa
ban: 1. new 2. good 3. special 4. cheerful 5. like Contoh jawaban (kalimat): 1.
My father bought me a new bicycle. 2. Your paper work is very good and neat. 3.
On Donnas birthday, I will give her a special gift. 4. Lina looks cheerful becaus
e today is her birthday. 5. I like cooking and gardening very much. B. Read the
text and answer the questions. In the water around New York City is a very small
island called Liberty Island. On Liberty Island there is a very special statue
called the Statue of Liberty. It is one of the most famous sights in the world.
The Statue of Liberty was a gift from the people of France to the people of the
United States. The statue was made by a French sculptor named Frederic Auguste B
artholdi. The inner support system was designed by Gustave Eiffel, the same man
who made the famous Eiffel Tower in Paris. A.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
73

Liberty, of course, means freedom and the Statue of Liberty was given to the Uni
ted States to celebrate the one-hundredth anniversary of the U.S. Independence f
rom England. The statue was built in France, taken apart piece by piece, and the
n rebuilt in the United States. It was opened for the public on October 28, 1886
. As you might expect, the statue is very big. Visitors can ride an elevator fro
m the ground to the bottom of the statue. If they want to, they can then walk up
the 168 steps to reach the head of the statue where they can look out and enjoy
the beautiful sight of the city of New York.
Source: Intermediate Reading Practices
Questions: 1. Where is Liberty Island located? Jawaban: In the water around New
York City. 2. What is special about the island? Jawaban: There is a very special
statue called the Statue of Liberty. 3. Who gave the statue? Jawaban: The peopl
e of France. 4. Who made the statue? Jawaban: A French sculptor named Frederic A
uguste Bartholdi. 5. Who designed the inner support system? Jawaban: Gustave Eif
fel. 6. What does liberty mean? Jawaban: It means freedom. 7. Why was the statue
given to the U.S. people? Jawaban: To celebrate the one-hundredth anniversary o
f the U.S. Independence from England. 8. How was the process of building the sta
tue? Explain it. Jawaban: The statue was built in France, taken apart piece by p
iece, and then rebuilt in the United States. It was opened for the public on Oct
ober 28, 1886. 9. How many steps should visitors walk to reach the head of the s
tatue? Jawaban: Up to 168 steps. 10. How is the statue like? Jawaban: It is big
and has an elevator from the ground to the bottom. D. a. f. Complete the text wi
th the correct words in the box, then read it aloud. medals overseas b. g. degre
e blessed c. h. authored army d. i. officer excellent e. j. married retired
General (Ret.) Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono, or SBY, is an Indonesian (1) ________ m
ilitary general and the sixth President of Indonesia. Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono w
as born in Pacitan, East Java, on September 9, 1949. He is the son of Raden Soek
otjo and Siti Habibah. His father, Raden Soekotjo was also an Indonesian army (2
) ________. Since SBY was a child, he always wanted to be in the (3) ________. D
uring his 27-year distinguished military service, President Yudhoyono took an ex
tensive range of training, education and courses, both in Indonesia and (4) ____
____. President Yudhoyono also held numerous important posts and positions as tr
oop and territorial commander, staff officer, trainer and lecturer.
Picture source: www.indonesia.go.com
74
UNIT 1 Descriptive

For his outstanding service, the President was decorated with 24 (5) ________ an
d awards, including the Bintang Dharma, the Bintang Mahaputera Adipurna and the
Bintang Republik Indonesia Adipurna, the highest national medal for (6) ________
service beyond the calls of duty. President Yudhoyono is a keen reader and has
(7) ________ a number of books and articles including: Transforming Indonesia: S
elected International Speeches (2005), Peace Deal with Aceh is just a Beginning
(2005), The Making of a Hero (2005), Revitalization of the Indonesian Economy: B
usiness, Politics and Good Governance (2002) and Coping with the CrisisSecuring t
he Reform (1999). Taman Kehidupan (Garden of Life) is his anthology published in
2004. President Yudhoyono is (8) ________ to Madam Ani Herrawati. The couple is
(9) ________ with two sons. The oldest is First Lieutenant Agus Harimurti Yudho
yono, who graduated top in his class from the Military Academy in 2000 and is no
w serving at the elite 305th Airborne Battalion of the Army Strategic Reserves C
ommand (KOSTRAD). The youngest, Edhie Baskoro Yudhoyono, earned his (10) _______
_ in Economics from Curtin University, Australia.
Source: http://www.presidenri.go.id/index.php/eng/profile/ (December 19, 2008)
Jawaban: 1. j 6. i
2. d 7. c
3. h 8. e
4. f 9. g
5. a 10. b
Variasi: A. Answer the questions based on the text in Task D. 1. What is the tex
t about? Jawaban: The description of Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono. 2. Who is Susilo
Bambang Yudhoyono? Jawaban: He is an Indonesian retired military general and the
sixth President of Indonesia. 3. Where was SBY born? Jawaban: In Pacitan, East
Java. 4. When was SBY born? Jawaban: On September 9, 1949. 5. What are SBYs paren
ts names? Jawaban: They are Raden Soekotjo and Siti Habibah. 6. What did Raden So
ekotjo do? Jawaban: He was an Indonesian army officer. 7. What was SBYs dream sin
ce he was a child? Jawaban: He always wanted to be in the army. 8. What did SBY
do during his 27-year distinguished military service? Jawaban: He took an extens
ive range of training, education and courses, both in Indonesia and overseas. He
also held numerous important posts and positions as a troop and territorial com
mander, a staff officer, a trainer and a lecturer. 9. According to the text, how
many medals has SBY got? Jawaban: He has got 24 medals. 10. What is the Bintang
Republik Indonesia Adipurna medal? Jawaban: It is the highest national medal fo
r military service beyond the calls of duty. 11. How many books and articles has
SBY written? Jawaban: He has written six books and articles. 12. When was SBYs a
nthology entitled Taman Kehidupan published? Jawaban: It was published in 2004.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
75

13. Whom is SBY married to? Jawaban: He is married to Ms. Anni Herrawati. 14. Wh
ere did Agus Harimurti Yudhoyono graduate from? Jawaban: He graduated from the M
ilitary Academy. 15. Where did Edhie Baskoro Yudhoyono get his degree? Jawaban:
He got his degree from Curtin University, Australia. Read the words below. Find
out their synonyms in the text in Task D. 1. written = ________ 2. abroad = ____
____ 3. very good = ________ 4. army = ________ 5. famous = ________ 6. large =
________ 7. top = ________ 8. enthusiastic = ________ 9. got = ________ 10. titl
e = ________ Jawaban: 1. authored 2. overseas 3. excellent 4. military 5. distin
guished 6. extensive 7. highest 8. keen 9. earned 10. degree E. Choose A, B, C o
r D for the correct answer. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat p
ertama paragraf satu, Peter is the youngest in our family. yang artinya Peter adala
h anak bungsu di keluarga kami.. 3. Peter is interested in sports very much, and a
t school he plays football and tennis. The underlined phrase can be replaced by _
_______. A. dislike sport B. really likes sport C. hates sport very much D. find
s sport not really entertaining Jawaban: B Frasa is interested in sports very muc
h artinya sangat tertarik pada bidang olahraga. Frasa tersebut memiliki makna yang
sama dengan frasa really likes sport yang artinya benar-benar menyukai olahraga. B
ased on the text we know that the writer is ________ years old. A. fourteen B. s
ixteen C. eighteen D. nineteen
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
B.
Peter is the youngest in our family. He is fourteen years old and four years you
nger than me. He has long, straight hair, bright eyes and a friendly smile. Some
times he is rather naughty at home, but he usually does what he is asked to do.
Peter is interested in sports very much, and at school he plays football and ten
nis. He is the best badminton player in our family. 1. What is the text mostly a
bout? A. Peter. B. Peters hobby. C. Peters family. D. Peters elder brother. Jawaban
: A Teks tersebut merupakan teks descriptive yang mendeskripsikan Peter. Dalam t
eks tersebut dijelaskan usia Peter, ciri-ciri fisik, watak, serta hobinya. From
the text we know that Peter is ________. A. the writers youngest brother B. the w
riters elder brother C. a naughty boy D. a friendly boy
4.
2.
76
UNIT 1 Descriptive

Jawaban: C Dalam kalimat kedua paragraf satu terdapat kalimat He is fourteen year
s old and four years younger than me. yang artinya Dia (Peter) berusia empat belas
tahun dan empat tahun lebih muda daripada saya.. Jadi, usia penulis 14 + 4 = 18
(eighteen).
5.
He is fourteen years old . . . than me. The underlined word refers to ________. A.
Peter B. the writer C. the writers brother D. the writers family Jawaban: B Kata
ganti orang me artinya saya, yang merujuk pada orang pertama tunggal, yaitu penulis
(the writer) teks itu sendiri.
F. a.
Complete the sentences with the correct adjectives in the box. poor b. expensive
c. deep d. far e. cold
1. The weather is very ________ here. We must wear our jackets or sweaters. 2. T
he river is not ________. We can see the bottom clearly. 3. Mr. Anwars family liv
es in a very ________ condition. They often have nothing to eat. 4. This watch i
s very sophisticated. It must be ________. 5. Iwan lives ________ from here. We
can reach his house by bus. Jawaban: 1. e 2. c 3. a 4. b 5. d Variasi: A. Comple
te the sentences with the correct adjectives in the box. a. d. kind generous b.
e. sad beautiful c. fat
1. Eddy is ________. Thats why, everyone likes him. 2. The princess is very _____
___. No wonder many princes want to propose her. 3. Didi is ________. He really
wants to reduce his weight. 4. Rara is ________. Shes just got 5 in her test. 5.
Mr. Herman is very ________. He likes to help others in need. Jawaban: 1. a 2. e
3. c 4. b 5. d B. Find the antonyms of the adjectives below. Then, make sentenc
es using the answers. >< >< >< >< >< ________ ________ ________ ________ _______
_ 2. bright 7. dirty 2. 4. 6. 8. 10. dark long dull low difficult >< >< >< >< ><
________ ________ ________ ________ ________ 4. short 9. quiet 5. lazy 10. easy
1. big 3. heavy 5. diligent 7. clean 9. noisy Jawaban: 1. small 6. sharp
3. light 8. high
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
77

Contoh jawaban (kalimat): 1. We live in a small house. 2. The room is very brigh
t after I switch on some lamps. 3. This suitcase is light. I only put a few thin
gs in it. 4. The students only have short time to finish their assignments. 5. T
ony is a lazy boy. He rarely does his homework. What a naughty boy! 6. Please ta
ke me a sharp knife to chop this meat. 7. The park is very dirty. People litter
everywhere. 8. David and his friends climbed a high mountain last year. 9. I pre
fer living in a village to living in a town because it is quiet. 10. The test wa
s easy. I could answer all questions well. G. Correct the sentences below.
Example: Ice is hot. Ice is not hot. It is cold. 1. Salt is sweet. 2. A teller w
orks in a hospital. 3. Americans speak Indonesian. 4. A fish can fly. 5. Oceans
are shallow. Jawaban: 1. Salt is not sweet. It is salty. 2. A teller doesnt work
in a hospital. He/she works in a bank. 3. Americans dont speak Indonesian. They s
peak English. 4. A fish cannot fly. It can swim. 5. Oceans are not shallow. They
are deep. Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberi tambah
an soal sebagai berikut. 1. The earth is square. 2. Cows eat meat. 3. A shark is
small. 4. A nurse works at school. 5. Canadians speak Chinese. Jawaban: 1. The
earth is not square. It is round. 2. Cows do not eat meat. They eat grass. 3. A
shark is not small. It is big. 4. A nurse doesnt work at school. She works at hos
pital. 5. Canadians do not speak Chinese. They speak French and English.
78
UNIT 1 Descriptive

H.
Change the words in brackets into the present continuous tense.
1. Mirna (sit) on the chair now. 2. The boys (learn) to make a paper craft. 3. I
(read) a Harry Potter novel. 4. We (raise) our money to help the victims of Sit
u Gintung. 5. The man (clean) the yard at the moment. Jawaban: 1. Mirna is sitti
ng on the chair now. 2. The boys are learning to make a paper craft. 3. I am rea
ding a Harry Potter novel. 4. We are raising our money to help the victims of Si
tu Gintung. 5. The man is cleaning the yard at the moment. Variasi: Choose the c
orrect words or phrases in brackets to complete the sentences. 1. I ________ (am
playing/play) chess with my friend now. 2. Devi ________ (is taking/takes) a ma
th course twice a week. 3. Hesti and her brother ________ (are going/go) to scho
ol on foot every day. 4. The teachers ________ (are discussing/discusses) the sc
hool problems in their room right now. 5. Dodi and his sister usually ________ (
are watching/watch) television in the evening. 6. Now the little girl ________ (
is singing/sings) some beautiful songs on the stage. 7. The rich man always ____
____ (is helping/helps) the poor. 8. Nirina ________ (is practicing/practices) h
er English every day. 9. Hendra ________ (is making/makes) a kite now. 10. Karen
and Silva ________ (are studying/study) in their room at the moment. Jawaban: 1
. am playing 2. takes 3. go 4. are discussing 5. watch 6. is singing 7. helps 8.
practices 9. is making 10. are studying
A.
Write a descriptive text based on the data. Robyn Rihanna Fenty Rihanna February
20, 1988 Saint Michael, Barbados Ronald Fenty Monica Fenty Rorrey Fenty, Rajad
Fenty Pop, R&B, reggae Singer, model, fashion designer 2005present Music of the S
un (2005), A Girl like Me (2006), Good Girl Gone Bad (2007)
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rihanna (December 19, 2008)
Birth Name : Famous Name : Born : Origin : Father : Mother : Brothers : Genre(s)
: Occupation(s) : Years active : Albums :
Picture source: www.photobucket.com
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
79

Contoh jawaban: Robyn Rihanna Fenty, known as Rihanna, is a Barbadian singer, mo


del and fashion designer. She was born in Saint Michael, Barbados, on February 2
0, 1988 to parents Ronald Fenty and Monica Fenty. She has two brothers named Ror
rey Fenty and Rajad Fenty. People know Rihanna as a pop, R&B and reggae singer.
Rihanna started her career in 2005 with her album Music of the Sun. She has rele
ased three albums. They are Music of the Sun (2005), A Girl like Me (2006) and G
ood Girl Gone Bad (2007). If youre interested to know more information about Riha
nna, you can visit her website at www.thisisrihanna.com. B. Write a descriptive
text based on the picture. Find some relevant resources to get the information a
bout him. Contoh jawaban: Yohannes Christian John, known as Chris John, is an In
donesian famous boxer. He is the WBA featherweight boxing champion. Chris John w
as born in Jakarta, September 14, 1979. Now, he stays in Semarang. He started bo
xing in his early childhood and was trained by his father Johan Tjahjadi (a k a
Thjia Foek Sem), a former amateur boxer. He is the third Indonesian to win a box
ing world title, following Ellyas Pical and Nico Thomas. John turned professiona
l in 1997 and is known as Thin Man before he proclaimed his new nick name The Drago
n that he uses until today. Besides a professional boxer, Chris John is also a me
mber of the national wushu team. He often represents Indonesia in some multi-eve
nt games, like the South East Asian Games or the Asian Games.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/chris_John_(boxer) (December 19, 2008) http
://www.boxrec.com/media/index.php?title=Human:78475 (December 19, 2008)
Picture source: www.detiksport.com
Variasi: Write a descriptive text about one of your belongings. Contoh jawaban:
I have an interesting dictionary. I think it is interesting because it is a visu
al dictionary. I can see the parts of things and their names in English. My dict
ionary is very thick. It is hard covered and has about 3000 pages. To keep it, I
give it a plastic wrap. I like reading the dictionary. Sometimes, I color the p
ictures with crayons or color pencils. It makes the dictionary colorful. To make
it different from my friends, I also put a sticker on the first page and put my
signature on the last page.
80
UNIT 1 Descriptive

1.3 Short Functional Texts: Short Descriptions and Labels


Spoken Text
Read the text and understand the explanation.
ow you a new magic com. It is special. Do you
can make porridge at the same moment. It can
es. Its economical, right? The text above is
It uses the simple present tense.

Ladies and gentlemen, I want to sh


know why? Besides cooking rice, we
also be used to cook some vegetabl
a short description about something.

Written Text
Read the text and understand the explanation.
SELECTION Facial Cotton Made of selected absorbent cotton, SELECTION facial cott
on is gentle and soft to delicate skin and provides extra absorbency and retains
wetness For your beautiful, healthy and natural skin care
Source: Selection Facial Cotton
The text above is a label of a product. A label is a piece of paper etc. that is
attached to something and gives information about it. The purpose of a label is
to describe or give information about something briefly.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
81

Answer the questions below. 1. Suppose you want to sell a product. Describe the
product briefly. Contoh jawaban: Look! We have a new product. Its a mobile phone
with new style and modern technology. Have you ever noticed the label of a produ
ct? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have./No, I havent. Do you think that the product has
an interesting label? Contoh jawaban: Yes, it is./No, it isnt.
2. 3.
A.
Listen to your teacher. What is it about?
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Now, Ill tell you about this set of computer. It is a c
omputer with its memory of one gigabytes and 80 gigabytes in capacity. This comp
uter is completed with some parts. They are a monitor, a CPU, a black keyboard,
a yellow optical mouse, two speakers and a printer. The computer has been instal
led with some programs, especially Windows Office. Jawaban: Its about the descrip
tion of a set of computer. B. State whether the statements are true (T) or false
(F) based on the text in task A.
1. ______ The purpose of the text is to describe or give information about somet
hing. 2. ______ The capacity of the computer is one gigabytes. 3. ______ The opt
ical mouse is yellow. 4. ______ The computer is completed with one speaker. 5. _
_____ The computer has not been installed with some programs. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F
. Its capacity is 80 gigabytes. 3. T 4. F. It is completed with two speakers. 5.
F. It has been installed with some programs, especially Windows Office.
82
UNIT 1 Descriptive

A.
Describe a thing based on the data below. Massaco Blender
Voltage Wattage Capacity container Capacity mill Container material Weight
220 V 200 W 1000 ml 50 gr plastic 2 kg
Contoh jawaban: Now, Ill show you a new blender. It is Massaco Blender. It is 220
V and 200 W. The capacity container is 1000 ml, while its capacity mill is 50 g
rams. The container is made of plastic. Therefore, this blender is not heavy. Its
about two kilograms in weight. B. Look at the picture and find some references
about it. Describe it briefly. Contoh jawaban: We have a new product. It is an L
CD monitor. This monitor is black. It is 17 inch wide. It is completed with a us
ers guide CD, a power cord and a 15-pin D-Sub Signal cable. Dont worry about the s
etting. This monitor is easy to set up.
Picture source: www.alibaba.com
A.
Read the text. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
CUSSONS Baby With almond milk Natural Care Soap Cares & Protects Specially formu
lated to clean babys soft and smooth skin. Enriched with Almond Milk, a natural m
oisturizer, its rich and soft lather helps care for babys delicate and healthy sk
in.
Source: Cussons Baby Soap
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
83

Statements: 1. ______ The text is a label of baby powder. 2. ______ The product
is enriched with almond milk. 3. ______ Almond milk is a natural moisturizer. 4.
______ The product is specially made to clean babys hair. 5. ______ Its powder h
elps care for babys delicate and healthy skin. Jawaban: 1. F. Its a label of baby
soap. 2. T 3. T 4. F. It is specially made to clean babys skin. 5. F. Its soft la
ther helps care for babys delicate and healthy skin. Variasi: Read the text. Answ
er the questions.
TANAM JAGUNG Vermicelli Ingredients: Modified corn starch and water How to Cook:
1. Put vermicelli into boiling water about 23 minutes. 2. Drain the vermicelli.
3. Vermicelli is ready to be cooked, stir fried or made soup. Best Before: 31100
9 Batch Number: 1234560
Source: Tanam Jagung Vermicelli
Questions: 1. What is the text about? Jawaban: It is about the label of vermicel
li. 2. What is the product made of? Jawaban: It is made of modified corn starch
and water. 3. How long do we put vermicelli into boiling water? Jawaban: About 23
minutes. 4. What can we do with the vermicelli? Jawaban: We can fry it or make
it into soup. 5. When should we use the vermicelli? Jawaban: Before October 31,
2009.
84
UNIT 1 Descriptive

B.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Easy to fry, quickly expand and save the oil usage. Easy to serve, sun-drying is
not needed. Fried crackers can be stored in a jar. Can be served as a snack and
topping of many various dishes. Ingredients: Fresh garlic, selected tapioca flo
ur, fresh vegetables, sugar, egg and salt. Pour enough frying oil into a pan and
wait until the oil is sufficiently hot. Then, drop the crackers in, after a whi
le turn them over until they fully expand. Take them out from the pan and lay th
em on absorbent paper. 3.
Jawaban: C Pernyataan pada pilihan jawaban (C) artinya kita memerlukan banyak mi
nyak panas untuk menggoreng kerupuk. Pernyataan tersebut tidak sesuai dengan kal
imat Easy to fry, quickly expand and save the oil usage. yang artinya Mudah digoren
g, cepat mengembang dan hemat penggunaan minyak.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena sesuai dengan teks. The crackers contain the following ingredients, exce
pt ________. A. egg B. salt C. fresh garlic D. corn flour Jawaban: D Kerupuk ter
sebut menggunakan bahanbahan seperti bawang segar, tepung tapioka pilihan, sayur
an segar, gula, telur, dan garam. Jadi, yang tidak termasuk bahan pembuatan keru
puk tersebut adalah tepung jagung (corn flour). When should we drop the crackers
into the frying pan? A. When the oil is sufficiently hot. B. When we pour the o
il into the pan. C. When the oil hasnt been hot yet. D. When we turn on the stove
. Jawaban: A Kita seharusnya memasukkan kerupuk ke dalam panci penggorengan keti
ka minyak goreng cukup panas. Hal itu disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat . . . and w
ait until the oil is sufficiently hot. Then, drop the crackers in, . . . .. . . .
and lay them on absorbent paper. The word them refers to ________. A. the oil B. th
e vegetables C. the garlic D. the fried crackers Jawaban: D Kata them pada kalimat
tersebut mengacu pada kerupuk goreng (fried crackers).
1.
What is the text about? A. Frying oil. B. Fresh garlic. C. Fried crackers. D. Va
rious dishes. Jawaban: C Teks tersebut merupakan label kerupuk goreng (fried cra
ckers). Hal itu ditunjukkan dengan kalimat Fried crackers can be stored in a jar.
yang artinya Kerupuk goreng dapat disimpan di toples.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain s
alah karena bukan merupakan benda yang dimaksud dalam label. Which statement is
NOT correct according to the text? A. These crackers can be served as a snack. B
. It is not difficult to serve fried crackers. C. We need a lot of hot oil to co
ok these crackers. D. The crackers will expand fast when the frying oil is hot.
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
4.
2.
5.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
85

Write the label of a product that you use daily, such as shampoo, soap, cosmetic
s, etc. Contoh jawaban:
SUNSILK Anti-dandruff Shampoo with citrus-cream AZPTO energizers Netto 90 ml
Source: Sunsilk Shampoo
Variasi: A. Rearrange the sentences into a proper label. With Essential Oil Avai
lable in 2 categories: Energizing & Refreshing: for Lemon, Orange & Apple fragra
nce Relaxing & Soathing: for Rose & Jasmine fragrance STELLA Aroma therapy Direc
tion: Shake well before spraying. Caution: Avoid from eye contact. Keep away fro
m children. Danger! Pressurized content, may explode at temperature of above 50
degrees Celcius. Keep in a cool and dry place. Do not puncture and expose to ope
n flame or incinerate. STELLA Aromatherapy, A room freshener with aromatherapy t
hat brings the invigorating scent, relaxation and long lasting freshness.
Source: Stella Room Freshener
86
UNIT 1 Descriptive

Jawaban:
STELLA Aroma therapy With Essential Oil STELLA Aromatherapy, A room freshener wi
th aromatherapythat brings the invigorating scent, relaxation and long lasting f
reshness. Available in 2 categories: Energizing & Refreshing: for Lemon, Orange
& Apple fragrance Relaxing & Soathing: for Rose & Jasmine fragrance Direction: S
hake well before spraying. Caution: Avoid from eye contact. Keep away from child
ren. Danger! Pressurized content, may explode at temperature of above 50 degrees
Celcius. Keep in a cool and dry place. Do not puncture and expose to open flame
or incinerate.
B. 1.
Look at the pictures. Make labels for the products. 2.
Contoh jawaban: 1. HERODENT with Delta Bristles New technology Delta Bristles ca
n reach and remove the stain and plaque effectively. The handle is specially des
igned for the better grip and control of brushing movement. More effective for r
emoving plaques on teeth even to reach wisdom teeth. Customer service 0800-99-98
76543 (Free of charge)
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
87

2. BAT Cajuput Oil Composition Cajuput oil 100% Indication Good for relieving st
omachache, flatulence, nausea, insect bites/mosquito and itches. Direction Rub a
t the affected areas.
Write a descriptive text about your idol. Use some illustrations to support your
writing.
Read and memorize the words. Use them whenever you speak English. absorbent civi
l servant delicate distinguished expose : pengisap : pegawai negeri : lembut, su
lit : terhormat, terkenal : membuka
handicapped incinerate pressurized puncture retain scent starch volunteer
: : : : : : : :
cacat membakar yang diberi tekanan udara menusuk, membocorkan menahan bau, wangi
-wangian tepung, kanji tenaga sukarela
88
UNIT 1 Descriptive

A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 3. Lou : Tell me about your hometown,
Joyce. Joyce : Its a small town. And I think its a very boring place. Lou : Why? J
oyce : Well, theres nothing exciting to do. No good restaurants. No nightlife of
any kind. I really get bored there. Lou : Oh, thats too bad. Joyce : Yeah, but lo
ts of people love it because its so pretty.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertam
a Kelas VIII Edisi 4
3. Why do many people love Joyces hometown? Because ________. A. its big B. its so
pretty C. its modern D. its small Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalim
at terakhir Joyce, Yeah, but lots of people love it because its so pretty.. Jadi, a
lasan mengapa banyak orang menyukai kota tersebut adalah karena kota tersebut sa
ngat indah. Read the dialog and answer questions 4 to 6. Mita : Shelly, we will
have a camping on the next holiday. Do you agree with the idea? Shelly : Thats gr
eat! Where will we camp? Mita : In Puncak. Shelly : Its nice. Anyway, how do we g
o there? Mita : By car. Andi will ask his father to drive us to the camping area
. Shelly : I see. Um . . . what about the tents? Mita : Dont worry. We can borrow
my brothers. 4. Shelly said, Thats great! What does it mean? A. She shows her agree
ment. B. She shows her disagreement. C. She asks for an opinion. D. She denies a
n offer. Jawaban: A Kalimat Shelly Thats great! artinya Itu bagus!. Kalimat tersebut
menunjukkan bahwa Shelly menyetujui ide Mita untuk berkemah (Shelly shows her ag
reement). 5. What will they do next holiday? A. They will borrow tents. B. They
will go to Puncak. C. They will camp in Puncak. D. They will camp in a camping a
rea. Jawaban: C Dalam percakapan tersebut Mita mengajak Shelly untuk berkemah di
Puncak dan Shelly menyetujuinya. Jadi, yang akan dilakukan Mita dan Shelly pada
1. What is the dialog about? A. A small town. B. A very boring place. C. Lous hom
etown. D. Joyces hometown. Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan tersebut Lou berkata Tell m
e about your hometown, Joyce.. Dalam kalimat-kalimat selanjutnya Joyce menjelaska
n bahwa menurut pendapatnya, kota kelahirannya sangat membosankan meskipun banya
k orang mengatakan bahwa tempat tersebut indah. 2. Joyce said, And I think its a v
ery boring place. What does it mean? A. She gives her opinion. B. She asks for an
opinion. C. She asks for an agreement. D. She gives an agreement. Jawaban: A Ka
limat And I think its a very boring place. artinya Dan menurut saya tempat kelahiran
saya adalah tempat yang sangat membosankan.. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan
memberi pendapat (give an opinion). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena buka
n merupakan maksud ungkapan yang sesuai.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
89

liburan mendatang adalah berkemah di Puncak (they will camp in Puncak). Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah karena kurang spesifik. 6. How will they go to the campi
ng area? A. By Mitas car. B. By Shellys car. C. By Andis car. D. By bus. Jawaban: C
Saat Shelly bertanya bagaimana mereka akan berangkat ke Puncak, Mita menjawab, B
y car. Andi will ask his father to drive us to the camping area. yang artinya Deng
an naik mobil. Andi akan meminta ayahnya untuk mengantar kita ke tempat kemah.. J
adi, mereka akan pergi ke Puncak dengan naik mobil Andi. For questions 7 to 12,
choose the correct expressions to complete the dialog. Rizal : Linda : Rizal : L
inda : Rizal : Linda : Rizal : Linda : Rizal : Linda : Linda, what are you doing
? (7) ________ in this stamp album. By the way, (8) ________? Yes, I do. I have
collected some. Look at these! (9) ________, right? Yes. Anyway, why do you like
collecting stamps? (10) ________. I have many stamps from around the world. (11
) ________? I dont like it. But why? Well, I dont get many letters from my friends
. (12) ________ by exchanging your stamps with your friends.
continuous tense adalah (B) Im arranging some stamps yang artinya saya sedang men
ata prangko-prangko ini. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak menggunaka
n bentuk tense yang tepat. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya saya mengatur prangko-pra
ngko ini, (C) artinya saya telah mengatur prangko-prangko ini, dan (D) artinya s
aya akan mengatur prangkoprangko ini. 8. A. are you collecting some stamps B. wh
at about collecting some stamps C. what do you like to collect D. do you like co
llecting them Jawaban: D Jawaban dapat disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat respons L
inda yang mengatakan, Yes, I do.. Kalimat tersebut merupakan jawaban pertanyaan ya
/tidak (yes/no question). Di antara keempat pilihan jawaban, kalimat yang merupa
kan yes/no question adalah pilihan jawaban (A) dan (D). Karena jawaban menggunak
an auxiliary do, kalimat tanya yang tepat adalah (D) do you like collecting them y
ang artinya apakah kamu suka mengoleksi prangko-prangko itu. 9. A. They are nice
B. They arent nice C. Are they nice D. It is nice Jawaban: A Dalam kalimat sebel
umnya Linda mengatakan, Look at these!. Kalimat tersebut menunjukkan banyak prangk
o. Jadi, subjek yang sesuai untuk kalimat sesudahnya adalah they. Sementara itu,
kalimat yang tepat berbentuk afirmatif. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang tepat adalah
(A) They are nice. 10. A. Yes, I do B. I keep them in this stamp album C. Its ve
ry interesting, you know D. I have collected them Jawaban: C Dalam kalimat sebel
umnya Rizal bertanya dengan menggunakan kata why yang artinya mengapa. Kata ters
ebut menanyakan alasan. Di antara keempat
7. A. I arrange these stamps B. Im arranging some stamps C. I have arranged these
stamps D. I will arrange these stamps Jawaban: B Dalam kalimat sebelumnya Rizal
bertanya, Linda, what are you doing? yang artinya Linda, apa yang sedang kamu laku
kan?. Kalimat tersebut menggunakan bentuk the present continuous tense. Jadi, res
pons yang tepat juga harus menggunakan bentuk the present continuous tense. Di a
ntara keempat pilihan jawaban, kalimat yang menggunakan bentuk the present
90
UNIT 1 Descriptive

pilihan jawaban, kalimat yang menunjukkan alasan adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang
artinya hal itu sangat menarik. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak me
nunjukkan alasan. 11. A. What are you doing B. What do you collect C. Do you agr
ee with the idea D. What about you Jawaban: D Jawaban dapat disimpulkan berdasar
kan kalimat respons Rizal, I dont like it.. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan mem
beri informasi. Jadi, kalimat Linda yang tepat adalah pilihan jawaban (D) What a
bout you yang artinya bagaimana dengan kamu. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan
meminta informasi. 12. A. Thats the problem B. I think you can collect them C. I
think youre right D. Youre right Jawaban: B Arti dari kalimat soal adalah . . . de
ngan saling bertukar prangko dengan temantemanmu.. Kalimat yang paling tepat untu
k melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah I think you can collect them yang artinya S
aya pikir kamu dapat mengoleksinya (prangko-prangko). Read the text and answer q
uestions 13 to 17. Mr. Warsidi has a garden in his front yard, and he likes to w
ork there. He says it is fun. Today he is planting flowers in the garden. There
is also an old mango tree in the yard. He always cuts the leaves and the branche
s in taking care of it. He said that the flowers must get more sun. Mr. Warsidi
often involves his children to take care of the garden together. By doing this,
they will understand how to take care of their environment. Many people tell Mr.
Warsidi how beautiful his garden is.
Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
13. What is the text about? A. Mr. Warsidi. B. Mr. Warsidis garden. C. Mr. Warsid
is children. D. Mr. Warsidis yard. Jawaban: B Secara keseluruhan, teks tersebut me
mbahas tentang kebun Pak Warsidi (Mr. Warsidis garden). Dalam teks tersebut dijel
askan bahwa kebun Pak Warsidi terletak di halaman depan. Ada pohon mangga di keb
unnya. Dalam teks tersebut dijelaskan pula bahwa Pak Warsidi selalu merawat kebu
nnya. Dia juga menyuruh anak-anaknya untuk ikut merawat kebun tersebut. 14. What
is the purpose of the text? A. To retell an event. B. To entertain the readers.
C. To tell the steps of doing something. D. To describe a particular place. Jaw
aban: D Teks tersebut merupakan teks descriptive. Tujuan dari teks descriptive i
tu adalah mendeskripsikan suatu tempat, dalam hal ini kebun Pak Warsidi. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) merupakan tujuan teks recount, (B)
merupakan tujuan teks narrative, dan (C) merupakan tujuan teks procedure. 15. T
he following are what Mr. Warsidi does to take care of his garden, except ______
__. A. he makes the fence for his garden B. he involves his children in taking c
are of the garden C. he makes his flowers get more sun D. he cuts the leaves and
branches Jawaban: A Dalam teks tersebut dijelaskan bahwa usaha Pak Warsidi untu
k merawat kebunnya adalah dengan cara memangkas daun-daunan dan batang, membuat
bunganya mendapat lebih banyak sinar matahari (dengan cara memangkas daun dan ba
tang), serta mengajak anak-anaknya untuk merawat kebun tersebut. Jadi, hal yang
tidak dilakukan Pak Warsidi untuk merawat kebunnya adalah dengan memasang pagar
di kebunnya.
91
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

16. He says it is fun. (Sentence 2) What does the word it refer to? A. The front yar
d. B. The garden. C. Working in his garden. D. Planting flowers. Jawaban: C Kata
it dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada kalimat sebelumnya . . ., and he likes to w
ork there.. Jadi, yang dianggap menyenangkan adalah bekerja di kebun (working in
the garden). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan kata acuan y
ang tepat. 17. By doing this, they will understand how to take care of their envi
ronment. The bold-typed words have a similar meaning to ________. A. keep B. clea
n C. make D. wash Jawaban: A Kata take care of artinya merawat. Kata tersebut memi
liki makna yang sama dengan kata keep yang artinya menjaga. Pilihan jawaban yang l
ain salah karena tidak memiliki makna yang sama. Clean artinya membersihkan, mak
e artinya membuat, dan wash artinya mencuci. Read the text and answer questions
18 to 20. Pondan Magic Ice Cream Chocolate Flavor Choco Chips How to Prepare: 1.
Mix Pondan Magic Ice Cream with precisely 300 cc ice water. Beat at high speed
for 510 minutes (or using a hand whisk) until the mixture is foamy and thick. 2.
Add choco chips (found inside the box) and mix well. Pour ice cream mixture into
plastic container. 3. Freeze for 45 hours in freezer. 4. Ready to serve. Store i
n a cool dry place. Avoid sunlight.
Source: Pondan Magic Ice Cream
18. How long should we beat the ice cream at high speed? A. For three minutes. B
. For three hours. C. For five to ten minutes. D. For four to five hours. Jawaba
n: C Kita seharusnya mengaduk campuran es krim selama 510 menit (for five to ten
minutes). Hal itu disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat pada langkah pertama Beat at hi
gh speed for 510 minutes (or using a hand whisk) until the mixture is foamy and t
hick.. 19. Where should we keep the ice cream? A. In a wet place. B. In a cool pl
ace. C. In a dry place. D. In a moist place. Jawaban: D Jawaban diketahui berdas
arkan kalimat terakhir Store in a cool dry place. yang artinya Simpan di tempat yan
g sejuk dan kering.. 20. Add choco chips . . . . (Step 2) The word add has an opposit
e meaning to ________. A. increase B. reduce C. mix D. remove Jawaban: B Kata add
artinya menambahkan. Kata tersebut memiliki makna berlawanan dengan kata reduce ya
ng artinya mengurangi. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan an
tonim kata add. Increase artinya meningkatkan, mix artinya mencampurkan, dan rem
ove artinya memindahkan.
92
UNIT 1 Descriptive

B.
Change the words in brackets to complete the text.
register to calculate the cost of the groceries. Then, she ________ (10. collect
) the money from the customers.
Adaped from: Easy Does It
I ________ (1. have) an aunt. Her name ________ (2. be) Aulia Mayasari. She and
her husband ________ (3. live) in Yogyakarta. Although their house ________ (4.
be) small, they ________ (5. be) always happy. My aunt ________ (6. work) as a c
hecker in a grocery store. She ________ (7. work) five days a week, eight hours
a day. Her job ________ (8. be) to charge the customers for their groceries. She
________ (9. use) a cash
Jawaban: 1. have 3. live 5. are 7. works 9. uses
2. 4. 6. 8. 10.
is is works is collects
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 1: Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur k
etercapaian kompetensi pada Unit 1. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain mode
l ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini
sesuai jumlah siswa. Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediak
an untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kert
as soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan a
tas. Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkann
ya kepada guru. Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan
hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru. Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta men
gembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
93

A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 3. Budi : Its a very exciting day. Dani
: Yes, it is. Im having so much fun. Budi : Which is the most exciting game for
you here? Dani : Well, I must say that roller coaster is the most exciting game
in Dufan. Budi : Yes, I agree. The roller coaster gave me an unforgettable exper
ience. I think I want to ride it again. Dani : Me too.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
4. What is the dialog about? A. A new rule at school. B. A new classmate. C. A n
ew classroom. D. A new teacher. 5. Rio said, Do you think its a good idea? What doe
s it mean? A. He gives an opinion. B. He asks for an opinion. C. He shows his ag
reement. D. He shows his disagreement. 6. Why does Andra disagree with the new r
ule? A. Because he will be tired. B. Because he cannot go outside. C. Because he
cannot be free. D. Because he will be bored. Read the dialog and answer questio
ns 7 to 9. Reni : Look at the car! What do you think of it? Maya : Well, its very
beautiful. Reni : Youre right. There are some accessories on the car that make i
t colorful and . . . amazing. Maya : Do you think it is difficult to decorate th
e car? Reni : I think so. People who worked on it might take some days to decora
te it. Maya : I see. It must be a hard work. 7. What are the speakers talking ab
out? A. A beautiful car. B. Renis car. C. Mayas car. D. A car decoration. 8. Maya
said, Well, its very beautiful. What does it mean? A. She expresses her wish. B. Sh
e expresses her plan. C. She shows her agreement. D. She gives her opinion.
1. Where does the dialog happen? A. At home. B. In Dufan. C. At school. D. In th
e park. 2. What does Dani think about the roller coaster? A. It is the most exci
ting game. B. It is a challenging game. C. It is a boring game. D. It is the wor
st game. 3. Budi said, Yes, I agree. What does it mean? A. He asks for an opinion.
B. He gives his opinion. C. He shows his agreement. D. He asks for an agreement
. Read the dialog and answer questions 4 to 6. Rio : Andra, our school will have
a new rule. Andra : Really? What is the rule? Rio : We mustnt go out of school d
uring the break. Do you think its a good idea? Andra : No, I dont think so. Rio :
Why? Andra : It will be boring if we just stay in our school at the break. Rio :
I see.
94
UNIT 1 Descriptive

9. What makes the car colorful and amazing? A. The bright color of the car. B. T
he decorations on the car. C. The accessories on the car. D. The beautiful shape
of the car. For questions 10 to 16, choose the correct sentences to complete th
e dialog. Hedi : Kiki : Hedi : Kiki : Hedi : Kiki : Hedi : Kiki : Hedi : Kiki :
Hedi : Kiki : 10. A. B. C. D. 11. A. B. C. D. 12. A. B. C. D. 13. A. B. C. D. 14
. A. B. C. D. 15. A. B. C. D. Hey, (10) ________? Well, I am listening to Umbrel
la. I see. Is it Rihannas song? (11) ________. Do you like the song? Yeah. (12) _
_______. The song is energetic. (13) ________? She is one of my idols. Why do yo
u like her? (14) ________. Dont you think so? (15) ________. Besides, her dance w
hile singing is attractive. (16) ________. what do you listen to what will you l
isten to what are you listening to what have you listened to Youre Youre Youre Youre
beautiful diligent clever right
16. A. B. C. D.
I agree with your opinion She is also beautiful I think its not interesting I dis
agree with your opinion
Read the text and answer questions 17 to 21. Frank Lampard is a famous football
player. He is a football player from Chelsea FC. Frank Lampard is an English. Th
is number 8 player plays football as a midfielder. He was born on June 21, 1978
in Romford, England. He is 183 cm tall and 79 kg weight. He is cute and very tal
ented in playing football. Because of his excellent play, this man is also a mem
ber of the Three Lions England National squad. Even, now he holds the position a
s a captain.
Adapted from: http://www.goal.com/id-id/ Giocatore.aspx?IdPersona=1642 (January
30, 2007)
17. What is the purpose of the text? A. To tell the steps of doing or making som
ething. B. To describe a particular person. C. To describe a particular thing. D
. To entertain the readers. 18. What is Frank Lampard? A. He is an artist. B. He
is a football coach. C. He is a referee. D. He is a football player. 19. How ol
d is he? A. Thirty one years old. B. Thirty two years old. C. Thirty three years
old. D. Thirty four years old. 20. What is Lampards position in the Three Lions
England National squad? A. A striker. B. A midfielder. C. A captain. D. A goalke
eper. 21. Frank Lampard is a famous football player. The synonym of the word famous
is ________. A. talented B. familiar C. handsome D. skillful
I dont like it. Its one of my favorite songs. Its not a good song. I dislike it. Do
you like Rihanna Do you know Rihanna What is your favorite song What is the tit
le of Rihannas latest album She is cruel Her songs are not interesting Her songs
are boring She has a beautiful voice and sings beautifully Youre not certain Shes
great I think so I like her
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
95

Read the text and answer questions 22 to 26. The Candy Woman is an elderly woman
. I call her the Candy Woman because she sells candies. However, she sells a spe
cial kind of candy that is not usually found in shops. Hers is a homemade sticky
, golden-brown and translucent substance. It looks and tastes like honey, althou
gh it is harder and can be twined round a stick. The Candy Woman usually comes a
t around one oclock in the afternoon and stays until evening. She sits on a low s
tool that she brings along and places her pail of goldenbrown sweet in front of
her. Now and then, she rings her bell to attract passers-by. I wonder where she
comes from. She looks cheerful and is quite neat and well-groomed. I do not thin
k that she needs to earn a living by selling sweets. Maybe it is the way of pass
ing time. She may be bored sitting at home and doing nothing. Perhaps she enjoys
the hustle and bustle of the place.
Adapted from: Primary English Cloze Passages 4
25. What does the Candy Woman do to attract the passers-by? A. She sits on a low
stool. B. She rings her bell. C. She places her pail of candies in front of her
. D. She comes at around one oclock. 26. The following are the characteristics of
the Candy Woman, except ________. A. she is cheerful B. she is quite neat C. sh
e is well-groomed D. she looks poor Read the text and answer questions 27 to 30.
CUSSONS Baby With Pro-vitamin B5 Gentle care Powder Cares and protects Cussons B
aby Powder is enriched with Pro-Vitamin B5 which is beneficial for healthy skin,
leaving skin soft, smooth and comfortable. Ingredients: Talc, perfume, pantheno
l
22. Why does the writer call the woman the Candy Woman? A. Because the woman lik
es candies. B. Because the woman often buys candies. C. Because the woman sells
candies. D. Because the woman makes candies. 23. How do her candies taste? A. Th
ey taste like sugar. B. They taste like mangoes. C. They taste like salt. D. The
y taste like honey. 24. When does the Candy Woman usually go home? A. In the mor
ning. B. In the afternoon. C. In the evening. D. At night.
Source: Cussons Baby Powder
27. The text is about ________. A. babys soap B. babys shampoo C. babys powder D. b
abys toothpaste 28. What is the purpose of the text? A. To inform about something
. B. To persuade someone to do something. C. To tell a procedure of doing someth
ing. D. To gain the readers attention.
96
UNIT 1 Descriptive

29. Why is the product


Because it is soft. C.
Vitamin B5. 30. . . .
word has the opposite

beneficial for healthy skin? A. Because it is gentle. B.


Because it is smooth. D. Because it is enriched with Prowhich is beneficial for healthy skin, . . . . The bold-typed
meaning to ________. A. useless B. useful C. good D. bad

B.
Complete the text with the words in brackets.
Tika ________ (1. be) a diligent girl. She usually ________ (2. get up) at five
oclock in the morning. Then, she ________(3. take a bath). After that, she ______
__ (4. wear) her uniform. Next, she ________ (5. have) her breakfast and goes to
school. Tika ________ (6. get) lessons at school from seven to about a quarter
past twelve. After school, she ________ (7. have) lunch with his sister. After t
aking a nap for a while, she ________ (8. recall) what she has studied at school
. No wonder she always ________ (9. get) the first rank in her class. Her parent
s ________ (10. be) proud of her.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
97

Jawaban Review Unit 1 A. Pilihan Ganda Dalam percakapan tersebut Dani berkata Wel
l, I must say that roller coaster is the most exciting game in Dufan.. Dalam kali
mat sebelumnya Budi bertanya dengan menggunakan kata here. Kata tersebut mengacu
pada Dufan. Jadi, percakapan tersebut terjadi di Dufan. Pilihan jawaban yang la
in salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan. Jawaban disimpulkan berd
asarkan kalimat Dani, Well, I must say that roller coaster is the most exciting g
ame in Dufan.. Jadi, menurut Dani, roller coaster merupakan permainan yang paling
menyenangkan di tempat tersebut. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak s
esuai dengan isi percakapan. Kalimat Yes, I agree. artinya Ya, saya setuju.. Kalimat
tersebut menunjukkan ungkapan persetujuan (show an agreement). Secara keseluruh
an, percakapan tersebut membahas tentang peraturan baru di sekolah (a new rule a
t school), yaitu peraturan bahwa siswa dilarang keluar sekolah saat jam istiraha
t. Kalimat Do you think its a good idea? artinya Apakah kamu berpendapat bahwa itu i
de bagus?. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan meminta pendapat (asking for an op
inion). Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat terakhir Andra, It will be boring
if we just stay in our school at the break. yang artinya Akan sangat membosankan
jika kita hanya berada di sekolah saat jam istirahat.. Secara keseluruhan percaka
pan tersebut membicarakan tentang sebuah mobil yang bagus (a beautiful car). Hal
itu dikuatkan oleh kalimat
1. B.
awal Reni, Look at the car! What do you think of it?. Pilihan jawaban yang lain sa
lah karena bukan merupakan topik yang dibahas dalam percakapan tersebut. 8. D. K
alimat Well, its very beautiful. artinya Mobil tersebut sangat bagus.. Kalimat terseb
ut merupakan ungkapan memberi pendapat (give an opinion). Jawaban disimpulkan be
rdasarkan kalimat Reni, There are some accessories on the car that make it colorf
ul and . . . amazing. yang artinya Ada beberapa asesoris pada mobil itu yang membu
at mobil tersebut kelihatan berwarna dan . . . mengagumkan.. Dalam kalimat selanj
utnya Kiki berkata, Well, I am listening to Umbrella. yang artinya Saya sedang mend
engarkan lagu Umbrella.. Kalimat tersebut menggunakan bentuk the present continuo
us tense. Jadi, kalimat tanya sebelumnya juga menggunakan the present continuous
tense. Di antara keempat pilihan jawaban, yang menggunakan bentuk the present c
ontinuous tense adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya apa yang sedang kamu den
garkan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak menggunakan tense yang sesu
ai. Dalam kalimat sebelumnya Hedi menanyakan apakah Umbrella adalah judul lagu R
ihanna. Jadi, respons yang tepat adalah mengiyakan kalimat tersebut, yaitu youre
right. Saat Hedi bertanya apakah Kiki menyukai lagu Umbrella, Kiki menjawab deng
an mengucapkan Yeah.. Kalimat tersebut menunjukkan bahwa Kiki menyukai lagu terseb
ut. Jadi, dapat dipastikan bahwa Umbrella merupakan salah satu lagu favorit Kiki
.
9. C.
2. A.
10. C.
3. C.
4. A.
5. B.
11. D.
6. D.
12. B.

7. A.
98
UNIT 1 Descriptive

13. A.
Dalam kalimat berikutnya sebagai respons dari kalimat tersebut, Kiki berkata, She
is one of my idols.. Jadi, ungkapan yang tepat untuk diucapkan Hedi adalah ungka
pan meminta pendapat Kiki tentang Rihanna. Di antara keempat pilihan jawaban, ya
ng merupakan ungkapan yang sesuai dengan konteks adalah pilihan jawaban (A) yang
artinya apakah kamu menyukai Rihanna. Kalimat soal merupakan respons Kiki terha
dap pertanyaan Hedi tentang alasan mengapa Kiki menyukai Rihanna. Karena menyuka
i Rihanna, dapat dipastikan bahwa Kiki menunjukkan kelebihan Rihanna. Di antara
keempat pilihan jawaban yang merupakan alasan logis mengapa Kiki menyukai Rihann
a adalah karena Rihanna mempunyai suara yang bagus dan bernyanyi dengan bagus. D
alam kalimat sebelumnya Kiki bertanya, Dont you think so?. Kalimat tersebut merupak
an ungkapan meminta persetujuan bahwa Rihanna mempunyai suara yang bagus dan ber
nyanyi dengan bagus. Berdasarkan kalimat sesudahnya yang menunjukkan kelebihan R
ihanna lainnya, ungkapan yang tepat diucapkan Hedi adalah ungkapan menyetujui pe
ndapat Kiki, yaitu I think so. Hedi menyetujui pendapat Kiki tentang Rihanna dan
dia menambahkan kalau tariannya saat menyanyi itu menarik. Karena Kiki mempunya
i pendapat positif tentang Rihanna, dapat disimpulkan kalau Kiki setuju dengan p
endapat Hedi tentang musik Rihanna. Jadi, ungkapan yang tepat diucapkan Kiki ada
lah I agree with your opinion. Teks tersebut merupakan teks descriptive yang men
deskripsikan Frank Lampard. Jadi, tujuan teks tersebut adalah mendeskripsikan
seseorang secara khusus (describe a particular person), yaitu Frank Lampard. 18.
D. Jawaban dapat disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat pertama paragraf satu Frank Lam
pard is a famous football player.. Jadi, Frank Lampard adalah seorang pemain sepa
kbola (a football player). Frank Lampard lahir pada tahun 1978. Jadi, usia dia s
aat ini adalah 31 tahun (20091978 = 31). Jawaban diketahui berdasarkan kalimat ke
enam dan ketujuh paragraf dua, . . . this man is also a member of the Three Lions
England National squad. Even, now he holds the position as a captain.. Kata famou
s artinya terkenal. Kata tersebut memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata familiar, ya
ng juga berarti terkenal. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) a
rtinya berbakat, (C) artinya tampan, dan (D) artinya mahir. Alasan mengapa penul
is memanggil wanita tersebut dengan sebutan Candy Woman adalah karena wanita ter
sebut menjual gula-gula. Hal itu diketahui berdasarkan kalimat kedua paragraf sa
tu, I call her the Candy Woman because she sells candies.. Pada kalimat terakhir p
aragraf satu terdapat kalimat It looks and tastes like honey, . . . .. Jadi, dapat
disimpulkan bahwa gula-gula tersebut memiliki rasa seperti madu. Wanita penjual
gula-gula tersebut biasanya pulang pada petang hari. Hal itu disimpulkan berdas
arkan kalimat pertama paragraf dua, . . . and stays until evening. yang artinya . .
. dan berjualan sampai petang hari.. Jadi, wanita penjual gula-gula tersebut pul
ang pada petang hari.
19. A.
14. D.
20. C.
21. B.
15. C.
22. C.
16. A.
23. D.
24. C.

17. B.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
99

25. B.
Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat terakhir paragraf dua, Now and then, she
rings her bell to attract passers-by.. Jadi, yang dilakukan wanita tersebut untuk
menarik orangorang yang lewat adalah dengan cara membunyikan loncengnya. Ciri-c
iri yang tidak sesuai untuk wanita penjual gula-gula tersebut adalah dia tampak
miskin (she looks poor). Pilihan jawaban yang lain merupakan ciri-ciri penjual p
ermen itu, yang sesuai dengan kalimat-kalimat dalam paragraf tiga, She looks chee
rful and is quite neat and well-groomed. I do not think that she needs to earn a
living by selling sweets. yang artinya Dia tampak riang dan cukup rapi dan berpak
aian bagus. Saya pikir dia tidak perlu mencari nafkah dengan menjual gula-gula..
Dalam teks tersebut terdapat frasa Cussons Baby Powder. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan ba
hwa teks tersebut adalah tentang bedak bayi (babys powder). Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks.
28. A.
Teks tersebut merupakan label sebuah bedak bayi. Tujuan label tersebut adalah me
mberi tahu tentang sesuatu, dalam hal ini bedak bayi tersebut. Pada label terseb
ut dijelaskan keunggulan bedak bayi itu. Alasan mengapa produk tersebut berguna
untuk kulit yang sehat adalah karena produk tersebut diperkaya dengan pro-vitami
n B5. Hal itu sesuai dengan kalimat Cussons Baby Powder is enriched with Pro-Vita
min B5 which is beneficial for healthy skin, leaving skin soft, smooth and comfo
rtable.. Kata beneficial artinya bermanfaat. Kata tersebut memiliki makna yang berlaw
anan dengan kata useless yang berarti tidak bermanfaat.
29. D.
26. D.
30. A.
27. C.
B. 1. 3. 5. 7. 9.
Isian is takes a bath has has gets 2. 4. 6. 8. 10. gets up wears gets recalls ar
e
100
UNIT 1 Descriptive

Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will be able to: 1. ask for, give and refuse to give
help, 2. compliment someone, 3. create short functional texts (announcements),
4. tell past experiences using spoken English, 5. write short functional texts (
letters), 6. write recount texts about past experiences, and 7. use the simple p
ast tense and the present perfect tense in spoken and written recount texts.
You just experienced a wonderful or terrible thing or event. Then, you want othe
rs to know about it. How do you tell or compose your story? What type of texts s
hould you use? You will find the answer in this unit. Further, learn more about
the text and the grammar used in the text.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
101

2.1 Expressions
Asking for and Giving or Refusing to Give Help
Read the dialogs and understand the expressions.
Hey! What happened? Ugh . . . ugh . . . ! It seems you are in trouble. Need any
help?
1
Please . . . help me. There is a mouse! O.K., don t worry. I ll chase it away.
2
Yeah. Would you help me find my ruler? I lost it! O.K.
The sentence Please . . . help me and Would you help me find my ruler? are used to a
sk for help. Meanwhile, the sentence O.K., dont worry. and O.K. are the responses. To
ask for help you can use the word could or would in order to be more polite. Here a
re some other expressions you can use to ask for help and their responses. Askin
g for Help Can you help me, please? Please do me a favor? Could you help me? Do
me a favour, will you? Giving Help No problem. Sure. What should I do? Of course
. O.K. Refusing to Give Help Sorry, I cant. Im afraid I cant. Sorry. I have things
to do. Sorry. Im busy right now.
Complimenting
Read the dialogs and understand the expressions.
You have a large and comfortable house. You look beautiful in that dress. Let me
take a picture of you. Thanks. Yeah, . . . just like that.
1
2
Do I? Thanks. What pose is good for me?
102
UNIT 2 Recount

The sentences You have a large and comfortable house and You look beautiful in that
dress are used to compliment something or someone. Here are some other expressio
ns you can use to compliment and the responses. Complimenting What a nice dress!
What a clever girl/boy! How delicious! Terrific!/Marvelous!/Glamorous! Respondi
ng Thank you. Its nice of you to say so. Im glad you like it. Thanks.
Remember Unit 1, then answer the questions below. 1. 2. 3. What expressions have
you learned in Unit 1? Contoh jawaban: The expressions of asking for and giving
opinions, agreeing and disagreeing. Suppose you want to know your friends opinio
n on the composition you have made. What would you say? Contoh jawaban: I would
say, What do you think of my composition? You and your friend are planning to have
a trip. You suggest a trip to Danau Batur, Bali. Your friend disagrees. What do
es he/she say? Contoh jawaban: He/she says, Sorry, I have to disagree with you. I
t is too far.
A. 1.
Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her. Eka : You look so stressful. Wh
at happened? Lucy : You know, we are going to have an English test tomorrow. And
. . . I lost my book! Can you help me look for it? Eka : Oh, Ive seen one. It is
plastic wrapped. Wait a minute! Ill take it for you. (A moment later . . . .) Ek
a : Here it is. Is it yours? Lucy : Yes, it is. Where did you find it? Eka : On
the bench at the school park. Lucy : Oh, my! Yeah, I have put it there. Thank yo
u very much, Eka. Without your help, I dont know what will happen to me tomorrow.
Eka : Dont mention it. Eka : Puput : Eka : Puput : This is really difficult. I t
hink I need some references. Do you need some books? Im going to the library. No,
thank you. Ill go there and get the books myself. O.K., then.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
2.
103

B.
Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task A. Answer the
questions orally.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: Dialog 1 1. Why did Lucy feel stressf
ul? 2. What book was lost? 3. Where did Eka find the book? 4. Who had put it the
re? 5. Lucy said, Can you help me look for it? What does it mean? Dialog 2 1. Wher
e does the dialog take place? 2. Who had a problem with the work? 3. What did he
/she think of his/her work? 4. What did he need to do his work? 5. Who was going
to the library? Jawaban: Dialog 1 1. Because she was going to have a test and s
he lost her book. 2. Lucys English book. 3. On the bench at the school park. 4. L
ucy herself had. 5. She asks for someones help. Dialog 2 1. In the classroom. 2.
Eka did. 3. He thought it was difficult. 4. Some references. 5. Puput was. Varia
si: A. Listen to your teacher. Repeat after him/her. Dialog 1 Shinta : What mark
did you get, Ratno? Ratno : Um . . . eight. What about you? Shinta : Seven. May
I see your work? I just want to compare it with mine. Ratno : Sure. Here you ar
e. Shinta : Wow, what a good handwriting! Yeah, . . . it is good and easy to rea
d. Ratno : Thanks. Dialog 2 Diah : What happened to you, Mom? You look very tire
d. Mother : Youre right. You know, I couldnt sleep well last night and I had to wa
sh many clothes this morning. Diah : What can I do to make you feel better, Mom?
Mother : Oh, youre really a good child of mine. O.K., just make me a cup of coff
ee, please.
104
UNIT 2 Recount

Diah : Here you are, Mom. Mother : Thank you, dear. Diah : Youre welcome. Dialog
3 Halim : Finally, I finish this project successfully. Udin : Well done! You des
erve to get the best. Halim : Thanks. Dialog 4 Mrs. White : Fantastic! Your hous
e is so comfortable. Mrs. Riz : Thank you. Mrs. White : I think your kids will e
njoy playing in the yard. Mrs. Riz : I think so. B. Answer the questions based o
n the dialogs in Task A. Dialog 1 1. Why did Shinta want to see Ratnos work? Jawa
ban: Because she wanted to compare Ratnos work with hers. 2. Shinta said, Wow, wha
t a good handwriting. What did she want to express? Jawaban: She wanted to compli
ment Ratno for his work. Dialog 2 1. What is the dialog about? Jawaban: It is ab
out Diahs mother who is feeling tired. 2. Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban:
Diah and her mom (mother and daughter). 3. Where does the dialog take place? Ja
waban: At home. 4. Why does mother feel tired? Jawaban: Because she couldnt sleep
well last night and had to wash many clothes this morning. 5. Mother said, O.K.,
just make me a cup of coffee, please. What does it mean? Jawaban: She asks for D
iahs help to make her a cup of coffee. Dialog 3 1. What did Udin say to appreciat
e Halims success? Jawaban: He said, Well done! You deserve to get the best. 2. Udin
said, You deserve to get the best. What does the word deserve in Indonesian mean? J
awaban: It means pantas. Dialog 4 1. Where does the dialog happen? Jawaban: In Mrs
. Rizs house. 2. What did Mrs. White say to appreciate Mrs. Rizs house? Jawaban: S
he said, Fantastic! Your house is so comfortable. 3. Do you think Mrs. White has c
ome to Mrs. Riz before? Jawaban: No, I dont think so.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
105

C.
Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialog based on what you have heard.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Raka : You look very tired. What (1)
happened? Bagas : Oh, Im really busy for the coming camping activity. There are
many (2) things to do. Raka : I see. Youre the (3) leader of the camping, arent yo
u? Bagas : Yeah, . . . I didnt know that I would be as busy as this. Raka : Is th
ere no one to help you? Bagas : Yes, there is. But, see, Clara, Handoyo and Umar
are now in the ninth grade. They are busy with their (4) lessons. While Nia, Ad
i and Ria are still in the seventh grade. They still need my assistance. Raka :
No wonder youre so busy. If you want, I can (5) help you. Bagas : Really? Thanks
a lot. Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal y
ang lain sebagai berikut. Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Mathilda
: Morning, Cathya. Cathya : Morning, Aunt Mathilda. Want to meet mom? Mathilda
: Yeah. Weve had (1) an appointment to go to Mr. Hans party together. Cathya : Ple
ase sit down. I think mother is still (2) preparing herself. Mathilda : O.K. Cat
hya : By the way, you look (3) nice in that dress, Auntie. Mathilda : Do I? Than
k you. Cathya : Did you make the dress (4) yourself? Mathilda : No, I have it ma
de. Cathya : Well, here she comes. Have a (5) good day to you both. Mathilda : T
hanks. D. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Read the complete dialog in Task C. Then, decide whethe
r the statements are true (T) or false (F). ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ R
aka is busy because he is the leader of the camping. Bagas at first didnt think t
hat a camping leader would be very busy. There is no one to help Bagas. The seve
nth grade students still need Bagas help. Raka is willing to help Bagas.
Jawaban: 1. F. It is not Raka, but Bagas who is busy with the camping activity.
2. T 3. F. Some ninth and seventh grade students helped Bagas. 4. T 5. T
106
UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialogs based on what you have
heard.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Andre : (1) Excu
se me, are there any English stories in this library? Librarian : Yes, there are
many. (2) What do you need, short stories, novels or stories for children? Andr
e : Children stories, please. Could you tell me where I can find them? Librarian
: O.K., please wait a minute. (3) Ill look for the data. Oh, here it is. They ar
e on shelf B-37. Over there, near the reading corner. Andre : (4) Thank you. Dia
log 2 Mr. Fred : How was your school today? Larry : (5) Great, Dad! Mr. Fred : W
ould you tell me? Larry : Um . . . I got 9.8 in English. Its the highest score, y
ou know! Mr. Fred : (6) Well done! Im very proud of you. Larry : Thanks, Dad. Dia
log 3 Mona : Hey! (7) You have a new bag. Winny : Yeah. My uncle gave it to me.
He just arrived from Bandung. Mona : (8) Its beautiful! Winny : It is. Thank you.
Dialog 4 Greg : When will you hand in your report? Allan : Today. (9) I have fi
nished it. Look! Greg : (10) Nice work! Allan : Thank you. B. Answer the questio
ns based on the complete dialogs in Task A.
Dialog 1 1. What did Andre look for? Jawaban: English stories for children. 2. W
here are the books? Jawaban: On shelf B-37. Dialog 2 1. What is the relationship
between the speakers? Jawaban: They are father and son. 2. Mr. Fred said, Well d
one! What does it mean? Jawaban: He compliments his son. Dialog 3 1. Who gave the
new bag? Jawaban: Winnys uncle. 2. What did Mona say to compliment Winnys bag? Ja
waban: She said, Its beautiful!
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
107

Dialog 4 1. When would Allan hand in his report? Jawaban: That day. 2. Greg said
, Nice work! What does it mean? Jawaban: He compliments Allans report.
A.
Complete the dialogs with the correct expressions in the boxes. Then, practice t
he dialogs.
Dialog 1 a. c. e. Well, it is my turn now By the way, I heard that you just won
a speech contest You are so clever b. d. Nice to meet you here See you
Eka is queuing at the bank while he meets Andre, his friend. Eka :
1) ________. Andre : Oh, hi, Eka. How are you? Eka : Fine, thanks.
Andre : I did. Eka : Congratulations! (3) ________. Andre : Thank
____. See you. Eka : (5) ________. Jawaban: 1. b Dialog 2 a. c. e.
What can I do for you Well, actually Im just helping my mom b. d.
oing to buy some flour to make cakes We need some help to pack the
e 4. a 5. d

Hey, Andre! (
(2) ________.
you. (4) ____
Youre welcome
f. Great I am g
cakes 2. c 3.

On her way to a supermarket, Lucy meets Puput. Lucy : Hi, Puput, where are you g
oing? Puput : Oh, hi, Lucy. (1) _________. Lucy : Youre going to make cakes? (2)
_________! Puput : (3) _________. She has just got some order. Lucy : (4) ______
___? Puput : (5) _________. If you dont mind, you can help us. Lucy : O.K. Ill be
at your house soon. Puput : Thanks beforehand. Jawaban: 1. d 2. b 3. e 4. c 5. f
108
UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi: Complete the dialogs with the correct expressions. Then, practice the d
ialogs. Dialog 1 a. c. Over there, in the corner. What can I do for you, Maam? b.
d. Youre welcome. Thank you.
Shop assistant : Mrs. Karlina : Shop assistant : Mrs. Karlina : Shop assistant :
Jawaban: 1. c 2. Dialog 2 a. b. c.
(1) ________ Well, I need a night gown. Where can I find it? (2) ________ (3) __
______ (4) ________ a 3. d 4. b
Wow! Their fur is very soft. They are, arent they? Thanks. Youre welcome.
A : Hi! Your rabbits are cute. B : (1) ________ A : May I touch them? B : Please
. A : (2) ________ B : Yeah! Jawaban: 1. b 2. a B. Choose the correct answers ba
sed on the dialogs in Task A. C. He is complimenting Andre. D. He is telling And
re the fact about him. Jawaban: C You are so clever. yang artinya Kamu sangat panda
i. adalah ungkapan untuk memuji (compliment). Dialog 2 is for questions 3 to 5. 3
. What was Puput going to buy? A. Some flour. B. Some sugar. C. Some milk. D. So
me cakes. Jawaban: A Dalam percakapan tersebut Puput mengatakan, I am going to bu
y some flour to make cakes. yang artinya Saya akan membeli tepung untuk membuat ro
ti..
Dialog 1 is for questions 1 and 2. 1. What happened to Andre? A. He just got a s
cholarship. B. He just won a speech contest. C. He just won a writing contest. D
. He just got the first rank in his class. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari k
alimat I heard that you just won a speech contest. yang artinya Saya dengar kamu ba
ru saja memenangkan lomba pidato. dan jawaban Andre I did. yang artinya Ya, betul.. E
ka said, You are so clever. What does it mean? A. He is congratulating Andre. B. H
e is telling Andre information.
2.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
109

4.
How did Lucy compliment Puput? A. By saying, O.K. Ill be at your house soon. B. By
saying, Youre going to make cakes? C. By saying, What can I do for you? D. By saying,
Great! Jawaban: D Kalimat yang diucapkan Puput, yaitu Great! yang artinya Bagus!, ada
lah ungkapan untuk memuji.
5.
Puput said, We need some help to pack the cakes. What does it mean? A. She is aski
ng for help. B. She is giving help. C. She is refusing an offer of help. D. She
is accepting an offer of help. Jawaban: A Ungkapan yang dikatakan Puput tersebut
artinya Kami perlu bantuan untuk mengepak kue-kue itu. dan kalimat Puput sesudahn
ya adalah If you dont mind . . . . artinya Jika kamu tidak keberatan . . . .. Jadi, d
apat disimpulkan bahwa kalimat Puput tersebut mengungkapkan permintaan bantuan (
asking for help).
C.
Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Dialog 1 3 6 1 2 5 4 7
Dialog 2 7 4 5 8 3 6 1 2 9 Ayu Eka Ayu Eka : : : : Sure. Here you are. Hmm . . .
for me, this tea is rather bitter. Sorry. Thanks. What about you? Do you need s
ome sugar for your tea? How does it taste? Its all right. Can you please pass me
some sugar? Eka, here is your tea. Thank you. No, thanks. Dian : Yeah, . . . you
were really like a miserable woman. Angelina : Of course. Here it is. Dian : Yo
ur acting was very good, Ms. Angelina. Angelina : Was it? Thanks. Im glad you like
it. Dian : May I have your signature, please? Angelina : Sure. Dian : Thank you
.
Ayu : Eka : Ayu : Eka : Ayu :
110
UNIT 2 Recount

D.
Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task C.
Dialog 1 1. What did Dian think of Ms. Angelinas acting? Jawaban: It was very goo
d. 2. What did Dian say to express her compliment? Jawaban: She said, Your acting
was very good, Ms. Angelina. 3. What role did Ms. Angelina take? Jawaban: As a m
iserable woman. 4. What did Dian ask from Ms. Angelina? Jawaban: Her signature.
Dialog 2 1. When does the dialog take place? Jawaban: During the meal time. 2. W
ho are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: Brother and sister. 3. How is Ekas tea? Ja
waban: It is rather bitter. 4. Eka said, Can you please pass me some sugar? What d
oes it mean? Jawaban: He asks for help. Variasi: A. Rearrange the jumbled senten
ces into a proper dialog. 5 2 7 4 1 6 3 B. 1. 2. 3. 4. Shop assistant : I see. H
mm . . . try this. I think this product is good for your cat. Eka : Yeah, . . .
I just want to buy some vitamins for my cat. Shop assistant : Youre welcome. Eka
: Well, it hasnt had any appetite for a few days. Shop assistant : Can I help you
? Eka : All right. Ill take it. Thanks. Shop assistant : Oh, whats wrong with your
cat? Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task A. Where does the dialog
take place? Jawaban: In a pets food shop. What did Eka buy? Jawaban: He bought vi
tamins for his cat. What was wrong with his cat? Jawaban: It hadnt had any appeti
te for a few days. Did Eka mention certain vitamins? Jawaban: No, he didnt.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
111

E.
In pairs, make dialogs based on the pictures and the situations. Use expressions
of asking for/giving/refusing to give help and complimenting. Then, practice th
e dialogs. 2
1
In a party, suddenly your friend spilled out her tea. She needs something to cle
an her shirt.
Your friend is making a composition although his teacher hasnt asked him to. Comp
liment his diligency.
Contoh jawaban: 1. Bunga : Ouch! Oh no, my shirt is dirty. Arman, do you have so
mething to clean this mess? Arman : Well, I have some tissue paper. Bunga : Can
you get me some, please? Arman : Sure. Please wait. Bunga : O.K., thank you. 2.
Ida Soni Ida Soni Ida Soni : : : : : : What are you doing, Son? Well, Im making a
composition. It is about my holiday experience. Should you submit it tomorrow?
No, I dont need to submit it. Our teacher just asked us to practice writing. You
are a dilligent boy! No wonder your English is very good. Thanks.
Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan gambar-gambar
soal lain sebagai berikut. 1 2
112
UNIT 2 Recount

Contoh jawaban: 1. Mr. Sarju : Wow, what books are you bringing? Ms. Diana : Wel
l, I am bringing students books. I have just finished correcting them. Mr. Sarju
: I see. Ms. Diana : Excuse me, Sir. Could you please help me open the door? Mr.
Sarju : Sure. Ms. Diana : Thank you. 2. Irma : Your party is great, Anto! The f
ood is delicious and so is the drink. Rianto : Yeah . . . and we were also satis
fied with the dances. They were very attractive. Anto : Oh, thank you very much.
I feel relieved because you enjoy this party. By the way, I really want both of
you to sing. Irma : Wed like to, but . . . sorry, we are not confident in such a
great party. Rianto : Irmas right, Anto. Maybe another time. Anto : O.K., then.
F. 1. 2. 3. Make dialogs based on the situations below. Then, practice the dialo
gs. Suppose you need to go to your friends house to borrow something, but you dont
know how to go there. You ask your brother to drive you there. What would both
of you say? Your friend seems unwell. He/she asks you to accompany him/her to th
e sick bay. What would the two of you say? Maya has nice new shoes. Give a compl
iment for her shoes. Don, are you free this evening? Yeah, . . . whats up? Can yo
u drive me to Irnas house, please? I need to borrow her math book. O.K. What time
? Er . . . what about after dinner? O.K. Lina, you look different today, not as
cheerful as usual. Are you sick? I am. Can you help me, Clara? Sure. What should
I do? Would you accompany me to the sick bay? Of course. Lets go. What nice shoe
s! Thank you. Where did you buy them? In Teens shoestore.
Contoh jawaban: 1. You : Your brother : You : Your brother : You : Your brother
: 2. You : Your friend : You : Your friend : You : 3. You : Maya : You : Maya :
Variasi:
Dengan perintah yang sama, guru dapat memberikan situasi-situasi soal yang lain.
1. You are doing the dishes. Suddenly someone knocks at the door. You ask your
sister to continue your work. You want to see who he/she is. What would the two
of you say? 2. Shirley has a cute new pencil sharpener. You like it. Give a comp
liment for her pencil sharpener.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
113

Contoh jawaban: 1. You : Erna, someone is knocking at the door. I want to see wh
o he/she is. Can you help me do the dishes? I havent finished it yet. Your sister
: No problem. You : Thank you. 2. You : Wow, a cute pencil sharpener! May I hav
e a look? Shirley : Sure. You : Thank you. Anyway, did you buy it yourself? Shir
ley : No, its a gift from my brother.
2.2 Genre
Spoken Text
Read the monolog and understand the explanation. Hi, friends. I want to tell you
about Calvin and Martin. Well, they are classmates. Last week they were going t
o visit a shoe factory with their teacher and other classmates. You know, they w
ere very excited about the excursion. They were interested in seeing how shoes a
re made. The day of having the excursion came. Arriving at school, they saw thei
r classmates crowding around their teacher, Mrs. Ong. Both of the boys ran to he
r with their bags. Their bags contained some sandwiches and drinks. I tell you w
hat! Mrs. Ong told them, Students, its a pity that the bus has broken down. I dont
know how long it will take for the bus to be repaired or for another bus to repl
ace it. Hearing this, Calvin and Martin were disappointed. Mrs. Ong and the stude
nts waited for two hours at the school canteen. Finally, Mrs. Ong decided to pos
tpone the trip. Of course, Calvin and Martin were sad. They ate their food befor
e going home.
Source: Week by Week English Practice Papers.
The text above is a recount text. It is in spoken form. A recount text functions
to tell about past events.
Written Text
Read the text and understand the explanation. Calvin and Martin are classmates.
Last week they were going to visit a shoe factory with their teacher and other c
lassmates. They were very excited about the excursion. They were interested in s
eeing how shoes are made.
Orientation
114
UNIT 2 Recount

Event
When they reached school, they saw their classmates crowding around their teache
r, Mrs. Ong. They ran to her with their bags. Their bags contained some sandwich
es and drinks. Mrs. Ong told them that the bus which was supposed to bring them
to the factory had broken down. She didnt know how long it would take for the bus
to be repaired or for another bus to replace it. Calvin and Martin were disappo
inted. Mrs. Ong and the students waited for two hours at the school canteen. Fin
ally, Mrs. Ong decided to postpone the trip. Calvin and Martin were sad. They at
e their food before going home.
Source: Week by Week English Practice Papers.
Re-orientation
The text above is a recount text in written form. A recount text tells us about
past events. It could be someones experiences, someones life in the past, the hist
ory of something, etc. The main feature of a recount text is the use of the simp
le past tense. A recount text has certain elements as follows. Orientation: tell
s about what happened, where the story happened, who was involved in the story,
when it occured, or why it happened. Series of events: tell the story. These are
usually described in time order. Re-orientation: is the closure of events (usua
lly optional).
Grammar Section
The Simple Past Tense Look at the picture and read the dialog. Study the explana
tion.
What did you do last weekend?
Well, I visited my uncle.
The bold-typed sentences use the simple past tense. You use the simple past tens
e to talk about actions or situations in the past. Adverbs of time: yesterday ju
st now last . . . a few minutes ago this morning . . . ago
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
115

1.
If a sentence uses a verb, use Vpast for the positive form and did for the negat
ive and interrogative sentences. Patterns: Affirmative sentences : Subject + Vpa
st + object + (adverb of time)

Negative sentences
:
Subject + did not + Vbase + object + (adverb of time) Did + subject + Vbase + ob
ject + (adverb of time) + ?

Interrogative sentences :
Examples: Subject (+) I Indra Subject () I Indra Did (?) Did Did Vpast watched st
udied Did not did not did not Subject you Indra Object TV English Vbase watch st
udy Vbase watch study an hour ago. last night. Object a football match math Obje
ct a football match English (Adv. of Time) an hour ago. last night. (Adv. of Tim
e) an hour ago? last night? (Adv. of Time)
2.
If a sentence uses a noun, an adjective or an adverb, use to be: was/were. Patte
rns: Affirmative sentences : Subject + was/were + N/adj./adv. + (adv. of time)

Negative sentences
:
Subject + was/were + not + N/adj./adv. + (adv. of time) Was/Were + subject + N/a
dj./adv. + (adv. of time)?
Interrogative sentences :
Examples: Subject (+) Lina The boys Subject () Lina The boys Was/Were (?) Was Wer
e Was/Were was were Was/Were + not was not were not Subject Lina the boys N/Adj.
/Adv. a nurse at school N/Adj./Adv. a secretary at the hospital N/Adj./Adv. a nu
rse at school (Adv. of Time) two years ago. yesterday. (Adv. of Time) two years
ago. yesterday. (Adv. of Time) two years ago? yesterday?
116
UNIT 2 Recount

The Present Perfect Tense Look at the picture and read the dialog. Study the exp
lanation.
Have you lived here for a long time?
Yes. Since I was a child.
The dialog uses the present perfect tense. You use the present perfect tense to
show: 1. a recently completed action, Example: He has just gone out. (Meaning: H
e is still out.) 2. past actions whose time is not definite, Example: I have see
n it. (Meaning: So I know it.) 3. an action beginning in the past and still cont
inuing to the present, Example: He has worked with us for more than a year. (Mea
ning: He still works with us.) 4. a repeated action in the past. Example: I have
visited them several times. (Meaning: Possibly, I will visit them again.)
Patterns: (+) () (?) Subject + have/has + (adverb*) + past participle + object +
(adverb*) Subject + have/has + not + past participle + object + (adverb*) Have/H
as + subject + past participle + object + (adverb*)?
Note: *) A sentence using the present perfect tense usually has only one adverb
of time, either in the middle or at the end of the sentence. Here are adverbs in
the present perfect tense. Before the Past Participle

At the End of Sentences

already (+, ?) just (+) ever (?) never (+) with negative meaning
already (+, ?) yet (, ?) recently, lately in the last few days/weeks/months since
+ a particular time (+, , ?); e.g. since yesterday/last week/you came for + a du
ration of time; e.g. for two months
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
117

Examples: Subject Have/Has Past Participle conducted discussed Past Participle c


onducted discussed Past Participle conducted discussed Object a meeting the task
Object a seminar the proposal Object a meeting the task (Adv. of Time) for an h
our. since nine oclock. (Adv. of Time) for an hour. since nine oclock. (Adv. of Ti
me) for an hour? since nine oclock?
(+) My father has The students have Subject Have/Has not () My father has not The
students have not Have/Has (?) Has Have Subject your father the students
Remember Unit 1 and answer the questions. 1. 2. 3. 4. What is a descriptive text
? Jawaban: It is a text which describes a particular person, place or thing. Wha
t elements does it have? Jawaban: It has identification and description. What te
nse is used in a descriptive text? Jawaban: Present tenses. Give an example of a
descriptive text. Jawaban: For example: my rabbit, the frogs in my pond, my fat
her.
A.
Complete the text while listening to your teacher.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Only a short time after I (1) celebrated m
y 13th birthday, everything was changing for me. One day I (2) learned that my v
oice was becoming deeper and sounding (3) rough. The next few days, I was (4) su
rprised to see hair growing on my face. Then, I found out that my (5) height was
increasing (6) rapidly. I grew about 10 centimeters in just two months. These c
hanges (7) made me feel awkward and clumsy. The most annoying thing was that I (
8) noticed acne starting to (9) appear on my face. I was (10) wondering, what ha
ppened to me.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/Mts)
118
UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi: Find the meanings of the words below. Then, make sentences using the wo
rds. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. deeper = lebih dalam 2. 3.
increase = meningkat 4. 5. annoying = mengganggu 6. 7. clumsy = kikuk 8. 9. appe
ar = muncul 10. rough find out awkward acne rapidly = = = = = kasar, parau menge
tahui aneh, janggal jerawat dengan cepat
Contoh jawaban: 1. This swimming pool is deeper than the other one. 2. The road
in my village is rough. 3. The need of gazoline increases day by day. 4. Finally
, I found out the answer of question 2. 5. The loud music is very annoying. I ca
nnot concentrate on my study. 6. The mans attitude looks awkward. Is he new here?
7. I felt clumsy on my first experience of being a host. 8. My little sister is
upset about the acne on her face. 9. Slowly but sure, the sun appears behind th
e horizon. 10. The ants population grows rapidly during the wet season. B. Your
teacher will ask you some questions about the complete text in Task A. Answer th
e questions orally.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. How old was the speaker? 2. How wa
s his voice? 3. How tall did he grow in two months? 4. What made the speaker ver
y annoyed? 5. What did he feel knowing the changes? Jawaban: 1. 13 years old. 2.
It was becoming deeper and sounding rough. 3. About 10 centimeters. 4. The acne
which appeared on his face. 5. He felt awkward and clumsy.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
119

Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about?
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Let me ask you something. Where did you spend your hol
iday last Sunday? Did you go to the beach, to the swimming pool, to the park or
to the zoo? Or, . . . did you just stay at home? Um . . . I myself went to the R
agunan Zoo last Sunday. I went there with my family. We left home at 9 a.m. It t
ook an hour to get there. Well, it was crowded when we arrived. You know, Raguna
n Zoo held some attractions during the holiday. There were pony cart and elephan
t rides. I enjoyed them both. Have you ever enjoyed elephant ride? Youd better tr
y. Well, we spent two hours there. We saw some animal attractions. They were ama
zing! That day I not only felt relaxed but also learned a lot of things. Jawaban
: The monolog tells us about the writers experience during his/her holiday in the
Ragunan zoo. B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Complete the statements below based on the monol
og in Task A. The speaker told his/her experience in ________. The speaker went
there with ________. The speaker arrived at the tourist spot at about ________.
The situation was ________ when he/she arrived there. He/she learned a lot of __
______. 2. 5. his/her family things 3. 10 a.m.
Jawaban: 1. Ragunan Zoo 4. crowded C.
Listen to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about?
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Eva was sad. Do you know why? Well, she wanted to go t
o the movies with her friends. However, she had a high fever. She also had a sli
ght cough and runny nose. Quite suffering, right? So, her mother took her to the
clinic immediately. The doctor prescribed some medicines for her. He also told
her to stay in bed and not go out for a week. Eva looked out to the window. She
saw many people outside. They all seemed to be having fun. You know, she got mor
e upset. Just then, the bell rang. Her mother opened the door. Er . . . just as
Eva entered the living room, she saw her friends at the door. They told her that
they chose to visit her and did not go to the movies. They said, We can always g
o to the movies when you get well. Eva smiled broadly. Well, she was glad to have
such good friends. They spent the afternoon with her. Eva didnt feel so sad anym
ore.
Adapted from: Week by Week English Practice Papers
Jawaban: The monolog is about Evas experience when she was sick.
120
UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi: A. Match the words in column A with their meanings in column B. A 1. 2.


3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. fever slight runny nose have fun suffering prescribe u
pset broadly enter get well 2. g 7. c a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. B menderita
pilek terganggu, sedih demam bersenang-senang sembuh agak, ringan menulis resep
dengan lebar masuk 3. b 8. i 4. e 9. j 5. a 10. f
Jawaban: 1. d 6. h
B. Complete the sentences with the correct words in Task A. 1. For sick people,
we usually send a ________ card. 2. Dino was ________ because he got a bad mark.
3. The little girl smiled ________ when she received a box of chocolate. 4. Whe
n we ________ the house, we saw some antique things of high value. 5. Mr. Karno
was absent because he had a ________ headache. Jawaban: 1. get well 2. upset 3.
broadly 4. entered 5. slight D. 1. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer ba
sed on the text you have heard in Task C. What is the purpose of the monolog? A.
To tell past experience. B. To describe something. C. To entertain the listener
s. D. To report something. Jawaban: A Monolog tersebut berbentuk recount yang be
rtujuan untuk menceritakan pengalaman masa lalu (to tell past experience). Below
are what Eva suffered from, except ________. A. a high fever B. a slight cough
C. a headache D. a runny nose Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, Howeve
r, she had a high fever. She also had a slight cough and runny nose. yang artinya
Namun, dia demam tinggi. Dia juga agak batuk dan pilek.. 3. What made Eva happy f
inally? A. She got a gift from her friends. B. Her friends visited her. C. Her m
om was always by her side. D. She recovered from her sickness soon. Jawaban: B P
ilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat . . . her friends at the door. They told
her that they chose to visit her and did not go to the movies . . . . Well, she
was glad to have such good friends. yang artinya . . . teman-temannya berdiri di
pintu. Mereka mengatakan kepadanya bahwa mereka memilih mengunjunginya dan tidak
pergi ke bioskop . . . . Ya, dia senang mempunyai teman-teman seperti itu..
2.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
121

4.
What did the doctor advice her? A. To stay in hospital and not go out for a few
days. B. To stay in bed and not go out for a few days. C. To stay in hospital an
d not go out for a week. D. To stay in bed and not go out for a week. Jawaban: D
Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan kalimat The doctor . . . told her to stay
in bed and not go out for a week. yang artinya Dokter . . . mengatakan kepadanya u
ntuk istirahat dan tidak keluar selama seminggu..
5.
You know, she got more upset. The synonym of the underlined word is ________. A. u
nfit B. unfair C. unhappy D. unhealthy Jawaban: C Kata upset sama artinya dengan k
ata unhappy, yaitu sedih.
A.
Read the two texts below with proper pronunciation.
Text 1 Once I lived in a dormitory with some Australian students. There were abo
ut twenty of us on the same floor and there were only two fridges available. Our
neighbors were so friendly but problems first emerged when my Singaporean neigh
bor put her chopped garlic in the fridge. All the Australians complained about t
he garlic. But the Asians complained about the smell of pasta (noodles) which to
us, smelled like a toilet! At last, we decided to wrap garlic and pasta before
placing them in the fridge. This taught us to understand and respect each others
cultures. So, it is not good to fry ikan asin or sambal terasi if you live very near
Australians! By: Daniel Text 2 When I first came to Bali I knew no Indonesian,
but I was keen on speaking it. Therefore, usually I experimented with sentences
by guessing and putting words together. One day I was sitting on the beach and a
lady came up to me offering to sell me a sarong. I wanted to tell her that I ha
d no money but I didn t know how, so I decided to guess. Saya tidak orang, I said.
The lady stared at me in horror and touched me on the arm! Realizing I wasnt a g
host, she started to laugh and told me that it was uang and that the word for to ha
ve was punya. Ill never forget my Indonesian lesson that day. So the moral is dont be
afraid to make mistakesits a great way of learning! (Sarah Wood, an Australian ex
change teacher working at IALF Bali)
Source: http://www.kangguru.org/kgredifferentponddifferentfish.htm (January 3, 2
009)
122
UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi: A. Read the bold-typed words in the texts you have just read. Which of
the words have the following meanings?
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. menyukai = keen 2. melakukan per
cobaan = experimented 3. asrama = dormitory 4. menebak = guessing 5. menawarkan
= offering 6. muncul = emerged 7. lemari es = fridge 8. bawang putih = garlic 9.
mengeluh = complained 10. menyentuh = touched 11. membungkus = wrap 12. menghor
mati = respect 13. memutuskan = decided 14. menyadari = realizing 15. menatap =
stared B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Complete the sentences with the answers
in the previous task. Change the form of the words if necessary. My sister who
studies in Yogyakarta lives in a ________. Although the man didnt always have foo
d to eat, he never ________. We must ________ our parents and other people. Some
people believe that ________ is a herb that can heal some kinds of sicknesses.
The boy didnt ________ that someone had been following him. Can you ________ whom
I met today? Mr. Jackson! Mr. Andre is smart, no wonder the company has _______
_ him a high salary. Are you ________ on eating hamburgers? The problem ________
when there was a new secretary. Would you please ________ the gift using the co
lorful paper? 2. 7. complained offered 3. 8. respect keen 4. 9. garlic emerged 5
. realize 10. wrap
Jawaban: 1. dormitory 6. guess C.
Read the two texts before once again. Then, answer the questions.
Text 1 1. Where did the writer live with some Australian students? Jawaban: In a
dormitory. 2. How many people lived with the writer in the same floor? Jawaban:
Twenty people. 3. How many fridges are available for them? Jawaban: Two.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
123

4. What did the writer think of his neighbors? Jawaban: They were friendly. 5. W
ho put a chopped garlic in the fridge? Jawaban: The writers Singaporean neighbor.
6. What did the Australians complain about? Jawaban: The garlic. 7. What did th
e Asians complain about? Jawaban: The pasta. 8. Why did the Asians complain abou
t it? Jawaban: Because it smelled like toilet. 9. What did the students do to av
oid the smell? Jawaban: They wrapped the garlic and pasta before placing them in
the fridge. 10. What did the experience teach them? Jawaban: To understand and
respect each others cultures. Text 2 1. Is the writer an Indonesian? Jawaban: No,
she isnt. 2. How do you know? Jawaban: From her statement that she didnt know Ind
onesian. 3. What did she do to be able to speak Indonesian? Jawaban: She experim
ented with sentences by guessing and putting words together. 4. What was the wri
ter doing when a seller came to her? Jawaban: She was sitting on the beach. 5. W
hat did a lady sell? Jawaban: A sarong. 6. Did the writer buy it? Jawaban: No, s
he didnt. 7. What did she say to the seller? Jawaban: She said, Saya tidak orang. 8
. What did she actually mean? Jawaban: She wanted to tell the seller that she di
dnt have money. 9. What was the sellers reaction when the writer told her this? Ja
waban: The seller stared at her in horror and touched her on the arm. 10. Why di
d the seller laugh? Jawaban: Because she knew that the writer was not a ghost an
d that she just made mistakes in saying the Indonesian words. B. Read the texts
in Task A once again. Then, retell one of them to the class.
Contoh jawaban: Text 1 Hi, friends! Let me tell you about my experience when I s
tudied in Australia. I lived in a dormitory with my Australian friends. I lived
with about nineteen people on the same floor. Unluckily, we only got two fridges
here. At first we lived peacefully, because we all were friendly. One day, we f
aced a problem. You know, I had a Singaporean who love eating chopped garlic. Sh
e put it in the fridge. I tell you what! my Australians friends complained about
it. On the other hand, . . . my Asian friends complained about the smell of pas
ta. We thought it smelled like a toilet! To overcome the problems, we decided to
pack the garlic and pasta before we put them into the fridge. This experience t
aught us to understand and
124
UNIT 2 Recount

respect each others cultures. So my friends, let me tell you this. Suppose you wa
nt to study in Australia, dont fry ikan asin or sambal terasi when you have Australia
n neighbors! Text 2 Hello, my name is Sarah Wood. You know, on my first trip to
Bali I knew nothing about Indonesian. However, I was interested to talk with the
native in Indonesian. So, I tried to talk by guessing and arranging words toget
her. One day, I sat on the beach to enjoy the scenery. A lady approached me. She
sold a sarong. You know what. I had no money at all. I wanted to tell her about
it, but I didnt know what to say. Then I decided to say, Saya tidak orang. Guess w
hat! The lady looked confuse. Then, she touched my arm! She thought I was a ghos
t. Suddenly she laughed and understood that I was not a ghost. After that, she t
old me that it was uang not orang and the English word for punya is to have. That exp
ence is still in my mind. Thats my story. Funny, isnt it? Variasi: A. Read the tex
t aloud. Retell it using your own words. Mind your pronunciation and intonation.
When Arvan was in hospital, he stayed in the childrens ward. It was a long room
with lots of beds. There were other children in all the beds. Some of them smile
d and waved to him. There were lots of things for Arvan to do. First of all, he
had a blood test. A nurse took a little blood from him. She used a needleit did s
ting a bit, but it wasnt too bad. The nurse told Arvan that the blood test would
help the doctor find out how to take care of him. Then, Arvan was taken to a spe
cial room in the X-ray department. A nurse helped him to get up on a table, and
asked him to lie there without moving. A giant-sized camera took a photograph, c
alled an X-ray, of Arvans insides. It didnt hurt at all. Arvan stayed in hospital
for a few days. He made some new friends there, and his mother came to visit him
every day. A teacher came to the ward every day too, and she brought along some
thing for all the children to do. In the afternoon Arvan liked to draw pictures
with the other children. Contoh jawaban: Well, today I will tell you about Arvans
experience in hospital. Here is the story. Last week, Arvan was sick and he had
to stay in the hospital. In hospital he stayed in the childrens ward with many o
ther children. Do you know a children ward? Yeah, it was a long room for childre
n with many beds. Guess what things Arvan did in the hospital! Well, firstly he
had a blood test. A nurse took a little blood from him using a needle. Actually
it did sting a bit, but it wasnt too bad. You know, the blood test would help the
doctor find out how to take care of Arvan. After that, the nurse took Arvan to
the X-ray room. She helped him to get up on a table and asked him to lie there.
Then, a giant-sized camera took a photograph of Arvans insides. Um . . . Arvan st
ayed in hospital for several days. He had some new friends there. His mother vis
ited him every day. His teacher visited him too and brought along something for
all the children. Every afternoon Arvan usually drew pictures with his friends t
here. B. 1. 2. 3. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false
(F) based on the text in Task A. ______ Arvan stayed in a long room for children
when he was in hospital. ______ There were few beds in the childrens ward. _____
_ Arvan stayed in the room alone.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
125

4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
______ ______ ______ ______ ______
The first thing Arvan should do was
ent. A nurse took his blood using a
ood test to tell his disease. Every
something for him and his friends.

that he had to be taken to the X-ray departm


needle. The doctor used the result of the bl
day a teacher came to Arvans room and brought
Arvan was very fond of drawing.

Jawaban: 1. T 2. F. It was a long room with lots of beds. 3. F. There were other
children in all the beds in the childrens ward. 4. F. First of all, Arvan had a
blood test. 5. T 6. F. The doctor used the result of the blood test to find out
how to take care of him. 7. T 8. T C. Tell your experience based on the followin
g data in front of the class.
Camping at Paradise Mountain Arrive at Paradise Mountain, then build tents. Prep
are lunch. Have lunch. Walk through the forest. Arrive at the camp base and cook
fried rice. Have dinner around the campfire. Enjoy the evening and have a bonfi
re. Go sleeping.
Adapted from: American Breakthrough 2
10 a.m. 11 a.m. 12 a.m.1 p.m. 1 p.m. 5 p.m. 6 p.m. 7 p.m. 11 p.m.
Contoh jawaban: Well, last week we went camping at Paradise Mountain. You know,
we went there by bus. We arrived there at about ten oclock. Then, we took a rest
for about half an hour. After that, we built tents. It was enjoying because we d
id it together. Then, the girls prepared lunch and the boys helped them. At abou
t twelve p.m. we had lunch. Then, our activities began. At about one p.m. we had
to walk through the forest. We all know that we should keep the forest. We may
not scratch or take any exotic flowers. Moreover, we should not litter. At first
, we still had conversations and made jokes. However, when we arrived at the dee
per part in the forest, some girls shouted because they were afraid. They felt r
elieved after we finally went out of the forest. Then, we had to cross a river.
We did it hand in hand and we were happy doing this. We also played in the water
. At about five p.m., we arrived at our camping area. Then, we cooked fried rice
. This time, all boys cooked it. Guess what happened! Some were overcooked! At s
ix p.m., we had dinner. Then, we enjoyed the evening and had a bonfire. Some fri
ends sang songs, and some others had jokes. I myself played the guitar to accomp
any those who sang. At about eleven p.m., we went sleeping.
126
UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi: A. Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper text. Kalimat-kalimat yang di


urutkan siswa dan jawaban: 5 The cat was still alive. 8 4 7 1 2 6 3 9 B. Soon th
e cats leg healed. Ratna and her father rushed out of the car. There, the veterin
arian washed and bandaged the cats injured leg. Mr. Basudewa was driving Ratna ho
me from school. Suddenly, a white cat dashed across the street. So, they took it
to the veterinarian. Mr. Basudewas car hit the cat. Ratna decided to keep the ca
t as her pet. Retell the proper text in Task A using your own words. Mind your p
ronunciation and intonation.
10 Now, Ratna and the cat have become good friends.
Contoh jawaban: Have you ever hit a cat? If you have, what happened then? Now, Il
l tell you Ratnas experience. One day, Ratna and her father was driving home from
school. Suddenly, a cat crossed the street and Ratnas car hit it. Of course, Rat
na and her father rushed out of the car. Fortunately, the cat wasnt dead. Can you
guess what they did then? They took the cat to the veterinarian. The veterinari
an washed and bandaged the cats injured leg. The cats leg healed. Then, Ratna kept
the cat as her pet. They became good friends. O.K., thats all about Ratna and he
r cat. Thank you for listening. D. Tell your friends your childhood experience.
Contoh jawaban: Well, my mother ever told me that when I was a kid, just around
about two years old, I was nearly drowned. At that time I was playing by the pon
d in my house, and apparently I slipped and fell in. However, somehow I stood up
just enough so my mouth was sticking out above the water. And I didnt cry out. I
was apparently too busy trying to breathe. Eventually, my mother came out. Well
, she found me standing in the pond with my head just above the water. Then, she
pulled me out before anything bad happened. Luckily, there was nothing serious
about me.
Adapted from: Language in Use Intermediate
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
127

A.
Read the text with proper pronunciation.
My family likes the sea very much. When we had a holiday last year, we went to a
place at the seaside and borrowed a boat from one of our friends. Then, we sail
ed and fished on the sea all day. We also had races against other boats. When th
e sea was rough, we sailed on a small lake near the sea instead. We were very ca
reful on this lake because there were a lot of sharp rocks there, and the water
was shallow. We did not want to damage our friends boat. There were not many fish
in the lake, but in the sea we caught a lot with a hook, line and small pieces
of bread. The fish were not very big, but they tasted very good. When the weathe
r was fine, we sailed to the land at lunch time, collected pieces of dry wood an
d fried or grilled our fish over them on the beach. There is an island about a m
ile from our friends house, and we sailed to it. The water was very clear there,
and there was a beautiful beach with white sand and no rocks. We bathed there. I
t was a lot of fun.
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII
Variasi: A. Match the words in column A with their suitable meanings in column B
. A 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. B. seaside race rough shallow hook collect gr
ill sharp damage island a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. B dangkal mengumpulkan mer
usakkan tepi laut memanggang perlombaan kasar, keras kail pulau tajam Jawaban: 1
. d 2. f 3. g 4. a 5. h 6. b 7. e 8. j 9. c 10. i
Make sentences using the words in Task A.
Contoh jawaban: 1. My trip to the seaside yesterday was enjoyful. 2. Would you l
ike to see a horse race with me? 3. Be careful of the rough wave on the beach. 4
. We like to play in the river near my house because it is clear and shallow. 5.
Lets go fishing. Dont forget to bring your hook. 6. Ms. Irna likes to collect pin
s from wherever country she goes. 7. Please grill the fish after I spread the se
asoning on it. 8. Please take me a sharp knife to chop this meat. 9. The earthqu
ake damaged many houses in the village. 10. The people who live in the remote is
land are isolated.
128
UNIT 2 Recount

C.
Identify the structure of the text in Task A.
Jawaban: Orientation My family likes the sea very much. When we had a holiday la
st year, we went to a place at the seaside and borrowed a boat from one of our f
riends. Then, we sailed and fished on the sea all day. We also had races against
other boats. When the sea was rough, we sailed on a small lake near the sea ins
tead. We were very careful on this lake because there were a lot of sharp rocks
there, and the water was shallow. We did not want to damage our friends boat. The
re were not many fish in the lake, but in the sea we caught a lot with a hook, l
ine and small pieces of bread. The fish were not very big, but they tasted very
good. When the weather was fine, we sailed to the land at lunch time, collected
pieces of dry wood and fried or grilled our fish over them on the beach. There i
s an island about a mile from our friends house, and we sailed to it. The water w
as very clear there, and there was a beautiful beach with white sand and no rock
s. We bathed there. It was a lot of fun.
Series of Events
B. 1.
Choose the correct answer based on the text in Task A. How did the writer get a
boat? A. By renting it. B. By buying it. C. By borrowing it from a friend. D. By
borrowing it from a fisherman. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedu
a paragraf satu, When we had a holiday last year, we went to a place at the seasi
de and borrowed a boat from one of our friends. yang artinya Saat kami liburan pad
a tahun lalu, kami pergi ke sebuah tempat di pinggir pantai dan meminjam perahu
dari salah seorang teman.. What did the writer and his family do when the sea was
rough? A. They sailed on a small lake. B. They sailed on a small river. C. They
stopped sailing. D. They went to the harbor. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini ses
uai dengan kalimat, When the sea was rough, we sailed on a small lake near the se
a instead.. 3. Below are what the writer used to catch fish, except ________. A.
hook B. line C. bread D. worm Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini tepat karena worm (
cacing) tidak disebutkan dalam teks, khususnya pada kalimat There were not many f
ish in the lake, but in the sea we caught a lot with a hook, line and small piec
es of bread. yang artinya Tidak banyak ikan di danau itu, tetapi di laut kami mena
ngkap banyak ikan dengan pancing, tali pancing, dan potongan-potongan roti..
2.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
129

4.
Which statement is NOT TRUE about the lake? A. There were a lot of sharp rocks t
here. B. The water was shallow. C. It was near the writers friends house. D. There
were not many fish in the lake. Jawaban: C Pernyataan ini benar karena tidak di
jelaskan dalam teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) sesuai dengan kalimat kedua par
agraf dua, We were very careful on this lake because there were a lot of sharp ro
cks there, and the water was shallow. yang artinya Kami sangat hati-hati di danau
ini karena ada banyak batu tajam,
dan airnya dangkal.. Pilihan jawaban (D) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf t
iga, There were not many fish in the lake, . . . . yang artinya Tidak ada banyak ik
an di danau itu, . . . .. 5. How was the fish in the sea? A. It was big. B. It ta
sted good. C. It was black and white. D. It wasnt easy to catch. Jawaban: B Jawab
an disimpulkan dari kalimat The fish were not very big, but they tasted very good
. yang artinya Ikan-ikan itu tidak begitu besar, tetapi rasanya enak..
Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberikan soal-soal beri
kut. Read the text and answer questions 1 to 4. Ali and Ani had a vacation. They
went to Prapat. They wanted to visit their uncle Mr. Hadi and his family. Mr. A
nwar, Ali and Anis father, went together with them. They went there by bus. They
left Medan at six oclock in the morning and arrived in Prapat at nine. Edi and Ta
ti, Mr. Hadis children, had been waiting for them at the bus station.
Source : www.puspendik.com
1. What is the main idea of the paragraph above? A. Ali and Anis vacation. B. The
Hadi family wanted to visit Prapat. C. The Anwar family went to Prapat to visit
the Hadis. D. Edi and Tati had been waiting for them at the bus station. Jawaban
: A Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat pertama dalam teks, Ali and Ani had a
vacation.. Pilihan jawaban lainnya hanya sebagai kalimat pendukung dari gagasan
utama.
2. How many people go to Prapat? A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. D. Five. Jawaban: B
Berdasarkan kalimat pertama Ali and Ani had a vacation. They went to Prapat. dan k
alimat keempat Mr. Anwar, Ali and Anis father, went together with them., dapat disi
mpulkan bahwa ada tiga orang yang pergi berlibur ke Prapat, yaitu Ali, Ani, dan
ayah mereka. 3. They wanted to visit their uncle Mr. Hadi and his family. The bold
-typed word refers to ________. A. Hadis family B. Mr. Anwar, Ali and Ani C. Edi
and Tati D. Ali and Ani Jawaban: D Kata they dalam kalimat soal mengacu pada subje
k kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu Ali and Ani had a vacation.. Jadi, kata they tersebut me
ngacu pada Ali dan Ani.
130
UNIT 2 Recount

4. Edi and Tati are ________. A. Mr. Anwars children B. Ali and Anis friends C. Al
i and Anis cousins D. Ali and Anis uncle and aunt Jawaban: C Pak Hadi adalah paman
Ali dan Ani, sedangkan Edi dan Tati adalah anak Pak Hadi, maka Edi dan Tati ada
lah sepupu (cousin) Ali dan Ani. For questions 5 to 7, choose the correct words
to complete the paragraph. It was a public holiday. We did not have anything to
do, so father suggested (5) ________ us to Safari Park in Cisarua. All of us got
very (6) ________. Mother quickly prepared some drinks and snacks for the trip.
My brothers and I (7) ________ got dressed and brought a camera. Within one hou
r, we were all ready and settled ourselves in the car. 5. A. taking B. getting C
. telling D. keeping Jawaban: A Dalam teks dijelaskan bahwa karena tidak ada keg
iatan saat liburan, ayah membawa (taking) penulis dan keluarganya ke Taman Safar
i di Cisarua. Kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimat berbentuk V-ing form, yaitu tak
ing. Getting artinya memperoleh, telling artinya memberi tahu, dan keeping artin
ya menjaga/merawat. 6. A. excited B. annoyed C. disappointed D. upset Jawaban: A
Dalam teks disebutkan bahwa mereka pergi ke Taman Safari di Cisarua. Oleh karen
a itu, dapat dipastikan mereka merasa senang (excited). Annoyed artinya tergangg
u, dispointed artinya kecewa, dan upset artinya bingung. 7. A. B. C. D. lazily h
urriedly slowly diligently
Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat sesudahnya, yaitu Within one h
our, we were all ready and settled ourselves in the car.. Berdasarkan kalimat ter
sebut dapat disimpulkan bahwa penulis dan saudara laki-lakinya melakukan sesuatu
dengan cepat (hurriedly). Lazily artinya dengan malas, slowly artinya dengan la
mbat, dan diligently artinya dengan rajin. Read the text and answer questions 8
to 10. I had never thought of climbing Mt. Kerinci. I hesitated when some friend
s of mine asked me to join them on a one-night camping and mountaineering activi
ty. I could not really refuse because I had a lot of spare time in my semester h
olidays. I went there with five of my friendsAntok, Rio, Angga, Danang and Indra.
We started to walk upwards through the bushes first and then into the real jung
le. As we moved on, we heard wild animal noises and we saw monkeys jumping from
one branch to another. Judging from the plants, we were sure that we were in a r
ainforest area. At midday, we came to the peak of the mountain and saw the large
crater. There was a white flag there to remind visitors about the dangers. We t
ook our photos and then we began to rush down the mountain. 8. When did the writ
er find the mountain so beautiful? A. At night. B. At midday. C. In the morning.
D. In the afternoon. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat pertama
paragraf terakhir, At midday, we came to the peak of the mountain and saw the la
rge crater., yaitu pada keterangan waktu at midday.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
131

9. Which statement is NOT TRUE based on the text? A. The writers hobby is climbin
g mountains. B. The writer felt reluctant to climb mountains. C. The writer foun
d excitement on the peak of the mountain. D. The writer climbed down the mountai
n soon after taking picture. Jawaban: A Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks
adalah (A) yang artinya hobi penulis adalah mendaki gunung karena teks tersebut
menceritakan tentang pengalaman pertama penulis mendaki gunung. Jadi, mendaki g
unung bukan hobi penulis.
10. What is the most suitable title for the text? A. Climbing a mountain is a da
ngerous activity. B. My first experience in climbing a mountain. C. Camping on t
he mountain is exciting. D. My hesitating time on holidays.
Ujian Nasional 2005/2006
Jawaban: B Secara keseluruhan, teks tersebut menceritakan tentang pengalaman pen
ulis naik gunung. Jadi, judul yang paling tepat untuk teks tersebut adalah (B) y
ang artinya pengalaman pertama saya saat naik gunung.
C. a. f.
Complete the text with the words in the box. fun scary b. g. pictures colorful c
. h. stayed rest d. i. scenery garden e. j. closer tired
My Holiday Last week I went to Mount Bromo. I (1) ________ in my friends house in
Probolinggo, East Java. The house has a big (2) ________ with (3) ________ flow
ers and a small fish pond. In the morning, my friend and I saw Mount Batok. The
(4) ________ was very beautiful. We rode on horseback. It was (5) ________, but
it was fun. Then, we went to get a (6) ________ look at the mountain. We took (7
) ________ of the beautiful scenery there. After that, we took a (8) ________ an
d had lunch under a big tree. We went home in the afternoon. We were very (9) __
______. However, I think it was really (10) ________ to have a holiday like this
. I hope my next holiday will be more interesting.
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII
Jawaban: 1. c 3. g 5. f 7. b 9. j
2. 4. 6. 8. 10.
i d e h a
132
UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi: Answer the questions based on the text. 1. When did the writer go to Mo
unt Bromo? Jawaban: Last week. 2. Where did he/she stay? Jawaban: In his/her fri
ends house in Probolinggo, East Java. 3. What does the house have? Jawaban: It ha
s a big garden with colorful flowers and a small pool. 4. What did the writer se
e in the morning? Jawaban: He/she saw Mount Batok. 5. What is the writers opinion
about the scenery there? Jawaban: It was beautiful. 6. What did the writer feel
when he/she rode on horseback? Jawaban: It was scary, but it was fun. 7. What d
id he/she do before taking a rest? Jawaban: He/she took pictures of the beautifu
l scenery. 8. Where did the writer have lunch? Jawaban: Under a big tree. 9. Whe
n did the writer and his/her friend go home? Jawaban: They went home in the afte
rnoon. 10. What did the writer think of the holiday? Jawaban: It was fun.
D. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Change the verbs in brackets into their correct forms. Eva Mufid Eva Mufid Eva M
ufid : : : : : : ________ (Do) you go on the picnic to the beach last Sunday? Ye
s, it ________ (be) great. Why didnt you come? I ________ (have) to stay at home
and study for an exam. So tell me about it. Well, the bus ________ (pick) us up
around seven oclock in the morning. And what time did you arrive at the beach? At
nine thirty. First, we ________ (walk) along the beach, and after that we _____
___ (play) volleyball until lunchtime. Did you buy lunch at the beach? At first
we ________ (decide) to have lunch there, but a friend ________ (inform) us that
there was a good restaurant near the beach. We ________ (agree) to go there. So
what time _______ (do) you come home? Around four oclock in the afternoon.
Eva : Mufid : Eva : Mufid :
Jawaban: 1. Did, was 2. had, picked 3. walked, played 4. decided, informed, agre
ed 5. did
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
133

Variasi: A. Complete the dialogs with the correct forms of the verbs in brackets
. Practice the dialogs with your friend.
Example: Lena : Where ________ you ________ (go) yesterday? I ________ (call) yo
u twice but no one ________ (pick up) the phone. Ery : Oh, sorry. Yesterday was
my fathers birthday. We ________ (have) dinner outside. Answer: Lena : Where did
you go yesterday? I called you twice but no one picked up the phone. Ery : Oh, s
orry. Yesterday was my fathers birthday. We had dinner outside. 1. Tessa Elly Tes
sa Elly 2. Dani Willy Dani Willy 3. Tevi Inung Tevi Inung Tevi Jawaban: 1. Tessa
Elly Tessa Elly 2. Dani Willy Dani Willy 3. Tevi Inung Tevi Inung Tevi B. 1. 2.
3. 4. 5. : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : ________ (Do) you
________ (feel) something? No, I didn t. I ________ (feel) the earth shaking. Oh
, no! Dont say that again. Youve scared me. Who ________ (turn) on the TV? I did.
Whats up? Turn it off when you dont watch it. O.K. I ________ (watch) Fantastic 4
yesterday evening. ________ (Do) you? Yeah. It ________ (be) really fantastic! Y
ou ________ (go) to the movie with your brother, didn t you? No. I ________ (go)
there with my cousin. Did you feel something? Oh no! I didnt. I felt the earth s
haking. No. Dont say that again. Youve scared me. Who turned on the TV? I did. Wha
ts up? Turn it off when you dont watch it. O.K. I watched Fantastic 4 yesterday ev
ening. Did you? Yeah. It was really fantastic! You went to the movie with your b
rother, didnt you? No. I went there with my cousin.
Make sentences using the words below. Read your sentences with proper pronunciat
ion. not stay/yesterday eat/this morning/? visit/before you came here/? live/two
years ago study/last night/?
134
UNIT 2 Recount

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
not watch the news/a few minutes ago go to the museum/last vacation not go shopp
ing/last Sunday visit grandma/last week not perform the dance/last night
Contoh jawaban: 1. We didnt stay home yesterday. 2. What did you eat this morning
? 3. Whom did you visit before you came here? 4. I lived with my uncles family tw
o years ago. 5. What subject did you study last night? 6. We didnt watch the news
about the governments policy a few minutes ago. 7. My friends and I went to the
museum last vacation. 8. We didnt go shopping last Sunday. 9. Dita visited her gr
andma last week. 10. We didnt perform the dance last night. E. Complete the text
with the correct forms of the verbs in brackets.
Hi, guys. Have you ever traveled around Indonesia? Not yet? Well, I have. And I
didnt ________ (1. spend) much money. Dont you believe it? I ________ (2. go) to J
akarta last holiday. I ________ (3. stay) for four days in my uncles house. Uncle
Tri, Aunt Rita and my cousin ________ (4. take) me to some tourists resorts in
Jakarta, like Ancol the Wonderland, the National Monument, and of course the Ind
onesias Miniature Park or TMII. I ________ (5. spend) almost five hours there. Th
is park is really amazing. I could go around Indonesia just from one place. I we
nt from one province to another in few minutes. I could ________ (6. see) all th
e islands in Indonesia from above when I ________ (7. ride) the skylift. I also
________ (8. see) some beautiful animals and flowers. It ________ (9. be) really
fun. The last thing I ________ (10. do) was having lunch. What a nice holiday!
I will never forget it. Jawaban: 1. spend 6. see 2. went 7. rode 3. stayed 8. sa
w 4. took 9. was 5. spent 10. did
A. 3 2
Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper text. As the transfusion progressed, his
face grew pale and began crying. Then, he looked at the doctor and asked with a
trembling voice, Will I start to die right away? The doctor asked Lizs 5-year old b
rother, Young boy, your sister is suffering now, and she needs your blood. Are yo
u willing to give your blood to your sister? I saw him hesitate for a moment befo
re taking a deep breath and saying, Yes, Ill do it if it will save her.
Paragraf-paragraf acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
135

5
4 1
Then, because the doctor felt curious, he asked the little boy, If you thought th
at you would die, why did you give your blood to your sister? And the boys answer
was Because . . . I love her. The doctor answered him, Of course not, young boy. Yo
u will not die because you give your blood to someone. Dont worry. Many years ago,
when I worked as a volunteer at a hospital, I got to know a little girl named L
iz. She was suffering from a serious disease and needed a blood transfusion.
Adapted from: http://www.baywideweb.com/content/fivelessons.htm (May 26, 2007)
Variasi: A. Find the meanings of the words below. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan sisw
a dan jawaban: 1. curious = ingin tahu 2. transfusion = transfusi 3. save = meny
elamatkan 4. volunteer = sukarelawan 5. trembling = gemetar 6. progress = berlan
gsung 7. suffer = menderita 8. hesitate = ragu-ragu 9. willing (to) = bersedia 1
0. breath = nafas B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Complete the sentences with the correct word
s in Task A. Nina : What did you ________ from? Andi : Diarrhea. At first the ch
ild ________ to approach the woman, but after he knew that she was his mother, h
e immediately ran to her. The boys voice was ________ when he confessed that he h
ad stolen the money. Mr. Aji : Are you ________ to do overwork in this office? M
r. Sanusi : Sure, Sir. The man worked as a ________ to take care of the tsunami
victims. 2. hesitated 3. trembling 4. willing 5. volunteer
Jawaban: 1. suffer B.
Identify the structure of the proper text in Task A.
Jawaban: Orientation Many years ago, when I worked as a volunteer at a hospital,
I got to know a little girl named Liz. She was suffering from a serious disease
and needed a blood transfusion.
136
UNIT 2 Recount

Series of Events
The doctor asked Lizs 5-year old brother, Young boy, your sister is suffering now,
and she needs your blood. Are you willing to give your blood to your sister? I s
aw him hesitate for a moment before taking a deep breath and saying, Yes, Ill do i
t if it will save her. As the transfusion progressed, his face grew pale and bega
n crying. Then, he looked at the doctor and asked with a trembling voice, Will I
start to die right away? The doctor answered him, Of course not, young boy. You wi
ll not die because you give your blood to someone. Dont worry. Then, because the d
octor felt curious, he asked the little boy, If you thought that you would die, w
hy did you give your blood to your sister? And the boys answer was Because . . . I
love her.
Variasi: Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the te
xt in Task A. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ The young boy th
ought that he would die because he had given his blood. The writer was the boys s
ister. The boy gave his blood because he had to do it. The boy was five years ol
d. At that time the writer was suffering from a serious disease.
Jawaban: 1. T 2. F. The writer was a volunteer at the hospital where Liz stayed.
3. F. The boy gave his blood because he loved his sister. 4. T 5. F. At that ti
me Liz was suffering from a serious disease, not the writer. C. Write sentences
using the present perfect tense based on the picture. Tinas Room You can use the
verbs below.

play read

draw collect

take listen to
Example: Tina has kept some packs of noodles.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
137

Contoh jawaban: 1. Tina has played the guitar. 3. She hasnt taken pictures. 5. Sh
e has collected some animal dolls. Variasi:
2. Tina has drawn some animals. 4. She has read books about science. 6. Tina has
listened to the radio.

In pairs, ask your partner these questions. You may add additional questions. Wr
ite the result fo your interview on a sheet of paper. If your partner answer Yes,
put a tick ( ) in the Yes column. If he/she says No, put a tick ( ) in the No column. N
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Have you ever . . . ? had a penfriend broken your
arm or leg forgotten to do your homework met a famous person won a prize in a c
omposition been in a foreign country sung an English song had a terrible nightma
re played in a drama cheated in an exam Yes No
Example: This is about Mirdad. He has never had a penfriend. Once he has broken
his arm/leg. It was in 2003 when he got a motorcycle accident with his father. H
e has never forgotten to do his homework. Quite diligent, right? D. Continue the
sentences below to make a proper text. Use your own words.
Heavy rains hit my place few days ago. It didnt stop for five hours. Suddenly, wa
ter flowed up from the river. It spread everywhere. People tried to save their t
hings, so did my family. _______________________________________________________
___________________ ____________________________________________________________
__________________ _____________________________________________________________
_________________ Contoh jawaban: Heavy rains hit my place two days ago. It didnt
stop for five hours. Suddenly, water flowed up from the river. It spread everyw
here. People tried to save their things, so did my family. Actually, we often ge
t flood every year, especially in the rainy season. However, it always comes in
sudden. It makes everyone panicked. This time I heard many babies and children c
ried. All people rushed to higher places. They walked in a hurry. Water inundate
d the houses and streets in a few days. Cars and other vehicles couldnt pass the
street. It was really horrible.
138
UNIT 2 Recount

E.
Do you have a memorable experience? Write a recount text about it.
Contoh jawaban: I have a younger sister. I love her very much. However, one day,
when she and I were eating together, suddenly I broke the glass beside me. I fe
lt surprised, and so did my sister. Suddenly, mother came. She asked us, Oh, no.
Who broke the glass? I was really afraid to tell her the fact because the glass w
as one of my mothers favorites, I guessed. I said, Not . . . me. It was Ela. Ela fe
lt shocked hearing this. I could see it from her face. She tried to defend herse
f, No. It was Eka . . . . But mother believed me more than her. Then, mother asked
her, If you have made a mistake, confess it bravely. Now, sweep the floor and cl
ean it from the broken glass. Eka, please help your sister. I helped her. But I s
aw there were some tears in her big eyes. I kept silent. In my heart, I felt tha
t I won over her. However, since that time, she didnt want to be with me anymore.
She played with her doll and directly left when I approached her. She also didnt
come to my class during the break as she usually did before. And, she kept lock
ing herself in her room. I felt really lonely, and realized that it was my fault
actually. I felt guilty. Then, one day, I approached her when she was playing.
She was almost leaving. However, I grasped her hand and said, Forgive me, dear si
ster. It was my fault. At first she still didnt want to see me. However, I kept ap
ologizing. Then, she finally said, O.K. She cried. I embraced her and promised I w
ould never do it anymore.
2.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Letters
Spoken Text
Read the text and understand the explanation. Attention, please. Weve found some
keys in the hall. If you have lost them, please meet Mr. Bambang at the teacher
room during the break. Thank you. The text above is an announcement. It is used
to give information about something in a public place. An announcement can be sp
oken or written.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
139

Written Text
Read the following text and understand the explanation.
Jalan Menara Bunga 12 Bukittinggi
August 14, 2009
Dear Mirima, My brother and I are in Bukittinggi now. We arrived here on Sunday
morning at five. It was already busy probably because of the holidays. We went d
irectly to the remains of De Kock Fortress and found a lot of people jogging alo
ng this area. We took a rest here, sat under the tree and enjoyed the fresh air.
It was almost 6:30 a.m. We went to a famous warung, called Pical si Kai. Here we
had coffee, pical, ketupat gulai, etc. Because all hotels had been full, we rent
ed a room in a house nearby. The room was quite nice and clean. The rent was not
too expensive. At about eight we went to Sianok Valley. It is such a very beaut
iful valley. On the bank of the valley there is a long cave, called Japanese cav
e. It is very long. It goes deeply into the ground with an entrance at one end,
and an exit at the other end. The people here said that a long time ago the cave
was used by the Japanese army to protect themselves from the Dutch attack. At t
hat time it seemed that there was nothing in the ground. Both the entrance and t
he exit were covered by plants. Thats our first day in Bukittinggi. We are going
to visit Lake Maninjau, Lembah Anai Falls, etc. the following day. Hope to be he
re with you someday. Please reply soon. Love, Vena Junita
The text is a letter. A letter has a certain structure as follows. 1. Date. It s
hows the date when the letter is written on. 2. Inside address. It shows whom th
e letter is sent to or the recipient and the address. It usually mentions the re
cipients full name and address. 3. Greeting. It is also known as the salutation. It
says Dear (name of recipient). 4. Body. This shows the content or the subject mat
ter of the letter. 5. Closing. This is the farewell phrase, such as: Cheers, Love, Be
st regards, Yours truly or Sincerely. 6. Signature. Signature is important for formal
letters. It is seldom mentioned in informal letters. The full name of the write
r is often printed below the signature.
140
UNIT 2 Recount

Answer the questions. 1. 2. 3. 4. What announcements have you heard recently? Co


ntoh jawaban: Announcement about a math test. Where did you hear the announcemen
t? Contoh jawaban: In the classroom. Do you often send letters? Contoh jawaban:
Yes, I do. Whom do you usually send the letter to? Contoh jawaban: To my aunt or
penfriend.
A.
Listen to your teacher and answer the questions.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Attention, please. The show will start in a few minute
s. Please sit down on the seats provided and please do not approach the fence su
rrounding the stage. Although the animals which are going to perform are trained
well, they are dangerous. Thank you. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. Where can you hear such
an announcement? Jawaban: In a circus. What should the audience do? Jawaban: The
y should sit on the seats provided. What shouldnt audience do? Jawaban: They shou
ld not approach the fence surrounding the stage. Why shouldnt they do that? Jawab
an: Because the animals which are going to perform are dangerous. What do you kn
ow about the performers? Jawaban: They are animals which are trained well, but d
angerous. Find the words which have the following meanings in the text in Task A
.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. tempat duduk = seat 2. pagar = f
ence 3. disediakan = provided 4. sekitar = surrounding 5. terlatih = trained
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
141

C.
Complete the sentences with the correct words in Task B.
1. The animals are ________ well by Mr. Sanjaya. 2. You can choose your own ____
____ here. 3. The environment ________ my village is very clean. 4. A high _____
___ protects the plantation from animals. 5. Is the snack ________ for us? Jawab
an: 1. trained 2. seat 3. surrounding 4. fence 5. provided Variasi: A. Your teac
her is going to read a text. Listen to him/her carefully. Then, answer the quest
ions.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Attention, please, There will be a flag ceremony next
Monday. Dont forget to wear your hats and ties. The students on duty will be the
students of Class VIIIA. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. 1. 2. 3. 4. Who do you think the spea
ker is? Jawaban: A teacher. Who do you think the listeners are? Jawaban: The stu
dents. Where can you hear such an announcement? Jawaban: At school. What is the
announcement about? Jawaban: A flag ceremony. What is the purpose of the text? J
awaban: To announce something. Continue the statements below based on the text y
ou have heard in Task A.
Next Monday there will be a ________. Dont forget to wear ________. The students
on duty will be ________. Dont forget to wear your hat, . . . . The opposite meanin
g of the underlined word is ________. 5. The word you in the announcement refers t
o ________. Jawaban: 1. flag ceremony 2. your hats and ties 3. the students of C
lass VIIIA 4. remember 5. the students
142
UNIT 2 Recount

D.
Listen to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about?
Teks yang dibacakan guru: For all performers, you all have performed very well.
So, it is difficult for us to choose which of you should win the contest. Finall
y, after a long discussion, we come to the conclusion that Anggaras group is the
third winner, Inas group is the runner up and . . . the first winner is . . . Nit
as group. For these groups, please come forward to receive trophies from the prin
cipal. Jawaban: Its an announcement about the winners of a contest. E. Your teach
er will ask you some questions about the text you have heard in Task D. Answer t
he questions orally.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. How did the performers perform the
mselves? 2. What should the winners do? 3. Which group is the third winner? 4. W
ho will give them the trophies? 5. In your opinion, who is the speaker? Jawaban:
1. Very well. 2. Come forward to receive trophies from the principal. 3. Anggar
as group. 4. The principal. 5. One of the juries or the host.
A.
Say the announcement below aloud.
To celebrate our Independence Day, we will hold some activities. One of them is
blood donation. A drop of your blood is very meaningful for those who need it. I
f you want to donate your blood, please contact Renny in the OSIS room. Thank yo
u. Variasi: Read the following announcement aloud. Then, retell it using your ow
n words. Attention, please. The end of this semester is approaching. We will con
duct an end semester party as usual. Each class should prepare an attractive att
raction to be performed. Please be prepared. Thank you.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
143

Contoh jawaban: Attention, please, We will end this semester soon. As usual, we
will hold an end semester party. All classes should prepare interesting performa
nces such as dramas, singing, dancing, etc. Please be prepared. Thank you. B. 1.
2. 3. 4. 5. Decide whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) based
on the announcement in Task A. ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ The announcem
ent is about blood donation at school. The blood donation is to celebrate the In
dependence Day. The blood donation is the only activity for the Independence Day
. A little blood is useful. Students who want to donate their blood can go to th
e sickbay.
Jawaban: 1. T 2. T 3. F. It is just one of the activities. 4. T 5. F. Students w
ho want to donate their blood can contact Renny in the OSIS room. Variasi: Read
the announcement aloud. Then, state whether the following statements are true (T
) of false (F). Attention, please. Weve found a wallet with some money in it in t
he parking area. If you are the one who has lost it, please go to the security o
ffice to confirm the wallet. Thank you. Statements: 1. ______ The announcement i
s about a lost wallet. 2. ______ The wallet contains money. 3. ______ The person
who lost the wallet should go to the cashier. 4. ______ The person who lost the
wallet should confirm what the wallet looks like. 5. ______ The wallet was foun
d in the parking area. Jawaban: 1. F. The announcement is about a found wallet.
2. T 3. F. He/she should go to the security office. 4. T 5. T C. 1. Tell your fr
iends an announcement based on each situation.
One of your teachers is absent. However, he gives you an assignment. Tell the cl
ass about his/her absence and what the assignment is. 2. Suppose you are a teach
er in your school. Because there have been many students who come late, make an
announcement about the thing the late comers should do. Contoh jawaban: 1. Atten
tion, please.Mr. Anwar cannot come today. However, he has given us an assignment
to do. Please write down a recount text about your childhood experience. Then,
submit it to the teacher on duty. Thank you. 2. Attention for all students. Many
students have been late recently. Therefore, from now on students who come late
must make a composition for about two pages. They should submit it exactly on t
he day they come late after the second break. Thank you.
144
UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi: Deliver some announcements based on the situations. 1. 2. Suppose you h


ave found a purse in the school library. Make an announcement about it. Suppose
you are a teacher in your school. Make an announcement that there will be a scho
ol bazaar next month. State the exact date/day and what the students should prep
are. Contoh jawaban: 1. Attention, please. I have found a purse in the school li
brary. It is red, small and contains some money. For the student who has lost it
, please contact me: Lucia, Class VIIIA. 2. Attention for all, To celebrate our
school anniversary, we will conduct a school bazaar next month, starting from Oc
tober 5 to October 10. I hope all classes can participate. You can sell many kin
ds of things, such as food, books or products you create yourselves. If you are
interested, you can meet me to get the requirement and registration forms during
the break. Thank you.
A.
Read the letter below with proper pronunciation. What do the bold-typed words me
an?
123 Geylang Road Singapore, March 20, 2009 Dear Bob, I was awfully sorry to hear
that you were hurt in an accident last week. It was only this morning that I kn
ew that you were taken to General Hospital. Fortunately, you were not seriously
injured. I do hope that you are getting well by now. However, I am sure that you
would like to know that many of your classmates are concerned about you. They w
ant to send you their best wishes for your early recovery. Anyway, with your mot
her staying with you most of the time, I hope that you will not feel lonely at t
he hospital. I do hope that you will recover soon. Yours sincerely, John
Adapted from: Composition Letter Writing Comprehension Structure and Usage
Jawaban: 1. hurt = 2. fortunately = 3. seriously injured = 4. getting well = 5.
concerned about =
luka untungnya terluka parah sembuh menaruh perhatian
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
145

6. 7. 8.
wishes early recovery lonely Variasi:
= harapan = penyembuhan/pemulihan yang segera = kesepian
Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the letter in T
ask A. 1. ______ The letter is about a wish to visit Bob soon. 2. ______ John st
ayed in General Hospital. 3. ______ John knew the news about Bob two days before
he wrote the letter. 4. ______ Bobs classmates didnt pay attention to him. 5. ___
___ Bobs mother always stayed with him. Jawaban: 1. F. The letter is about a wish
that Bob is getting well. 2. F. It was Bob who stayed in General Hospital. 3. F
. John knew the news in the morning before he wrote the letter. 4. F. Bobs classm
ates were concerned about him. 5. T B. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answe
r. 1. The Manager of KEN TOUR Jalan Ahmad Yani 12 Surabaya Dear Sir, We are sorr
y to complain about the service that your travel agency provided on our school h
oliday Bali Tour on July 810. First, on our arrival we had to stay outside the ho
tel despite our tiredness after 12 hours journey. The people in charge said that
all the rooms were still occupied by another group. We were welcomed to check i
n after waiting for 5 hours. That means our tour was two hours delayed. Conseque
ntly we missed one of the places to visit. At the dinner time, many of us found
no food left, so we had to buy some food outside. We look forward to receiving y
our response. Thank you. Yours faithfully, Andi The text is a letter of ________
. A. application B. invitation C. introduction D. complaint Jawaban: D Jawaban d
isimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat awal surat, We are sorry to complain about the ser
vice that your travel agency provided on our school holiday Bali Tour on July 810.. Jadi, isi surat itu tentang keluhan (complaint) atas jasa yang diberikan. Th
e writer feels disappointed with the followings, except ________. A. the dinner
provided B. canceling to visit one object C. being late to check in D. the trave
ling Jawaban: D Penulis merasa kecewa dengan pelayanan agen perjalanan yang berk
aitan dengan makanan untuk makan malam dan keterlambatan check in yang menyebabk
an batalnya rencana mengunjungi salah satu tempat wisata. Jadi, yang tidak terma
suk hal yang mengecewakan penulis adalah (D) traveling.
2.
146
UNIT 2 Recount

3.
How long was the tour? A. 2 days. B. 3 days. C. 5 hours. D. 12 hours. Jawaban: B
Dalam surat disebutkan bahwa tour liburan ke Bali mulai tanggal 8 sampai 10 Jul
i. Jadi, tour tersebut berlangsung selama 3 hari (three days). Which is NOT TRUE
based on the text? A. The travel agent is Ken Tour. B. The travel agency did no
t arrange the tour well. C. The students spent their holiday in Bali. D. The tou
r was successful.
Ujian Nasional
Jawaban: D Dalam surat tersebut Andi menyatakan keluhan. Karena mengajukan keluh
an, dapat dipastikan bahwa tour tersebut tidak berjalan sukses. Jadi, pernyataan
yang tidak sesuai teks adalah the tour was successful. 5. The sentence We missed
one of the places to visit. means ________. A. they enjoyed their visit B. they
did not visit one of the arranged tourist objects C. they were happy on their ho
liday D. they wanted to stay longer Jawaban: B Kalimat tersebut mempunyai arti Ka
mi melewatkan salah satu tempat wisata untuk dikunjungi.. Dari kalimat tersebut d
apat diketahui bahwa mereka tidak mengunjungi satu tempat wisata (they did not v
isit one place).
4.
A.
Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper letter.
Surat yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 6 4 1 3 Finally, I went to a cafe nearb
y to have lunch. I spent three days in Bandung and that was really fun. First, I
visited Tangkuban Perahu. The place is just wonderful. After that, I went to Da
go Street. I bought some T-shirts there. Denpasar, July 20, 2009 By the way, I w
ant to tell you about my holiday. Last month, I went to Bandung. I was so happy
because it was my first time to visit the place. There are many interesting plac
es to visit. Sincerely, Ketut Tantri Then, I went to Cibaduyut. I bought many th
ings like shoes, dolls, and some souvenirs. I also did not forget to buy peuyeum.
You know, Bandung is famous for it. Hi, Putri, how are you? I hope you are fine.
Anyway, I will write to you again next time. Write to me as soon as you can.
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII
8
5 2 7
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
147

Variasi: Read the proper letter in Task A once again. Then, decide whether the s
tatements below are true (T) or false (F). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. ______ ______ ______ _
_____ ______ The letter is about the writers holiday last week. The writer had be
en to Bandung twice before writing the letter. First, the writer went to Tangkub
an Perahu. The writer bought some T-shirts in Cibaduyut. The writers last activit
y was having lunch.
Jawaban: 1. F. It is about the writer s holiday last month. 2. F. It was the fir
st time the writer went to Bandung. 3. T 4. F. He bought some T-shirts in Dago S
treet. 5. T B. Suppose you are Putri. Write a reply to your friends letter in Tas
k A.
Contoh jawaban:
Jalan Sudirman 20 Yogyakarta August 15, 2009 Dear Tantri, Its nice reading the st
ory about your last holiday. I am interested in going to Bandung some day. Will
you go there again together with me? Well, talking about my holiday, I spent it
with my friends. We had a camping in a hill about seven kilometers from my house
. We spent two days there. It was really a nice experience, you know. Moreover,
we all who joined the camp are girls! So, we did what boys usually do when we we
re camping, like bringing our heavy stuff, carrying pails of water from the rive
r nearby, etc. We also built our tents ourselves. It was really enjoyable for us
. It was like we had our own home. Wanna try with me? O.K., thats all about my ho
liday. See you soon. Love, Putri
148
UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi: Read the letter below. Then, write a reply of the letter.
Jalan Pujangga 29 Jakarta August 15, 2009 Dear Putri, Putri, Im so glad knowing t
hat you and your family will come here next holiday. We havent met each other for
a long time. I miss you so much. If you come here, I will show you a new park i
n my town. It is a nice place. You said you and your family would go by train. H
owever, I dont know when you will come here exactly. Please tell me the time, so
I can pick you up at the railway station. O.K., thats all for now. Please reply s
oon. My love to Auntie, Uncle and Raka. Love, Diana Contoh jawaban:
Dear Diana, Im happy receiving your letter. It seems that I will have a nice holi
day in your town. I want to go sightseeing around your town. I have never enjoye
d your town yet since my last visit there five years ago. Well, we will arrive a
t your town on Saturday, this week, at about 5 p.m. I hope you can pick us up at
the railway station. Thank you. See you, Putri
C.
Write a letter to your friend or family based on one of the topics below.
Topics: Your experience when you were an elementary school student. Your sad/emb
arrassing experience.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
149

Contoh jawaban:
Dear Ida, How have you been? I really miss you because we havent met since we gra
duated from elementary school. I remember when we first got to be close to each
other. When we were in the fourth grade, in the art lesson. Mr. Gunawan asked us
to sing a national song. When it was my turn to come forward, I felt really afr
aid. I didnt want to do it. All our friends encouraged me, including you. Finally
, I stepped forward, but I didnt know what to sing. Even Mr. Gunawan sang a song
himself and asked me to repeat after him. However, his attempt was useless. I st
ill didnt sing. Then, I went to my seat. He got angry with me. Later, during the
break, you approached me and encouraged me. You said that I had a good voice. Yo
u also said that not all our friends were better than me. I felt courageous beca
use of your encouragement. Then, after the break, I told Mr. Gunawan that I woul
d sing, and I made it. Since that time, you always encouraged me whenever I felt
down. Thanks, mate. Now, its been more than a year we have separated from each o
ther. I believe you have stories to tell. I look forward to hearing from you. Wi
th love, Betsy
Variasi: Write a letter about your experience when going to a tourist place. Con
toh jawaban:
Dear Anita, How was your holiday? Did you have any interesting experience during
your holiday? Well, I want to tell you my experience. Last holiday my friends a
nd I went to the zoo. It is a new zoo in my town. Many people are interested to
visit it, including us. Actually, the zoo is not far from our houses. Thats why w
e just rode our bikes. Arriving there, we bought the tickets. Entering the zoo,
we could see many animals in their own shelters or cages. Firstly, we saw the el
ephants shelter. There were four elephants in the shelter. Wow! They were really
big! Then, we went to the monkey cage. Actually I wanted to throw some peanuts
to the monkeys, but we were not allowed to do it. We just smiled and laughed loo
king at the monkeys behavior. After that, we walked around the zoo and saw many o
ther animals. We were in the zoo for about two hours. We really enjoyed our holi
day there. Will you come and see the zoo some day with me? Love, Rindra
150
UNIT 2 Recount

Write your memorable experience when you were a child.


Read and memorize the words. Use them whenever you speak English. appetite : bre
athe : broad : broken down : cheat : compliment : embarrass : selera bernapas le
bar rusak mencontek memuji memalukan
pass pediatrician prescribe replace runner up slight submit suffer touch turn
: memberikan : dokter anak : menulis resep obat : menggantikan : nomor dua : sed
ikit : mengumpulkan : menderita : menyentuh : giliran
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
151

A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Ms. Sandy : Excuse me, but I was j
ust admiring your bag. Its really nice. Mrs. Hans : Oh, thank you. Ms. Sandy : Co
uld you tell me where you bought it? I have been looking for one like that for a
long time. Mrs. Hans : I bought it in the Luggage Store in Plaza Indonesia. Ms.
Sandy : Oh, thank you very much.
Adapted from: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah
Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4
Read the dialog and answer questions 3 and 4. Anang : Would you please help me?
We need to buy more cakes for the party. Candra : Sure. Where should we buy them
? Anang : In the bakery on Jalan Kenari. Candra : O.K. Lets go. 3. What is the di
alog about? A. A party. B. A bakery. C. Buying cakes. D. Holding in a party. Jaw
aban: C Dalam percakapan tersebut Anang meminta bantuan Candra untuk bersamasama
membeli kue dan Candra menyetujuinya. Jadi, topik pembicaraan mereka mengenai m
embeli kue. 4. Anang said, Would you please help me? What does it mean? A. He is a
sking for information. B. He is giving information. C. He is asking for help. D.
He is giving help. Jawaban: C Kalimat yang dikatakan Anang artinya Bersediakah A
nda membantu saya?. Kalimat ini merupakan ungkapan untuk meminta bantuan (ask for
help). Read the dialog and answer questions 5 and 6. Ryan : Ari, where will you
go? Ari : To the shop over there. I need some toothpaste. Ryan : Would you also
buy me a bar of soap, please? Im running out of it. Ari : Sure. 5. From the dial
og we know that ________. A. Ryan is asking for help B. Ryan is giving help C. R
yan is refusing help D. Ryan is accepting help Jawaban: A Dalam percakapan terse
but, Ryan meminta Ari untuk membelikannya sabun dengan mengatakan, Would you also
buy me a bar of soap? yang artinya, Maukah kamu
1. Ms. Sandy said, Excuse me, but I was just admiring your bag. Its really nice. Wh
at does it mean? A. She expresses her gratitude. B. She expresses her happiness.
C. She compliments Mrs. Hans bag. D. She asks for Mrs. Hans help. Jawaban: C Kali
mat yang dikatakan Bu Sandy artinya, Maaf, tetapi saya hanya mengagumi tas Anda.
Tas itu sangat bagus.. Kalimat ini merupakan ungkapan untuk memuji. 2. What can y
ou conclude from the dialog? A. Ms. Sandy wants to buy the bag. B. Mrs. Hans and
Ms. Sandy have the same bag. C. Ms. Sandy wants to go to Indonesia. D. Mrs. Han
s and Ms. Sandy want to buy a bag together. Jawaban: A Dari kalimat-kalimat yang
dikatakan Bu Sandy mengenai tas Bu Hans, Its really nice. yang artinya (Tas itu) sa
ngat bagus. dan juga Could you tell me where you bought it? yang artinya Bersediakah
Anda memberi tahu tempat Anda membelinya?, dapat disimpulkan bahwa Bu Sandy meny
ukai tas Bu Hans dan ingin membeli tas seperti itu.
152
UNIT 2 Recount

membelikan saya sabun?. Kalimat itu menunjukkan bahwa Ryan meminta bantuan (askin
g for help). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan jenis ungkap
an yang sesuai. 6. What does Ryan want Ari to do? A. To buy him toothpaste. B. T
o buy him detergent. C. To buy him soap. D. To buy him towel. Jawaban: C Jawaban
disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat Ryan, Would you also buy me a bar of soap? I m r
unning out of it. yang artinya Maukah kamu membelikan saya sabun? Saya kehabisan s
abun.. Read the text and answer questions 7 to 10.
7. How long did Kevin live in Southern Cross, West Australia? A. For 3 years. B.
For 4 years. C. For 5 years. D. For 6 years. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dar
i kalimat . . . , I went back to Southern Cross in West Australia. Well, I was b
orn there and lived there for the first four years of my life. yang artinya . . .
, saya kembali ke Southern Cross di Australia Barat. Saya lahir di sana dan ting
gal di sana empat tahun pertama kehidupan saya.. 8. What was surprising for Kevin
? A. He could go back to both of the towns. B. Narrogin and Southern Cross didnt
change at all. C. The house his grandfather had built wasnt destroyed. D. He reme
mbered the town he was born and the town he grew up. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban
ini benar berdasarkan kalimat I was surprised that I actually remembered both tow
ns . . . . yang artinya Saya merasa terkejut karena saya masih ingat kedua kota it
u . . . .. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak terdapat dalam teks. 9. W
ho went to see both of the towns with Kevin? A. His father and his mother B. His
father and his brother. C. His parents and his brother. D. His parents and his
sister. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, Together with my parents and
my brother, I went back . . . . yang artinya Bersamasama dengan orang tua dan sau
dara lakilaki saya, saya kembali ke . . . .. 10. Which statement is TRUE accordin
g to the text? A. Kevin was born in Narrogin. B. Kevin could see the house his g
randfather built. C. Kevin saw his secondary school in Narrogin. D. Kevin lived
in Narrogin for four years.
Dear Kusumawardhani, Have you still lived in the town where you were born or whe
re you grew up as a young child? Last June I went back to the town where I was b
orn and to the two towns where I grew up. Together with my parents and my brothe
r, I went back to Southern Cross in West Australia. Well, I was born there and l
ived there for the first four years of my life. Then, my family and I moved to N
arrogin, about a four hour drive away. I was surprised that I actually remembere
d both towns, although of course Narrogin was clearer in my memory. You know, I
lived in Narrogin for 6 years and I even went back to see the house that my gran
dfather built in the late 1950s. It was still there. Then, I went to see my old
primary school tooit hasnt changed much at all. Yeah, I just like the old days rea
lly. This is all my story. Please share your interesting story with me. I look f
orward to it. Yours sincerely, Kevin August
Adapted from: KangGuru Radio English
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
153

Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat . . . and I eve
n went back to see the house that my grandfather built in the late 1950s. It was
still there. yang artinya, . . . dan saya bahkan kembali untuk mengunjungi rumah
yang dibangun oleh kakek saya pada tahun 1950-an akhir. Rumah itu masih ada di s
ana.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. For qu
estions 11 to 13, choose the correct words to complete the following text. Hi, e
verybody. Let me tell you something. Yesterday Grade VIII students went to a swi
mming competition at Banyubiru swimming pool. The first race I entered was the f
reestyle. I (11) ________ the third place and got a blue ribbon. The next race w
as backstroke. I came fifth. Later on, my friend swam in the butterfly race and
won. After lunch, we (12) ________ in the relays. Grade VIII students (13) _____
___ so hard for our team. Finally, my mom arrived to take me home. I was very ti
red but happy.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama
Kelas VIII
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya memenangkan, (B) artinya me
mperoleh, dan (C) artinya bekerja. 13. A. cried B. sang C. shouted D. cheered Ja
waban: D Kalimat soal artinya Siswa kelas VIII . . . untuk regu kami.. Kata yang t
epat melengkapi kalimat ini adalah cheered yang artinya bersorak-sorak. Read the
text and answer questions 14 and 15.
Dear Mrs. Handoko, I am very grateful because you have taken care of my mom tend
erly and carefully with all your heart. You are so kind to my family. May God al
ways bless you with health and riches because of your kindness. Now, my mother i
s in good condition. She even can make jokes with her granddaughter. Im happy bec
ause of this. Sincerely yours, Mrs. Sanjaya 14. Why did Mrs. Sanjaya send Mrs. H
andoko a letter? A. To express her complaint. B. To express her compliment. C. T
o ask for her help. D. To express her gratitude. Jawaban: D Jawaban ini benar se
suai dengan kalimat I am very grateful because . . . . yang artinya Saya sangat ber
terima kasih karena . . . .. 15. . . . you have taken care of my mom tenderly . .
. . The underlined word means ________. A. mature B. lovingly C. calmly D. emoti
onally Jawaban: B Kata tenderly yang artinya dengan lembut mempunyai arti yang hampi
r sama dengan lovingly yang artinya dengan kasih sayang.
11. A. won B. got C. swam D. competed Jawaban: A Kalimat soal artinya Perlombaan
pertama yang saya ikuti adalah gaya bebas. Saya . . . peringkat ketiga dan menda
patkan pita biru.. Kalimat ini cocok dilengkapi dengan kata won yang artinya memenan
gkan. 12. A. won B. got C. worked D. competed Jawaban: D Kalimat soal berarti Sete
lah makan siang, kami . . . dalam estafet.. Karena yang diikuti oleh penulis adal
ah perlombaan, kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat adalah competed yang art
inya berlomba. Pilihan
154
UNIT 2 Recount

Read the text and answer questions 16 to 20. Mr. and Mrs. Charly were on a tour
to Europe. They were traveling on a guided tour to five countries. They were goi
ng to travel through the Netherlands, Belgium, Germany, Switzerland and France f
or two weeks. The guide for the tour was a Swiss. On the first day of the travel
the guide told them to check their passports, their traveler cheques and their
foreign cash. He told them to keep them safely. They traveled in a comfortable c
oach with a toilet, music and video. The guide stopped the coach at many famous
places. He explained the cultural importance of the places. They stayed in big h
otels for the night and ate in the restaurants. On the way, they stopped at smal
l restaurants to eat lunch. In big towns, they went for shopping. They bought ma
ny souvenirs for their friends. They enjoyed the two-week tour. 16. The text is
about ________. A. traveling B. shopping C. tracking D. visiting Jawaban: A Dari
kalimat-kalimat awal teks, yaitu Mr. and Mrs. Charly were on a tour to Europe. T
hey were traveling on a guided tour to five countries. yang artinya Bapak dan Ibu
Charly sedang berwisata ke Eropa. Mereka pergi dengan wisata terpandu ke lima ne
gara.. Jadi, teks tersebut tentang bepergian (travelling). 17. Where were Mr. and
Mrs. Charly touring? A. Africa. B. Europe. C. America. D. Australia. Jawaban: B
Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan kalimat, Mr. and Mrs. Charly were on a tou
r to Europe. yang artinya Bapak dan Ibu Charly sedang berwisata ke Eropa.. 18. The
guide told them to check their immigration ________, such as passport, visa and
exit permit. A. papers B. letters C. records D. documents
Jawaban: D Paspor, visa, dan izin keluar merupakan dokumen (document) imigrasi.
19. What is paragraph three about? A. Shopping in big towns. B. Staying in famou
s places. C. Visiting famous places. D. Eating in big restaurants. Jawaban: C Pi
lihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan kalimat The guide stopped the coach at many f
amous places. yang artinya Pemandu itu menghentikan kereta di banyak tempat terken
al.. 20. They enjoyed the two-week tour. The underlined word has the same meaning a
s ________. A. got bored with B. got pleasure from C. became addicted to D. beca
me amazed at
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
Jawaban: B Kata enjoyed yang artinya menikmati sama artinya dengan got pleasure from
yang artinya memperoleh kesenangan dari. B. Complete the text with the correct
words in the box. Change them into the correct form. buy go sit


have make take

get see
Shirleys Day Off Shirley enjoyed her day off yesterday. She (1) ________ up late,
(2) ________ jogging in the park, (3) ________ a long shower, and (4) ________
a big breakfast. In the afternoon, she (5) ________ a film with her sister. Then
, she (6) ________ groceries at the supermarket, and she (7) ________ a big dinn
er for her parents. After dinner, Shirley and her parents (8) ________ in the li
ving room and talked. Shirley had a very nice day off yesterday.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertam
a kelas VIII Edisi 4
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
155

Jawaban: 1. got 2. went 3. took 4. had


5. 6. 7. 8.
saw bought made sat
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 2: Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 3, guru per
lu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan m
odel. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. Guru menggandakan
soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan wa
ktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. Siswa disuruh mengerjakan s
emua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas
di pojok kanan atas. Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka seb
elum menyerahkan kepada guru. Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh
mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru. Guru memeriksa dan memberi nil
ai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
156
UNIT 2 Recount

A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 3. Ronnie : Happy birthday, Ed! Wow, w
hat a cool watch you have! Is it a present? Eddy : Thanks. Yes, its a birthday pr
esent from my aunt. She bought it in Singapore. Ronnie : Lucky you! I wish I had
a watch like that. Eddy : I hope youll get a watch like this on your next birthd
ay.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertam
a Kelas VIII Edisi 4
4. What will Rio do? A. Take the cups on the table. B. Put some cups on the tabl
e. C. Take some cups in the kitchen. D. Give the cups to Donna. 5. Donna said If
you dont mind, please take the cups on the table. What does it mean? A. She is gre
eting Rio. B. She is giving attention to Rio. C. She is asking for Rios help. D.
She is offering her help. For questions 6 and 7, choose the correct answer based
on the following sentences. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Shop assistant : Here it is. Shop
assistant : Can I help you? Shop assistant : Which one? The red one or the the
pink one? Anna : Yes. Would you take me the dress over there? Anna : Thank you.
Anna : The red one, please.
1. What is the dialog about? A. A birthday present. B. Eddys watch. C. Eddys birth
day. D. Eddys aunt. 2. Which statement is NOT TRUE about Eddys watch? A. He got it
as a birthday present. B. He bought it in Singapore. C. He wore it on his birth
day. D. He got it from his aunt. 3. Ronnie said, Wow, what a cool watch you have!
What does it mean? A. He is greeting Eddy. B. He is giving information to Eddy.
C. He is complimenting Eddys watch. D. He is offering his help. Read the dialog a
nd answer questions 4 and 5. Rio : You look busy. Want a hand, Donna? Donna : If
you dont mind, please take the cups on the table. Then, bring them to the kitche
n. Rio : O.K.

6. The correct arrangement of the sentences is ________. A. 162435 B. 243615 C. 26


Anna said, Would you take me the dress over there? What does it mean? A. She is as
king for information. B. She is giving information. C. She is giving something.
D. She is asking for help. 8. Andra : Please taste the soup Ive made. Paula : Sur
e, thanks. Andra : What do you think? Paula : _______. A. Um . . . its delicious
B. Please dont bother C. Thats right D. Certainly
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
157

Read the text and answer questions 9 to 13.


Dear Mellyani, On my last school holiday, my classmates and I went to Borobudur.
The Borobudur Temple is really magnificent. The hugeness of the temple really i
mpressed me. How could our ancestors build such a big temple? It was amazing. In
the temple, we went upstairs step by step. Walking around the temple, we saw ma
ny reliefs on the temple walls. Some foreigners seemed interested in them. I ove
rheard their conversation with the guide. Actually, the reliefs tell a story. It
was really a nice experience! I hope you can go there someday. Cheers, Renny 9.
Whom did Renny go to Borobudur with? A. Her tour guides. B. Her classmates. C.
Rennys friends. D. Some foreigners. 10. Renny admired the temple because of its _
_______. A. visitors B. reliefs C. stones D. size 11. Which of the following sta
tement is NOT TRUE about Renny? A. She is a student. B. Mellyani is one of her f
riends. C. She didnt enjoy the holiday. D. She really enjoyed visiting the Borobu
dur Temple. 12. In the temple, we went upstair step by step. (Paragraph 2) The wor
d we refers to ________. A. Renny B. the foreigners C. Renny and her classmates D.
Renny and Mellyani
13. The Borobudur Temple is really magnificent. (Paragraph 1) The word magnificent h
as the same meaning as ________. A. fabulous B. unbelievable C. attractive D. st
range Read the text and answer questions 14 to 18.
Kupang, May 7, 2009 Dear Paula, Hello, Paula. How are you? Its been a month since
I last heard from you. Well, I just wanted to tell you that I was in hospital l
ast week. According to the doctor, I got a dengue fever. At first, I felt my bod
y became weak, then I fainted when I was studying in the classroom. Soon, I was
taken to the hospital because of the high fever. At the hospital, I was brought
into the emergency unit. The doctor immediately gave some treatment. Finally, I
had to stay there for one week. Every day the doctor kept me on a drip. At the s
eventh day, my condition was getting better. After the final check, the doctor g
ave me permission to go home. Now, Im feeling much better. Because of my illness,
I am now more careful about keeping in my house clean, especially my room. I do
n t want to get the same illness again. O.K., I think thats all from me. Please w
rite to me soon. Bye. Regards, Nadira
Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
14. What is the purpose of the letter? A. To tell about a dengue fever. B. To te
ll about the doctors treatment in hospital. C. To tell about the writers daily act
ivities in hospital. D. To tell the writers experience when she was hospitalized.
158
UNIT 2 Recount

15. When was the writer taken to the hospital? A. Yesterday. B. Last week. C. La
st month. D. Two days ago. 16. How long did the writer stay in hospital? A. Two
days. B. Five days. C. A week. D. Two weeks. 17. The doctor immediately gave some
treatment. (Paragraph 2) What does the underlined word mean? A. Straightly. B. F
inally. C. Carefully. D. Formally. 18. What can the writer learn from her experi
ence? A. Doctor always gives immediate treatment. B. She should keep her house c
lean. C. Her classmates love her. D. She should study harder. Read the text and
answer questions 19 to 24. The workmen who were building the new hospital in my
town caught a snake last month. It was in the drain near the building constructi
on site. Early in the morning, a workman was just going to sit under the tree wh
en suddenly he saw a long creature lying in the drain. It did not move when he w
as approaching it. Then, he shouted to the other workmen who were going to start
to work. Then, they caught the 8-meter long phyton and brought it to the author
ity of the zoo in this town. The diameter of its body was about 25 centimeters.
They believed that the snake might belong to someone living in the area. The pol
ice were trying to find the owner.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertam
a Kelas VIII Edisi 4
20. What did the workmen find? A. An 8-meter long phyton. B. An 8-meter long cob
ra. C. A 9-meter long phyton. D. A 9-meter long cobra. 21. How was the snake whe
n a workman was approaching it? A. It didnt move. B. It approached the man. C. It
was dead. D. It poked its head. 22. What was the man doing when he saw the snak
e? A. He was cleaning the drain. B. He was going to climb the tree. C. He was go
ing to start to work. D. He was going to sit under the tree. 23. Which statement
is TRUE according to the text? A. The workmen were building a new factory. B. T
he snake might belong to the zoo. C. The workmen brought the snake to the owner.
D. The police were trying to find the owner. 24. Then, they caught the 8-meter l
ong phyton and brought it to the authority of the zoo in this town. The word autho
rity has the similar meaning to ________. A. writer B. control C. attention D. au
tonomy Read the text and answer questions 25 to 30. When I was an elementary sch
ool student, I had a bad experience which I still regret up to now. At that time
I really liked the lesson about social studies. We had the lesson two times a w
eek, on Tuesday and Friday. On Fridays, before the lesson began, we always had a
small test or quiz about the previous lessons. We did the quiz on our test book
s. Because I liked the lesson very much, I always studied hard a few days before
, even a week before the quiz. The result was I always got very good marks in th
e quiz. The teacher was proud of me and always praised me before other students.
19. What is the structure of the story? A. OrientationComplicationResolution. B. O
rientationEventsRe-orientation. C. IdentificationDescription. D. GoalMaterialsSteps.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
159

One day, because I had many things to do, I hadn t studied before the test. And
because the day before the lesson was a holiday, I went on a trip with my family
. It was enjoyable. We went to go to the trip in the morning and came back home
in the evening. I didnt want my mark to be lower than before. So, I decided to ch
eat. On Thursday evening, I wrote the lesson material on a piece of paper and pu
t it on my test book. When I did the quiz, I could do it easily. I just looked a
t the lesson material and write it all. However, my deskmate knew this. Then, he
reported it to my teacher. I was very embarrassed and regretful. Although the t
eacher didnt get angry with me, I knew that all the hard effort which I had done
was useless. You know why? Yeah, he had to think that I had got good marks becau
se I cheated. 25. What is the text about? A. The writers experience when he/she c
heated. B. The writers experience when he/she did a task in social studies. C. Th
e writers experience when he/she got a low mark. D. The writers experience when he
/she had a trip with his family. 26. When did the writer have a trip? A. On Tues
day. B. On Wednesday. C. On Thursday. D. On Friday. 27. How many times a week di
d the writer have the quiz? A. Once. B. Twice. C. Three times. D. Four times. 28
. How did the teacher know that the writer cheated? A. He saw when the writer wa
s doing it. B. The writers deskmate reported it to him. C. The writers attitude ma
de him curious. D. He saw the writers lesson material.
29. Why did the writer cheat? A. Because he/she hadnt studied. B. Because the qui
z was difficult. C. Because he/she had a trip the day before. D. Because he/she
wrote the quiz on his test book. 30. What was the teachers opinion according to t
he writer? A. The writer just cheated once. B. The writer never studied hard. C.
The writer couldnt do his/her quiz. D. The writer got good marks because he/she
cheated. B. Change the words in brackets into their correct forms.
1. I (be) here since last week. 2. (Do) Sinta (sweep) the floor this morning? 3.
Sinta and Farida (be) in the canteen a few minutes ago. 4. Ellyana (benot) absen
t yesterday. 5. (you, have) breakfast already? 6. I (notsleep) well last night. 7
. Mrs. Gunawan (prepare) the party since 8:00 a.m. 8. Mr. Arman (teach) here for
four years. 9. Susi was watering the flowers when the telephone (ring). 10. My
father was reading a newpaper when somebody (knock) at the door. C. Write a reco
unt text about your trip experience.
160
UNIT 2 Recount

Jawaban Review Unit 2 A. Pilihan Ganda 1. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat aw


al Ronnie, Wow, what a cool watch you have! Is that a present? yang artinya, Wow, s
ungguh sebuah jam yang bagus! Apakah itu hadiah?. Kalimat-kalimat selanjutnya jug
a menyatakan bahwa percakapan tersebut mengenai jam Eddy (Eddys watch). 2. B. Pil
ihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat Eddy mengenai jam itu, Yes, i
ts a birthday present from my aunt. She bought it in Singapore. yang artinya Ya, in
i adalah hadiah ulang tahun dari bibi saya. Dia membelinya di Singapura.. Jadi, y
ang membeli bukan Eddy, tetapi bibi Eddy. 3. C. Kalimat yang dikatakan Ronnie ar
tinya Wow, sungguh sebuah jam yang bagus!. Kalimat ini merupakan ungkapan untuk me
muji (complimenting). 4. A. Dalam percakapan, Donna mengatakan, If you dont mind,
please take the cups on the table. yang artinya Jika kamu tidak keberatan, tolong
ambil cangkir-cangkir di atas meja.. Rio menjawabnya, O.K. yang artinya Baiklah.. Jad
i, Rio akan mengambil cangkir-cangkir di atas meja untuk dibawa ke dapur. 5. C.
Ungkapan tersebut yang artinya Jika kamu tidak keberatan, tolong ambilkan cangircangkir di atas meja. adalah ungkapan untuk meminta bantuan (ask for help). 6. B.
Percakapan diawali dengan pelayan toko yang menanyakan apakah ada yang dapat di
bantu (2), lalu Anna meminta agar pelayan toko itu mengambilkannya baju (4), pel
ayan toko menanyakan baju yang dimaksud (3), dan Anna menjawabnya (6). Selanjutn
ya, pelayan toko memberikan baju tersebut (1) dan Anna berterima kasih kepadanya
(5). 7. D. Kalimat soal artinya Maukah Anda mengambilkan baju di sana?. Dari kali
mat tersebut diketahui bahwa Anna meminta pelayan toko untuk membantunya mengamb
ilkan sesuatu 8. A.
9. B.
10. D.
11. C.
12. C.
13. A. 14. D.
15. B.
16. C.
17. A.
18. B.
(asking for help). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan jenis
ungkapan yang tepat. Dalam percakapan tersebut Andra meminta pendapat Paula meng
enai sup masakannya. Respons yang tepat adalah ungkapan untuk memberi pendapat/m
emuji, yaitu (A) yang artinya um . . . (masakan) ini lezat. Di awal surat, Renny
menulis On my last school holiday, my clasmates and I went to Borobudur.. Jadi, d
ia pergi bersama teman sekelasnya. Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat The hu
geness of the temple really impressed me.. Kata hugeness yang artinya kebesaran menun
jukkan ukuran (size) candi Borobudur. Dalam surat Renny mengungkapkan bahwa meng
unjungi Borobudur adalah pengalaman yang manis, yang berarti dia menikmati libur
annya di Borobudur. Jadi, pilihan jawaban (C) salah karena bertentangan dengan h
al ini. Kata we dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada Renny dan temanteman sekelasny
a yang pergi ke Candi Borobudur. Kata magnificent mempunyai arti yang sama dengan f
abulous, yaitu megah. Dari keseluruhan isi surat diketahui bahwa surat tersebut men
genai pengalaman penulis saat dirawat di rumah sakit (when she was hospitalized)
. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat kedua paragraf pertama, Well, I just
wanted to tell you that I was in hospital last week. yang artinya Ya, saya hanya i
ngin memberi tahu bahwa saya dirawat di rumah sakit minggu lalu.. Jawaban disimpu
lkan dari kalimat, Finally, I had to stay there for one week. yang artinya Akhirnya
, saya harus dirawat di sana selama satu minggu.. Kata immediately memiliki makna se

gera. Kata ini memiliki makna yang sama dengan straightly yang artinya langsung.
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Because of my illness, I am now more careful abo
ut keeping my house clean especially my room. yang artinya
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
161

19. B. 20. A.
21. A.
22. D.
23. D.
24. B. 25. A.
26. C.
Karena sakit itu, saya sekarang lebih hati-hati menjaga rumah tetap bersih, terut
ama kamar saya.. Teks tersebut merupakan teks recount, yang strukturnya adalah Or
ientationEventsRe-orientation. Dalam teks disebutkan Then, they caught the 8-meter
long phyton. yang artinya Kemudian, mereka menangkap ular piton sepanjang 8 meter..
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat It did not move when he was approaching it. yang
artinya Ular itu tidak bergerak saat dia mendekatinya.. Pilihan jawaban ini benar
berdasarkan kalimat, A workman was just going to sit under the tree when suddenl
y he saw a long creature lying in the drain. yang artinya Seorang pekerja akan dud
uk ketika tiba-tiba dia melihat makhluk panjang yang tergeletak di saluran.. Pili
han jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat akhir teks, yaitu The police w
ere trying to find the owner. yang artinya Polisi berusaha menemukan pemiliknya.. P
ilihan jawaban yagn lain salah karena tidak sesuai isi teks. Kata authority yang a
rtinya pihak berwenang memiliki arti yang hampir sama dengan control atau pengawas
an. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat I didnt want my mark to be lower than before.
So, I decided to cheat. yang artinya Saya tidak ingin nilai saya lebih rendah dar
ipada sebelumnya. Jadi, saya memutuskan untuk mencontek.. Pilihan jawaban yang la
in hanya sebagai gagasan pendukung. Dalam teks terdapat kalimat On Fridays, befor
e the lesson began, we always had a small test or quiz about the previous lesson
s. yang artinya Setiap Jumat, sebelum pelajaran dimulai, kami selalu mengerjakan t
es kecil atau quiz tentang pelajaran sebelumnya. dan juga kalimat And because the
day before the lesson was a holiday, I went on a trip with my family. yang artiny
a Dan karena hari sebelum pelajaran itu adalah hari libur, saya pergi bertamasya
bersama
27. A.
28. B.
29. A.
30. D.
keluarga saya.. Dari kedua kalimat ini, dapat disimpulkan bahwa penulis bertamasy
a pada hari Kamis (Thursday), sehari sebelum quiz pada hari Jumat. Pilihan jawab
an ini benar berdasarkan kalimat On Fridays, before the lesson began, we always h
ad a small test or quiz . . . . yang artinya Setiap Jumat, sebelum pelajaran dimul
ai, kami selalu mengerjakan tes kecil atau kuis., sehingga hanya sekali (once) se
minggu. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, However, my deskmate knew this. Then, h
e reported it to my teacher. yang artinya Namun, teman sebangku saya mengetahui ha
l ini. Kemudian, dia melaporkannya kepada guru.. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat
, . . . I hadnt studied before the test. . . . So, I decided to cheat. yang artinya
, . . . saya belum belajar sebelumnya. . . . . Jadi, saya memutuskan untuk mencon
tek.. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhir teks, Yeah, he had to think that I
had got good marks because I cheated. yang artinya Ya, guru pasti berpikir bahwa
saya mendapat nilai baik karena saya mencontek.. 2. 4. 6. 8. 10. Did, sweep was n
ot did not sleep has taught knocked
B. 1. 3. 5. 7. 9.

Isian have been were Have you had has prepared rang
C. Esai Contoh jawaban: Last week, my brother and I spent our holiday in Jakarta
. We stayed in Uncle Tonnys house. We went there by bus. We left from Yogyakarta
on Friday. Before we left, we prepared some things. First, we booked two tickets
at the ticket agency. On the departure day, we got on the bus from Giwangan ter
minal at about 3:00 p.m. After that, we stopped to have dinner at Ajibarang. Aft
er having dinner, we continued our travel. We arrived at Lebak Bulus terminal ea
rly morning. From the terminal, we took a bus no. C 09. Then, we arrived at our
uncles house. It was a long trip, but we enjoyed it.
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII
162
UNIT 2 Recount

Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will be able to: 1. admit and deny facts, 2. congrat
ulate someone, 3. create short functional texts (lost and found announcements),
4. tell descriptions of certain places using spoken English, 5. write short func
tional texts (advertisements), 6. write descriptive texts about certain places,
and 7. use question words and indefinite pronouns.
You heard that your friends brother became the first winner in the regional athle
tic competition. When you met him, you asked about the fact. Your friend admitte
d the fact. Then, you sent your congratulations for him. Do you know kinds of ex
pressions of admithing and denying facts as well as congratulating? Dont worry, y
oull find them in this unit. You can also practice those expressions in the form
of conversations.
163
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

3.1 Expressions
Admitting and Denying Facts
Study the dialogs and understand the explanation.
Listen! There will be a music festival next month! Our football team failed to j
oin the coming competition because of the financial matter.
1
2
Thats right. Ive read the brochure.
No way! We had done fund raising and it got a lot of money, you know.
Pay attention to the bold typed sentences in the dialogs above. The sentences The
re will be a music festival next month! and Our football team failed to join the c
oming competition because of the financial matter. are the expressions of stating
facts. Meanwhile, the response Thats right. is the expression of admitting a fact
and No way! is the expression of denying a fact. Here are some other expressions y
ou can use to admit and deny facts. Statements

Admitting Facts

Denying Facts

Rina won the speech contest, didnt she? You got ten in physics, right? The studen
ts are doing an experiment in the lab, arent they? You told me that Lina would mo
ve to Bandung.
Yes, she did./ Thats true. I did./Youre right. Right. I did.
No, she didnt. You have got wrong information. I wish. In fact, I didnt. Are they?
I dont think so. No, I didnt say that.

164
UNIT 3 Descriptive

Congratulating
Study the dialogs and understand the explanation. 1
Congratulations! You deserve to win. Thank you.
2
Well done! Your work is the best. Thank you.
You say Congratulations! or Well done! to appreciate someones work or success. Say Tha
nks. or Thank you. when someone congratulates you. Here are some other expressions
of congratulating and their responses. Congratulating Fantastic!/Terrific! I mus
t congratulate you on your success. Happy birthday! Happy marriage for both of y
ou! Happy Mothers Day! Responding Thank you. Thanks. Thank you for saying so.
Answer the questions orally. 1. 2. 3. 4. When your friend tells you a fact, whic
h you know is true, how will you respond to it? Contoh jawaban: I will say, It is
. or Thats true. When your friend tells you something, but you know that it isnt true
, what will you say? Contoh jawaban: I will say, No, it is not true. When your fri
end won a swimming competition, what would you say to him/her? Contoh jawaban: I
will say, Congratulations! Youre really excellent! What other expressions do you k
now to congratulate someone? Contoh jawaban: Nice work! Well done! Excellent!
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
165

A.
Listen to your teacher. Write the sentences you have heard correctly.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. Terrific! 2. You did a great
job! 3. Absolutely right! 4. Happy birthday! 5. That is not true. 6. Yes, it is
confirmed. 7. Do you? Thats great! 8. Long life and healthy! 9. Thats absolutely
wrong! 10. Happy marriage for both of you! Variasi: Copy the table below. Classi
fy the sentences in Task A into their correct groups. Share your work with the c
lass. Congratulating _______________________ _______________________ ___________
____________ _______________________ _______________________ ___________________
____ Jawaban: Congratulating Terrific! You did a great job! Happy birthday! Do y
ou? Thats great! Long life and healthy! Happy marriage for both of you! Admitting
Facts Absolutely right! Yes, it is confirmed. Denying Facts That is not true. T
hats absolutely wrong! Admitting Facts ___________________ ___________________ __
_________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ De
nying Facts ______________________ ______________________ ______________________
______________________ ______________________ ______________________
166
UNIT 3 Descriptive

B.
Complete the dialog while listening to your teacher.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Benny and Jaka are on their way to t
he Bogor Botanical Garden. Jaka : Ive never seen a Rafflesia flower in my life be
fore. (1) I wonder what it looks like. Benny : Youll be surprised when you see it
. Jaka : Why? (2) Is it beautiful? Benny : It is. Jaka : Its beautiful. So, it mu
st smell good, right? Benny : No, it is not. Jaka : (3) Are you sure? Benny : We
ll, youll find it out yourself when weve got there. A few minutes later, they arri
ve at the place where the Rafflesia flower is. Benny : Can you smell something?
Jaka : What smell? (4) I dont smell anything. (Pointing at the Rafflesia flower.)
Is that the Rafflesia? Benny : (5) Yes, it is. Jaka : Wow, it is beautiful! Ben
ny : (6) Just like what Ive said. Now, lets get closer. Do you smell something? Ja
ka : Yeah. (7) The smell is really bad. Where does it come from? Benny : The Raf
flesia! Jaka : (8) No way! Benny : Well, if you dont believe me, get close to it
and smell it. What do you think? Jaka : (9) Youre right. It smells really bad. Be
nny : O.K., weve seen enough. Lets get away from here. I cant help the smell. Jaka
: O.K. (10) Lets go. Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialogs wit
h proper sentences based on what you have heard. Percakapan-percakapan yang diba
cakan guru dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Frank : I heard you got the highest score in ma
th. Is that right? Liz : Yup. Frank : (1) Congratulations! You deserved to get i
t for your hard work. Liz : (2) Thanks, Frank. Dialog 2 Tika Dito Tika Dito Tika
: : : : : You broke the radio, didnt you? (3) No, I didnt. Didnt you? (4) Positive
. It had been broken before I used it. (5) Im sorry.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
167

B.
Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task A. Answer the
questions orally.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: Dialog 1 1. What is the dialog about?
2. Why did Frank congratulate Liz? 3. What did Frank say to congratulate Liz? 4
. What did Liz say to respond the congratulation? Dialog 2 5. What is the speake
rs relationship? 6. Where does the dialog take place? 7. What had been broken? 8.
Dito said, No, I didnt. What does it mean? Jawaban: 1. About congratulating someon
e for her achievement. 2. Because Liz got the highest score in math. 3. He said,
Congratulations! 4. She said, Thanks, Frank. 5. They are brother and sister. 6. At
home. 7. Its a radio. 8. He denies the fact.
C.
Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the dialog in T
ask B. Correct the false ones.
1. ______ Jaka and Benny are going to see a Rafflesia flower. 2. ______ It is th
e first time for Benny to see a Rafflesia flower. 3. ______ From the beginning J
aka knows that Rafflesia has a terrible odor. 4. ______ Both Jaka and Benny agre
e that Rafflesia is beautiful. 5. ______ Benny is comfortable to smell the odor.
Jawaban: 1. T 2. F. It is the first time for Jaka, not Benny, to see a Rafflesi
a flower. 3. F. Jaka doesnt know that Rafflesia has a terrible odor, but Benny kn
ows it. 4. T 5. F. Benny cant help the bad odor.
168
UNIT 3 Descriptive

Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialog while listening to your
teacher. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dito : Vera, it seems that
(1) you have no plan for this afternoon. Do you? Vera : No, I dont. Whats up? Dito
: Hm . . . I want to go to Lisas house (2) to study together. What if you join u
s? Vera : What will you study? Dito : Math. (3) We will have a math test tomorro
w, right? Vera : A math test! (4) Are you sure about it? Dito : You must have fo
rgotten. (5) Mr. Ardi announced it a week ago. You can read it also on our class
announcement board. Vera : Oh, no! O.K., Ill go with you. Dito : Fine, Ill pick y
ou up at two p.m. B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 4. C. Answer the questions based on the dialog
in Task A. Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: Classmates. Where will the pe
ople go this afternoon? Jawaban: They will go to Lisas house. What will they do t
here? Jawaban: They will study together. Why do they need to study together? Jaw
aban: To face the coming a math test. What time will Dito pick Vera up? Jawaban:
At two p.m. Listen to the dialog in Task A once again. Decide whether the state
ments are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones.
1. ______ Vera has already had a plan for this afternoon. 2. ______ Dito will go
to Lisas house to study together. 3. ______ Vera remembers that there will be a
math test tomorrow. 4. ______ The teacher informed about the test to the student
s last week. 5. ______ The students can read the test information on the school
wall magazine. Jawaban: 1. F. Vera has not had a plan to go this afternoon. 2. T
3. F. Vera forgets that there will be a math test tomorrow. 4. T 5. F. The stud
ents can read the test information on the class announcement board.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
169

D.
Your teacher will ask you some questions about the following dialogs. Answer the
m orally. Ariel, heres your report. Thank you, Sir. Congratulations! Youre the sma
rtest student in this class. Am I, Sir? Yes, you are.
Dialog 1 Teacher : Ariel : Teacher : Ariel : Teacher :
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Who are talking in the dialog? 2.
What is the dialog about? 3. Why does the teacher congratulate Ariel? 4. When do
you think the dialog occurs? Jawaban: 1. Teacher and student. 2. About congratu
lating someone. 3. Because he is the best student in his class. 4. When students
receive their reports. Dialog 2 Mr. Tio: How is your art work so far? Halim : F
inally, I finish it successfully, Dad. Mr. Tio: May I see it? Halim : Sure. Here
it is. Mr. Tio: Um, its just perfect. Well done! You deserve to get the best. Ha
lim : Thanks. Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Who are talking in t
he dialog? 2. Where do you think the dialog takes place? 3. What did Mr. Tio say
to respond to Halims success? 4. Mr. Tio said, You deserve to get the best. What d
oes the word deserve in Indonesian mean? Jawaban: 1. Father and son. 2. At home./I
n Halims house. 3. He said, Well done! You deserve to get the best. 4. It means pant
as or layak. Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan var
iasi soal ini, sebagai berikut. Dino : You look so cheerful today. What happened
? Tia : Guess what! The teacher asked me to represent our school for the story t
elling competition next month. Dino : Is it true? Tia : It is! Dino : Im happy fo
r you then.
170
UNIT 3 Descriptive

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Where does the dialog probably tak
e place? 2. What did the teacher ask Tia to do? 3. What competition will Tia joi
n to represent her school? 4. When will the competition be held? 5. Dino said, Is
it true? What does it mean? Jawaban: 1. At school (in a classroom). 2. The teach
er asked her to represent her school for the story telling competition. 3. The s
tory telling competition. 4. It will be held next month. 5. He wants to confirm
the news. Jawaban: C Dalam percakapan tersebut Dion memanggil wanita tersebut de
ngan sebutan Mom. Jadi, yang bercakapcakap adalah ibu dan anak laki-laki (mother a
nd son). 2. Dion succeeded in becoming the ________ winner. A. first B. second C
. third D. fourth Jawaban: B Dalam percakapan tersebut, Dion mengatakan, Im the ru
nner up. yang artinya Saya juara kedua.. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (B
) second yang artinya kedua. It was tiring, but I felt great, Mom. The underlined
word has a similar meaning to ________. A. worrying B. exhausting C. interesting
D. boring Jawaban: B Kata tiring artinya melelahkan. Kata ini memiliki makna yang h
ampir sama dengan kata exhausting. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Worrying art
inya mengkhawatirkan, interesting artinya menarik, dan boring artinya membosanka
n.
E.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Listen to the dialog and answer questions 1 to 3. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru
: Dion has arrived home. He has just joined an English story telling competition
. He is the runner up. Mother : Hello, dear. You look so tired. Just sit down an
d Ill get you a glass of orange juice. Dion : Thanks, Mom. Mother : Here is the j
uice. Now, tell me. How was the competition? Dion : It was tiring, but I felt gr
eat, Mom. Guess what! Im the runner up. Here is the certificate. Mother : Congrat
ulations, dear! You really make me proud. Dion : Thanks, Mom. Mother : Father sh
ould know about this. Ill call him now. And . . . youd better take a rest. Dion :
O.K., Mom. 1. Who are talking in the dialog? A. Two friends. B. Father and son.
C. Mother and son. D. Teacher and student.
3.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
171

Listen to the dialog and answer questions 4 and 5. Percakapan yang dibacakan gur
u: Fira : Lily, are you going to have lunch at the canteen? Lily : No. Im going t
o the library. I need some books. Want to go there too? Fira : Id like to, but I
cant. I have an appointment with Dina to have lunch together. Why dont you go with
Saskia? I heard she wanted to borrow a novel. Lily : Did she? O.K., Ill ask her.
Thanks for the info, Fira. Fira : Youre welcome. 4. Why did Saskia want to go to
the library? A. To return a novel. B. To read a novel. C. To do her homework. D
. To borrow a novel.
Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat I heard she wanted to borrow a novel.
yang artinya Saya dengar dia (Saskia) ingin meminjam sebuah novel.. Jadi, alasan S
askia pergi ke perpustakaan adalah untuk meminjam novel (to borrow a novel), buk
an (A) yang artinya untuk mengembalikan novel, (B) yang artinya untuk membaca no
vel, dan (C) yang artinya untuk mengerjakan pekerjaan rumah. 5. Lily said, Did she
? The underlined word refers to ________. A. Dina B. Saskia C. Fira D. Firas frien
d Jawaban: B Kalimat tersebut diucapkan Lily untuk merespons informasi yang disa
mpaikan Fira sebelumnya bahwa Saskia juga akan pergi ke perpustakaan untuk memin
jam novel. Jadi, kata she merujuk pada Saskia. Jawaban: C Kalimat yang diucapkan i
bu Dion untuk memberi selamat kepadanya adalah Congratulations!. Listen to the dia
log and answer questions 3 to 5. 3. Who are talking in the dialog? A. Playmates.
B. Pen friends. C. Classmates. D. Two strangers. Jawaban: C Kalimat soal tentan
g siapa yang bercakap-cakap. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kata kunci canteen yang arti
nya kantin dan library yang artinya perpustakaan, dan ruangan-ruangan tersebut biasa d
itemukan di sekolah. Jadi, percakapan tersebut kemungkinan besar terjadi antara
teman sekelas (classmates). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Playmates artinya t
eman bermain, pen friends artinya sahabat pena, dan two strangers artinya dua or
ang asing.
Variasi: Dengan percakapan-percakapan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal-soal
lain sebagai berikut. Listen to the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. 1. Wha
t competition did Dion participate in? A. An English story telling competition.
B. An English speech contest. C. An English debate competition. D. An English co
mpetition. Jawaban: A Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat kedua pengantar percakap
an tersebut, He has just joined an English story telling competition.. Pilihan jaw
aban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. What did mother
say to Dion for his success? A. Well done! B. Good work! C. Congratulations! D.
Fantastic!
2.
172
UNIT 3 Descriptive

4.
Who are going to have lunch together in the canteen? A. Fira and Dina. B. Fira a
nd Lily. C. Lily and Saskia. D. Lily and Dina. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan da
ri kalimat yang diucapkan Fira, yaitu I have an appointment with Dina to have lun
ch together. yang artinya Saya punya janji dengan Dina untuk makan siang bersama..
Jadi, yang akan pergi makan siang bersama di kantin adalah Fira dan Dina. Piliha
n jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan.
5.
I heard she wanted to borrow a novel. What is the opposite meaning of the underlin
ed word? A. use B. lend C. keep D. take Jawaban: B Kata borrow artinya meminjam. K
ata ini berlawanan makna dengan kata lend yang artinya meminjamkan. Pilihan jawaba
n yang lain salah. Use artinya memakai atau menggunakan, keep artinya menyimpan,
dan take artinya mengambil.
A.
Read and practice the dialogs with proper pronunciation.
Dialog 1 Dina heard her brother, Setya, got a job as an executive purchasing man
ager of a publishing company. Dina : Mom told me that you got a job. Is it right
? Setya : Thats right. I work as an executive purchasing manager now. Dina : Wow,
great! Congratulations, then! Setya : Thank you. Dialog 2 Vera : I heard our ho
meroom teacher will be retired next month, wont he? Dino : Thats what I heard. Wel
l, we need to confirm it. Vera : Youre right. Lets ask him. Dino : Lets go. Variasi
: A. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs before. Dialog 1 1. Whe
re does the dialog take place? Jawaban: In Dina and Setyas house. 2. Why did Dina
congratulate her brother? Jawaban: Because he got a new job. 3. What did she sa
y? Jawaban: She said, Wow, great! Congratulations, then! 4. What is Dinas brother n
ow? Jawaban: He is an executive purchasing manager.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
173

Dialog 2 1. What is the dialog about? Jawaban: It is about the news that the hom
eroom teacher will be retired next month. 2. Who are involved in the dialog? Jaw
aban: Classmates. 3. Where does the dialog take place? Jawaban: At school. 4. Wh
at expressions can you find in the dialog? Give examples. Jawaban: It is the exp
ression of admitting the fact. Example: Vera said, Youre right. B. Read the dialog
with proper pronunciation, then answer the questions.
Today is Likas birthday, but she looks upset. She thinks everyone forgets it. Lik
a : Mom, what date is it today? Mother : Its October the fifth. Whats up, dear? Li
ka : Dont you remember something, Mom? Mother : Do I promise you something? Lika
: No, Mom, but today is my birthday. No one gives me a wish. (Lika begins to cry
.) Mother : Gotcha! Look! We are ready for your birthday party. Father : Happy b
irthday, dear. Heres something for you. Lika : Thanks, Dad, Mom. I thought you fo
rgot my special day. Questions: 1. Why did Lika look upset that day? Jawaban: Be
cause she thought that everyone forgot her birthday. 2. She thinks everyone forge
ts it. What does the underlined word refer to? Jawaban: It refers to Likas birthda
y. 3. Did everyone in Likas family forget her birthday? Jawaban: No, they didnt. 4
. What did Likas father give her? Jawaban: He gave her a birthday present. 5. Whe
n does Lika celebrate her birthday? Jawaban: On October the fifth (October 5). C
. Complete the following sentences with correct answers based on the dialog in T
ask B. 1. Today is her birthday, . . . . The word her refers to ________. 2. . . . ,
but she looks upset. The word she refers to ________. 3. She thinks everyone forget
s it. The word everyone refers to ________. 4. Dont you remember something, Mom? The w
ord you refers to ________. 5. No one gives me a wish. The word me refers to ________.
6. We are ready for your birthday party. The word we refers to ________. 7. Heres som
ething for you. The word you refers to ________. 8. I thought you forgot my special
day. The word you refers to ________. Jawaban: 1. Likas 2. Lika 3. Likas family membe
rs 4. Likas mother 5. Lika 6. Likas parents 7. Lika 8. Likas parents
174
UNIT 3 Descriptive

B.
Complete each dialog with the correct expressions in the box. Then, practice the
complete dialogs with a friend.
Dialog 1 a. b. c. d. e. Here you are You can do it better next time Thank you Wh
at score did you get Congratulations
Vega : Hardi, have you received your work paper? Hardi : I have. Linda gave it t
o me a few minutes ago. Vega : Tell me. (1) ________? Hardi : Well, I got 95. Ve
ga : Did you? May I see it? Hardi : Sure. (2) ________. Vega : Youre right. (3) _
_______! You must have done it very carefully! Hardi : (4) ________. So, what ab
out yours? Vega : I only got 75. Not bad, I guess. Hardi : Well, (5) ________. V
ega : I hope so. Jawaban: 1. d 2. a 3. e 4. c 5. b Dialog 2 a. b. c. d. e. I see
Really What do you think do you know what time it is What about the Internet ac
cess
Shinta : Ajeng, (1) ________? Ajeng : Um . . . its almost four oclock. Why? Shinta
: Well, Im afraid I will arrive home late. You know, I need to go to the Interne
t cafe first. Ajeng : (2) ________. Wait a minute. I know the nearest one. Shint
a : (3) ________? Ajeng : Although it is small, the access is fast enough and th
e fare is reasonable. Shinta : (4) ________? Ajeng : No doubt. Ill take you there
. (5) ________? Shinta : O.K., then. Thanks. Jawaban: 1. d 2. a 3. e 4. b 5. c
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
175

Variasi: Complete the statements based on the dialogs in Task B. 1. According to


dialog 1, Hardi got his work paper ________ ago. 2. Hardi received his work pap
er from ________. 3. Knowing Hardis score, Vega said, ________ 4. Hardis score is 95
while Vegas is 75. It means Hardis score is ________ than Vegas. 5. You must have d
one it very carefully. The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________. 6
. Dialog 2 takes place in ________. 7. Shinta and Ajeng are going to the _______
_. 8. The nearest one is ________, but the access is ________. 9. Ajeng has no _
_______ that Shinta wont spend much money to pay the fare. 10. I know the nearest
one. The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________. Jawaban: 1. a few m
inutes 2. Linda 3. Congratulations! 4. higher/better 5. carelessly 6. the aftern
oon 7. Internet cafe 8. small; fast enough 9. doubt 10. farthest 2. Which of the
following statements is TRUE according to the dialog? A. Vega got lower score t
han Hardi did. B. Hardi and Vega were doing homework. C. Vega knew Hardis score b
efore. D. Hardi received his work paper from his teacher. Jawaban: A Pernyataan
yang sesuai dengan isi percakapan adalah Vega memperoleh nilai (75) lebih rendah
dibanding Hardi (95). Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya Hardi dan Vega sedang me
ngerjakan pekerjaan rumah mereka salah karena mereka sedang bercakap-cakap tenta
ng nilai tugas mereka. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya Vega mengetahui nilai Ha
rdi sebelumnya salah karena Vega tidak tahu sehingga dia bertanya kepada Hardi.
Pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya Hardi menerima kertas tugasnya dari guru salah
karena dia menerimanya dari Linda.
C.
Choose the correct answer based on the dialogs in Task B.
Read dialog 1 and answer questions 1 to 3. 1. What is the dialog about? A. Expre
ssing certainty on something. B. Congratulating someone. C. Requesting someone t
o do something. D. Inviting someone. Jawaban: B Secara keseluruhan, percakapan t
ersebut tentang memberi selamat (congratulating someone) kepada seseorang atas p
restasinya, yaitu mendapat nilai bagus. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena t
idak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya mengungkapkan
kepastian terhadap sesuatu, (C) artinya meminta seseorang untuk melakukan sesua
tu, dan (D) artinya mengundang seseorang.
176
UNIT 3 Descriptive

3.
Where do you think the dialog takes place? A. On the street. B. At home. C. At b
us station. D. In a classroom. Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan tersebut kedua tokoh
berbicara tentang nilai tugas mereka yang baru saja mereka terima. Dengan demiki
an, kemungkinan besar percakapan tersebut terjadi di kelas. Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah karena bukan tempat yang tepat untuk membicarakan nilai yang baru sa
ja mereka ketahui.
Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Well, Im afraid I will arrive home lat
e. yang artinya Saya khawatir saya akan tiba di rumah terlambat.. Pilihan jawaban y
ang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. 5. Ill take you there. Th
e underlined word refers to ________. A. Shintas house B. Ajengs house C. the Inte
rnet cafe D. their school Jawaban: C Kata keterangan tempat there mengacu pada nam
a sebuah tempat yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya, yaitu the nearest Internet caf
e. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan tempat yang dimaksud.
Read dialog 2 and answer questions 4 and 5. 4. Why does Shinta feel upset? Becau
se ________. A. she will be at home late B. she has no companion C. she doesnt br
ing enough money D. she doesnt know the nearest Internet cafe
D.
Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs, then practice them with a friend.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Mr. and Mrs. R
eno hold a house-warming party this evening for their new house. Mr. Wilson : Su
re. 5 4 3 2 1 Mr. Reno : Thank you. Please enjoy the drink. Make yourself comfor
table. Mr. Wilson : Thanks, and congratulations for the new house! Mrs. Reno : G
ood evening, Mr. Wilson. Thank you for coming. Please come in. Mr. Wilson : Good
evening, Mr. and Mrs. Reno.
Dialog 2 Sekar : He is. 8 7 4 1 6 3 2 5 Viona : Youre right. How lucky Firman is.
Sekar : Listen! Firman is going to join the student exchange program to Austral
ia. He will be there for about three months. Viona : Sekar, whats going on here?
Sekar : Im not. If you dont believe me, read the news on the announcement board yo
urself. Viona : What news? Sekar : Viona, havent you heard the news? Viona : Youre
not joking, are you?
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
177

E.
Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the d
ialogs in Task D. Correct the false ones.
Dialog 1 1. ______ Mr. Wilson was holding a house-warming party. 2. ______ Mr. a
nd Mrs. Reno have a new house. 3. ______ The party was held in the afternoon. 4.
______ Mr. Wilson congratulated Mr. and Mrs. Reno for their new house. 5. _____
_ Mr. Wilson came to the party with his wife. Jawaban: 1. F. They were Mr. and M
rs. Reno who were holding a house-warming party. 2. T 3. F. The party was held i
n the evening. 4. T 5. F. He came to the party alone. Dialog 2 1. ______ Sekar d
idnt know what was going on. 2. ______ There wasnt any news about Firman on the an
nouncement board. 3. ______ Their school has a announcement board. 4. ______ Vio
na hadnt heard the news that Firman would join the student exchange program. 5. _
_____ Firman will stay in Australia for about two months. Jawaban: 1. F. She kne
w what was going on. We know it from what she said, Listen! Firman will join the
student exchange program to Australia. 2. F. The news about Firman was written on
the announcement board. 3. T 4. T 5. F. Firman will stay there for about three
months. Variasi: Guru dapat menulis percakapan acak dan pertanyaan berikut di pa
pan tulis, lalu siswa menyalinnya di buku masing-masing. A. Rearrange the senten
ces into proper dialogs.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Tiara and Seno
are in Uncle Robbys wedding party. They congratulate him. Uncle Robby : Thank yo
u very much, Seno. Please enjoy yourselves in this party. 4 3 2 1 Seno Tiara : :
Good luck, Uncle. May God bless you and your new family. Thank you, Tiara. Cong
ratulations on your wedding, Uncle! Uncle Robby :
178
UNIT 3 Descriptive

Dialog 2 Linda : Good idea! Lets go. 5 4 1 2 3 B. Vira : Well, thats what Im thinki
ng of too. Lets ask the others. Linda : Vira, havent you heard any news about Tia?
I wonder why she has been absent for two days. Vira : Well, Vino told me that h
er mother is sick and she has to take care of her. Linda : I see. Listen, what i
f we go to her house today after school? Answer the questions based on the dialo
gs in Task A.
Dialog 1 1. What does the dialog tell you about? Jawaban: Congratulating someone
on his wedding. 2. Who involves in the dialog? Jawaban: Tiara, Seno and Uncle R
obby. 3. Tiara said, Congratulations on your wedding, Uncle! What does it mean? Ja
waban: She congratulates her uncle on his wedding. 4. What did Uncle Robby say t
o respond to Tiaras sentence? Jawaban: He said, Thank you, Tiara. 5. They congratula
te him. What does the underlined word refer to? Jawaban: It refers to Uncle Robby
. Dialog 2 1. What are Linda and Vira talking about? Jawaban: They are talking a
bout Tia who has been absent for two days. 2. Why was Tia absent? Jawaban: Becau
se she had to take care of her sick mother. 3. Who told Vira about Tias condition
? Jawaban: Vino did. 4. What does Linda and Vira plan to do after school? Jawaba
n: They plan to visit Tia and her sick mother. 5. Lets ask the others. What do you
think the underlined words refer to? Jawaban: Linda and Viras friends. F. 1. 2. C
reate a dialog based on one of the situations below. Practice it with a friend i
n front of the class.
Today is your fathers birthday. Congratulate and say your wishes to him. Lia, you
r little sister, comes to you and shows you her mark in mathematics. She got 10.
Congratulate her. 3. Your friend tells you that one of the biggest fashion stor
es in your place is offering a big discount up to 75%. Just by chance, you need
to buy a new dress for your birthday party. Then, you ask your friend to confirm
the fact. What would the two of you say? Contoh jawaban: 1. You : Happy birthda
y, Dad. May God bless you with a long life. Your father : Thank you, dear.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
179

2.
Lia : Look! Ive got ten for math! You : Congratulations! Youre really my brilliant
sister. Lia : Thank you. Rina : Dewi : Rina : Dewi : Listen! The Silhouette fas
hion store is offering a big discount up to 75%! Really? I am sure. What a coinc
idence! I just want to buy a new dress for my coming birthday party.
3.
Variasi: A. Write suitable responses for the following expressions. Share your w
ork with the class. 1. A : Look! Ive got an A for my biology paper! B : _________
_____________________________________________________ 2. A : Listen! Dono is acc
used of stealing Rinas money. B : _______________________________________________
_______________ 3. A : The government will build some new freeways. B : ________
______________________________________________________ 4. A : Mother, happy Moth
ers Day. I love you. B : ________________________________________________________
______ 5. A : Its unbelievable that our team lost the game yesterday. B : _______
_______________________________________________________ Contoh jawaban: 1. Thats
great! Well done! 2. Thats a mistake. Dono is an honest person. Im sure he didnt do
such a bad thing. 3. It is. Ive read about it in the newspaper. 4. Thank you, de
ar. I love you too. 5. It is, but thats the fact. B. 1. Make two dialogs based on
the guidelines below. Then, practice the dialogs in front of the class with you
r friend. Sita greets Handi. She asks where Handi will go. tells Handi that the
market was caught on fire last night. Handi responds to the greeting. He tells S
ita that he will go to the market. says that the fact is true. He explains that
he is going to check his uncles stall in the market. accepts the offer and expres
ses his gratitude.
responds to Handis explanation. She offers to join him.
180
UNIT 3 Descriptive

2.
Nia tells Ari that the teacher has chosen her to represent the school in the com
puter competition. expresses her gratitude.
Ari responds to the news. Then, he congratulates Nia.
reminds Nia to practice more so that she will win the competition. says his will
ingness.
expresses her promise. She asks Ari to help her whenever she is in trouble.
Contoh jawaban: 1. Sita : Hi, Handi? Where are you going? Handi : Im going to the
market. Sita : What? Listen, the market was caught on fire last night! Handi :
I know that. Im going there to check my uncles stall whether it was burnt down or
not. Sita : I see. If thats so, may I join? Who knows I can help something. Handi
: Of course. Thanks. 2. Nia : Listen! The teacher has chosen me to represent th
e school in the computer competition! Ari : Has he? Thats great! Congratulations!
Nia : Thank you. Ari : Remember! From now on, you have to practice more and mor
e. Nia : Surely I will. But, will you help me whenever I need help? Ari : Of cou
rse, I will help you and support you.
3.2 Genre
Spoken Text
Read the monolog and study the explanation. Listen, all, I want to tell you abou
t a very interesting place from the eastern part of our archipelago, Papua. This
place is Baliem Valley. Have you ever heard this name before? O.K., listen to m
e carefully. Well, the Baliem Valley, which is sometimes known as the Grand Vall
ey, is one of the highlands of Papua province. The valley is about 80 km in leng
th and 20 km in width and lies at an altitude of about 1,000 m, with a populatio
n of 100,000. This place is occupied by the Dani people. And . . . the main town
in the valley is Wamena. It has very beautiful scenery with the blue sky above
it.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
181

You know, as far as the outside world was concerned, the Baliem Valley along wit
h the unexpected presence of its large agricultural population was discovered by
Richard Archbold on his third zoological expedition to New Guinea in 1938. Sinc
e then the valley has gradually been opened up to a limited amount of tourism. N
ow, the Baliem Valley becomes one of the major tourist spots in Papua. Many tour
ists, domestics and overseas, have visited the place. O.K., thats my description
about the Baliem Valley. Thanks for listening.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baliem_Valley (Desember 28, 2008)
The text above is a spoken descriptive text. In spoken texts, there is usually i
nteraction between speakers and listeners. Therefore, in such texts, you can fin
d some fillers, such as well . . ., um . . ., you know . . . and listen, all.
Written Text
Read the text and try to understand its generic structure. Title Thousand Island
s Thousand Islands (Indonesian: Kepulauan Seribu) is the only regency of Jakarta
, Indonesia. It lies on the Java Sea, precisely on the north of Jakarta, the cap
ital city of Indonesia. The entire area consists of a string of 105 islands whic
h stretch 45 kilometers north into the Java Sea, with the closest lying in Jakar
ta Bay only a few kilometers off mainland Jakarta. With a total land area of 8.7
km2, the population of the entire islands is about 20,000. Pramuka Island is th
e regency seat of the Thousand Islands; although, the most populated island is P
anggang Island. The area itself is a marine national park; although, development
is allowed on 37 of the islands. Some others are uninhabited and some of them a
re developed to become resort islands, such as Bidadari, Ayer, Laki, Putri, Pela
ngi, Sepa and Bira.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thousand_Islands_(Indonesia) (Decembe
r 28, 2008)
Identification
Description
182
UNIT 3 Descriptive

The text is a written descriptive text. A descriptive text focuses on the charac
teristic features of a particular thing, e.g. a person, an animal or a thing. De
scriptions are usually organized to include: Identification to the subject of th
e description; Description, presenting the characteristics or the features of th
e subject, e.g. physical appearance, qualities, habitual behavior, significant a
ttributes. Note: Grammatical characteristics of descriptive texts are: use of pa
rticular nouns, e.g. Thousand Islands use of the simple present tense, e.g. The
entire area consists of a string . . . ., Some others are uninhabited and . . .
. use of detailed noun phrases to provide information about the subject, e.g. Wi
th a total land area of 8.7 km2 the population of the entire islands is about 20
,000 use of a variety of types of adjectives, e.g. entire, uninhabited use of re
lating verbs to provide information about the subject, e.g. Thousand Islands (In
donesian: Kepulauan Seribu) is the only regency of Jakarta, Indonesia
Grammar Section
Question Words Read the following dialog and understand the explanation. Rika Sa
ni Rika Sani : : : : Sani, what does your brother do? He is an architect. Where
does he work? He works in a constructing company in Jakarta.
Pay attention to the bold-typed words above. They are called question words. You
use question words to ask certain types of questions (question word questions).
You often call them as WH words because they include the letters WH, such as Wh
y and HoW.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
183

Here are some questions words you can use and their examples. WH Word What Funct
ion asking for information about something Example What is your name? Answer My
name is Andi. I said that I couldnt go to your house. To improve my English skill
s. An hour ago. They live in Denpasar. I want green. Arman did.
asking for repetition or What? I cant hear you. confirmation You did what? What .
. . for When Where Which Who asking for a reason, asking why asking about time
asking in or at what place or position asking about choice asking what or which
person or people (subject) asking what or which person or people (object) asking
about ownership asking for reasons, asking what . . . for asking about manner H
ow asking about condition or quality What do you take an English course for? Whe
n did Lina leave? Where do your cousins live? Which color do you want? Who opene
d the door?
Whom
Whom did you see?
I saw our Principal.
Whose Why
Whose are these keys? Whose turn is it? Why did you come late this morning?
These keys are mine. It is your turn. Because I woke up late.
How did the man do this He did it carefully and correctly. work? How was your ex
am? It was rather difficult.
184
UNIT 3 Descriptive

The question word how can be combined with an adjective and an adverb. It functi
ons to ask about extent and degree. See the examples below. WH Word How far How
long How many How much How old How come (informal) Function asking about distanc
e asking about length (time or space) asking about quantity (countable) asking a
bout quantity (uncountable) asking about age asking for reasons, asking why Exam
ple How far is your house from school? How long will it take to finish the craft
? How many cars are there? How much money do you have? How old are you? How come
I cant see her? Answer Around two kilometers. About three days. There are 25 car
s. I have Rp50,000. I am twenty years old. Because you came late.
Source: http://www.englishclub.com/vocabulary/wh-question-words.htm (April 4, 20
08)
Indefinite Pronouns Read the following dialogs and understand the explanation. 1
. Vita : Linda, whats wrong with you? You look sad. Linda : Someone has broken my
calculator. Vita : Im sorry to hear that. 2. Tito : Henny, did you see anything
on the table? Henny : No, I didnt see anything. Did you lose something? Tito : Ye
s. I lost my pin. Henny : Ill tell you when I find it. The bold-typed words in th
e dialogs above are called indefinite pronouns. You use an indefinite pronoun to
refer to a person, thing or place that is not specific. Usually indefinite pron
ouns use some and any. Some is used in affirmative/positive sentences, any in qu
estions and negatives. However, some is also used in questions when you want an
affirmative answer. Example: Did you buy something in the market? Yes, I did. He
re are indefinite pronouns. Function To refer to a nonspecific person/ people To
refer to nonspecific thing(s) To refer to nonspecific place(s) Positive someone
, somebody, everyone Negative anyone, anybody, none (of . . .), no one, nobody I
nterrogative anyone, anybody
something, everything anything, nothing somewhere, everywhere anywhere, nowhere
anything anywhere
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
185

Answer the questions orally. 1. 2. 3. You have learned recount texts in Unit 2.
What is the purpose of a recount text? Jawaban: To tell past experiences. What e
lements does it have? Jawaban: Orientation, event, re-orientation. What are the
differences between recount and descriptive texts in general? Jawaban: A recount
text is to tell past experiences while a descriptive text is to describe someth
ing in particular. A recount text has orientation, event, re-orientation. A desc
riptive text has identification and description.
A.
Complete the following text based on what you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Do you know the biggest market in Jakarta?
I guess, it should be Tanah Abang Market. Tanah Abang Market is precisely (1) s
ituated on Jalan Tanah Abang, Central Jakarta. It is true that this market is on
e of the biggest and busiest (2) shopping spots in Indonesia. You know, Tanah Ab
ang Market started off about 300 years ago as an (3) animal market. As time goes
by, now it (4) occupies a three-storey commercial building. It also spills over
to the hundreds of (5) street vendors sprawling in the area. They take up not j
ust the (6) sidewalks but also part of the road. No wonder the traffic there is
often Picture source: http://www.news_okezone_com crawling. The market opens (7)
daily, from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. The stalls there sell mainly textiles, apparel, ca
rpets and draperies. However, one can also find imaginable (8) merchandises, suc
h as home accessories, (9) kitchenware, shoes, firecrackers and even rifles! Fru
its, soft drinks and snacks abound. Like other markets, buyers can (10) bargain
the prices offered by sellers.
Adapted from: http://travel.yahoo.com/p-travelguide-2881455-tanah_abang_market_j
akarta-i?action=describe (December 28, 2008)
186
UNIT 3 Descriptive

Variasi: A. Read the following words. Match the words in column A with their cor
rect meanings in column B. A 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. B. occupy street ven
dor stall draperies merchandise kitchenware sidewalk crawling bargain sprawling
a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. B barang dagangan bahan gorden trotoar kios, kedai
pedagang kaki lima bertebaran menempati, menduduki menawar perkakas dapur meray
ap Jawaban: 1. g 2. e 3. d 4. b 5. a 6. i 7. c 8. j 9. h 10. f
Make sentences using the words in Task A correctly.
Contoh jawaban: 1. The government has occupied the bankrupt bank for two months.
2. The street vendors have caused traffic jams in front of the market. 3. My au
nt has two stalls that sell fruits and snacks. 4. There are many attractive moti
fs of the draperies in the shop. 5. All guests of the exhibition can find any wo
oden and rattan merchandise. 6. My aunt needs to buy some kitchenware for her ne
w house. 7. It is a common thing that many vendors build their stalls on the sid
ewalk. 8. My little brother likes crawling here and there. 9. If you shop in tra
ditional market, try to bargain the offered price. 10. You can find many attract
ive stalls sprawling in the area of night fair. B. Your teacher will ask you som
e questions about the text in Task A. Listen to him/her carefully and answer the
questions correctly.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. What is the text about? 2. When di
d the market open for the first time? 3. What was actually the market on its fir
st opening? 4. Where is the market situated? 5. Why is the traffic there often c
rawling? 6. What time does the market open? 7. What do most stalls in the market
sell? 8. What kind of imaginable merchandises are mentioned in the text? 9. Can
we find kitchen utensils in the market? 10. Do the sellers offer fixed prices f
or all items? How do you know? Jawaban: 1. The description of Tanah Abang Market
. 2. 300 years ago.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
187

3. An animal market. 4. On Jalan Tanah Abang, Central Jakarta. 5. Because hundre


ds of street vendors sprawling in the area take up not just the sidewalks but al
so part of the road. 6. It opens daily from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. 7. They sell mainly
textiles, apparel, carpets and draperies. 8. There are home accessories, kitche
nware, shoes, firecrackers and rifles. 9. Yes, we can. 10. No, they dont. From th
e statements, . . . buyers can bargain the prices offered by sellers. Variasi: Den
gan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, guru dapat memberikan teks berikut sebagai
latihan. A. Listen to your teacher carefully. Complete the text based on what yo
u have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Hi, guys. Have you ever been to Madura Isl
and? Not yet? Well, Im going to tell you about this (1) island. Madura Island is
part of East Java that consists of four (2) regencies. It has excellent quality
of (3) agriculture outputs and beautiful tourist resorts and more. Well, Madura
is about 160 km in (4) length and about 40 km across at its widest point. You kn
ow, Maduranese (5) population is about 3 millions, most of them are farmers or f
ishermen. The most famous (6) attraction of this island is the annual bull racin
g (kerapan sapi), which takes place during the (7) dry season in August Septembe
r. Um . . . the bull racing is a race between two pairs of (8) bulls, each team
pulling a rider and sled. Then, the (9) final race is held in Maduras capital, Pa
mekasan on October. Last but not least, Madura has been well-known for its batik
textile (10) production, you know. The most popular batik is at Tanjungbumi, Ba
ngkalan. Well, thats all about Madura Island.
Adapted from: http://www.eastjava.com/tourism/bangkalan/index.html (June 26, 200
7)
B.
Listen to your teacher carefully. Answer his/her questions based on the text in
Task A correctly.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. What is the text about? 2. In whic
h part of Java is the island located? 3. How wide is Madura Island? 4. How many
inhabitants are in the island? 5. What do most of the inhabitants do for a livin
g? 6. What is the most famous attraction in Madura? 7. When does the attraction
usually take place? 8. What is the bull racing? 9. Where does a final race usual
ly take place? 10. Where can we find the most popular batik textile production i
n Madura? Jawaban: 1. The text is about the description of Madura Island. 2. Eas
t Java. 3. It is 40 km wide.
188
UNIT 3 Descriptive

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. C.
There are 3 millions. Farmers and fishermen. A bull racing. During the dry seaso
n in August to September. A race between two pairs of bulls, each pairs pulling
a rider and sled. In Pamekasan. At Tanjungbumi, Bangkalan. Listen to your teache
r carefully. Complete the statements based on the text you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Let me tell you about our neighbor country Singapore.
Singapore is an island city of about 4 million people. Its a beautiful city with
lots of parks and open spaces. Its also a clean city. Most of the people live in
high-rise flats in different parts of the island. The business district is very
modern, with lots of tall new office buildings. Singapore also has some nice old
er sections. In Chinatown there are rows of old shop houses. The government buil
dings in Singapore are very beautiful and dated from the colonial days. Singapor
e is famous for its shops and restaurants. There are many good shopping centers.
Most of the goods are duty free. Singapores restaurants sell Chinese, Indian, Ma
lay and European food, and the prices are quite reasonable.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi
4
1. Singapore is our ________ country. 2. Singapore is a very ________ and ______
__ city. 3. There are many ________ and ________ in the city. 4. The Singapores b
usiness district is ________. 5. The island city has also some nice ________. 6.
There are many good ________ in Singapore. 7. Most of the goods in Singapore ar
e ________. 8. The Singapores ________ sell many kinds of food. Jawaban: 1. neigh
bor 2. beautiful; clean 3. parks; open spaces 4. very modern 5. older sections 6
. shopping centers 7. duty free 8. restaurants
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
189

Variasi: Answer the following questions based on the text you have heard in Task
C. 1. What is Singapore like? Jawaban: It is a beautiful island city with lots
of parks and open spaces. Its also a clean city. 2. How big is the population of
Singapore? Jawaban: It is about 4 million people. 3. Where do most people live?
Jawaban: Most people live in high-rise flats in different parts of the island. 4
. Is the business district old fashioned? Why do you say so? Jawaban: No, it is
not. The statement explains that the business district is very modern, with lots
of tall new office buildings. 5. What can we find in Chinatown? Jawaban: We can
find rows of old shop houses. 6. Are the Singapores government buildings old one
s? Why/Why not? Jawaban: Yes, they are because they are dated from the colonial
days. 7. What is Singapore most famous for? Jawaban: It is most famous for its s
hops and restaurants. 8. How are the food prices in the restaurants? Jawaban: Th
ey are reasonable. D. Your teacher will tell you an interesting place. Retell it
using your own words. You may use the following words. glorious Navy officer ho
nor sword confidence seriousness sustained diorama masterpiece devotion
Picture source: www.photobucket_com
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Let me tell you about Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument. You
may call it Monjaya. Anyway, do you know the meaning of Jalesveva Jayamahe? Well,
it means in the sea we are glorious. The Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument describes a
figure of a middle rank TNI- AL or Indonesian National Navy officer. He wears a
complete uniform with his honor sword upstanding. The officer stares toward the
sea with fully confidence and seriousness ready to dash against the wave and go
through storm. This monument was built in Ujung Surabaya, East Java and the firs
t stone was set on December 5, 1990. It is a statue as high as 30.8 meters, whic
h sustained by a building as high as 26.1 meters. On some parts of the building,
there is a diorama of heroic history of the navy since the era of physical prerevolution up until the 90s. The creative sculptors and architects
190
UNIT 3 Descriptive

of the building are Drs. Nyoman Nuarta and his co-workers. They are joined in Th
e Nyoman Nuarta Group. The monument is great evidence and a very amazing suborde
r masterpiece. It has a high historic value, as the reflection of the highness o
f Indonesian nation as the maritime nation one. The other meaning of this statue
figure is as the readiness symbol to receive the devotion from generation to th
e next generation.
Adapted from: http://www.javatourism.com/index.php?Page=297http://www.petra.ac.i
d/eastjava/cities/sby/ tourobj/monjaya.htm (December 28, 2008)
Contoh jawaban: Listen, friends. Id like to tell you a very interesting place. It
is Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument or usually called Monjaya. Before I tell you fur
ther, can you to tell me the meaning of Jalesveva Jayamahe? Raise your hand, ple
ase. Very good! It means in the sea we are glorious. As you can see from the pic
ture, this monument describes a figure of a middle rank TNI- AL or Indonesian Na
tional Army-Navy officer. Look! The officer wears a complete uniform with his ho
nor sword upstanding. He also stares toward the sea with fully confidence and se
riousness ready to dash against the wave and go through storm. You can find this
monument in Ujung Surabaya, East Java. The construction of the monument began o
n December 5, 1990. Do you know the height of the monument? Well, the statue its
elf is as high as 30.8 meters, which sustained by a building as high as 26.1 met
ers. Quite tall, isnt it? Besides, on some parts of the building, you can see a d
iorama of heroic history of the navy since the era of physical pre-revolution up
until the 90s. Acting as the creative sculptors and architects are Drs. Nyoman N
uarta and his co-workers who are joined in The Nyoman Nuarta Group. Well, the mo
nument is truly great evidence and a very amazing suborder masterpiece. It has a
high historic value, for reflecting the highness of Indonesian nation as the ma
ritime nation one. Further, this statue figure also functions as the readiness s
ymbol to receive the devotion from generation to the next generation. O.K., thats
about the Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument. I hope we can visit it someday. Variasi:
Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal lain seperti
berikut. Teks yang dibacakan guru: Im going to tell you about Tawangmangu. Wells
, . . . Tawangmangu is a recreational resort offering cool weather, scenic views
, swimming pools, bungalow style hotels and restaurants. Tawangmangu is located
40 km east of Solo. This place lies on the slopes of Mount Lawu, with an elevati
on of 1,300 m above sea level. Its quite cool, you know. This place has some temp
les in ruins, a national park and the beautiful 40 m high waterfall of Grojogan
Sewu.
Adapted from: http://www.hoteltravel.com/indonesia/central java/guides/sightseei
ng.htm (January 30, 2007)
Contoh jawaban: Hello, friends. Let me tell you about Tawangmangu. You know, . .
. Tawangmangu is a very popular recreational resort in Central Java. This place
offers cool weather, scenic views, wonderful waterfalls and swimming pools. For
accommodation, there are many bungalow style hotels and restaurants around the
resort. The place is located 40 km east of Solo. This place lies on the slopes o
f Mount Lawu, with an elevation of 1,300 m above sea level. I tell you that its q
uite cool. This place has some temples in ruins and a national park. Besides, yo
u can find the beautiful 40 m high waterfall of Grojogan Sewu. So, if you like t
o have a trip close to nature, Tawangmangu is one of the choices.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
191

E.
Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Tas
k D. Correct the false ones.
1. ______ Jalesveva Jayamahe means on the land we are glorious. 2. ______ The monume
nt describes a figure of a general Indonesian National Navy. 3. ______ The statu
e of the Navy officer wears a complete uniform. 4. ______ The monument lies in E
ast Java. 5. ______ The monument consists of three parts. Jawaban: 1. F. Jalesvev
a Jayamahe means in the sea we are glorious, not on the land. 2. F. The monument desc
ribes a figure of a middle rank officer of Indonesian National Navy (general is
the highest rank in an army). 3. T 4. T 5. F. The monument consists of two parts
, i.e. the statue itself and the sustained building. Variasi: Guru dapat menamba
h pernyataan-pernyataan yang lain sebagai berikut. 1. ______ The monument has no
historic value at all. 2. ______ The monument reflects our country as a maritim
e nation. 3. ______ We can see dioramas in all parts of the building. 4. ______
The diorama is about the heroic history of the navy since the era of physical pr
e-revolution up after the 90s. 5. ______ The statue functions as the readiness sy
mbol to receive the devotion from generation to the next generation. Jawaban: 1.
F. It has a high historic value. 2. T 3. F. We can see a diorama only in some p
arts of the building. 4. F. The diorama is about the heroic history of the navy
since the era of physical pre-revolution up until the 90s. 5. T F. Listen to your
teacher and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Kayoon Market also prov
ides all public needs from various certifiable bundle flowers, start from fresh
interest, dried flower and artificial flower both local and also imported.
Source: http://www.javatourism.com/ index.php?Page=298 (December 28, 2008)
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Kayoon Park is located along the western bank of Kayoo
n River. It is an evening recreation park and specific East Java food center. A
variety of water sports are performed here, such as sailing, swimming, motor boa
t and even canoe races. To the north of Kayoon Park is the Kayoon Market, sellin
g beautiful orchids and tropical decorative.
1.
What is the monolog about? A. The description of a particular person. B. The des
cription of a particular thing. C. The description of a particular place. D. The
information of a public place. Jawaban: C Monolog tersebut menjelaskan tentang
deskripsi suatu tempat tertentu (the description of a particular place), yaitu
192
UNIT 3 Descriptive

Taman Kayoon (Kayoon Park) dan Pasar Kayoon (Kayoon Market). 2. The Kayoon Park
is situated along the ________ of Kayoon River. A. eastern bank B. western bank
C. northern bank D. southern bank Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Kay
oon Park is located along the western bank of Kayoon River., sehingga Taman Kayoo
n terletak di tepi barat sungai Kayoon (the western bank of Kayoon River). There
are some water sports available in the park, except ________. A. sailing B. swi
mming C. canoe races D. parasailing Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat A
variety of water sports are performed here, such as sailing, swimming, motor bo
at and even canoe races.. Dari sini diketahui bahwa olahraga air yang tidak terse
dia di Taman Kayoon adalah parasailing. What does the Kayoon Market sell? A. Bea
utiful orchids and tropical decorative. B. Imported orchids. C. Beautiful jasmin
es. D. Low-qualified flowers.
Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat . . . the Kayoon Market, selling bea
utiful orchids and tropical decorative.. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah
(A). 5. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE about Kayoon Park and Mark
et? A. The park is a morning recreation park. B. The park offers specific East J
ava food. C. The market is on the north of Kayoon Park. D. The market provides v
arious certifiable bundle flowers. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya t
aman itu adalah taman rekreasi pada pagi hari tidak sesuai dengan kalimat It is a
n evening recreation park . . . . yang artinya Tempat ini adalah taman rekreasi pa
da petang hari . . . . . Pilihan jawaban (B) sesuai dengan kalimat It is . . . spe
cific East Java food center., (C) sesuai dengan kalimat To the north of Kayoon Par
k is the Kayoon Market, . . . ., dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat Kayoon Market also
provides all public needs from various certifiable bundle flowers, . . . .. Jadi,
pernyataan yang salah (not true) adalah pilihan jawaban (A).
3.
4.
A.
Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her. Make a list of data about the d
escription of Sydney Opera House. Sydney Opera House
The Sydney Opera House is a large performing art place. It becomes an Australian
icon. The Sydney Opera House was established in 1973. It is located in Sydney,
New South Wales, Australia. It covers 1.8 hectares of land and has 183 m long an
d about 120 m wide. The building can load 25,000 people. The Opera House is a pl
ace for large theatrical productions. It is the home of Opera Australia, the Syd
ney Theater Company and the Sydney Symphony. There are five theaters in Sydney O
pera House. There are also five rehearsal studios, two main halls, four restaura
nts, six bars and many souvenir shops. The design of the Opera House is very uni
que. The roof looks like giant shells. Besides for theatrical productions, the O
pera House is also used for other functions. It is used for weddings, parties an
d conferences.
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
193

Contoh jawaban: Point 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Established Location Size Capacity


Design Functions Home of Rooms Fact of the Sydney In 1973. Sydney, New South Wa
les, Australia. It covers 1.8 hectares of land and has 183 m long and about 120
m wide. 25,000 people. It is very unique. The roof looks like giant shells. For
theatrical productions as well as for weddings, parties and conferences. Opera A
ustralia, the Sydney Theater Company and the Sydney Symphony. Five theaters, fiv
e rehearsal studios, two main halls, four restaurants, six bars and many souveni
r shops.
Variasi: A. Read the text with proper pronunciation. Answer the following questi
ons. Bogor Have you ever been to Bogor? Let me tell you about it. Bogor was prev
iously known as Buitenzorg meaning without worries during the Dutch colonial era. Th
e Dutch chose Bogor to be the first palace of the Dutch Governor General in 1745
. It was restored in 1832. The Bogor Palace still stands solid and elegant today
with its large gardens. Here deer roam freely on the green grass under tall old
trees. Further, Bogor is also famous for its Botanical Garden. It covers an are
a of 87 hectares with thousands of species of plants from all over the world. He
re, you can see the worlds largest flower, the Rafflesia. It really has bad odor.
Adapted from: http://www.indonesia-tourism.com/west-java/places.html (June 26, 2
007)
Questions: 1. What is the text about? Jawaban: The description of Bogor. 2. What
does the word Buitenzorg mean? Jawaban: It means without worries. 3. What was Bogor
in 1745? Jawaban: It was the first palace of the Dutch Governor General. 4. Wha
t can visitors see in the garden? Jawaban: Deer roam freely on the green grass u
nder tall old trees. 5. What has bad odor? Jawaban: The Rafflesia.
194
UNIT 3 Descriptive

B.
Fill in the table based on the text in Task A. Compare your work with your frien
ds.
Tabel yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Point 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Previous name The
meaning of the name The famous places Brief description of Bogor Palace Brief de
scription of Bogor Botanical Garden: size collection Fact of Bogor Buitenzorg Wi
thout worries. Bogor Palace and Bogor Botanical Garden. The Bogor Palace still s
tands solid and elegant today with its large gardens. Here deer roam freely on t
he green grass under tall old trees. It covers an area of 87 hectares with thous
ands of species of plants from all over the world, including the worlds largest f
lower Rafflesia.
B.
Retell the text in Task A based on the data you have made before.
Contoh jawaban: Id like to tell you about the Sydney Opera House. You now, this b
uilding has become an icon of Australia. It was established in 1973. As its name
, this building is situated in Sydney, New South Wales, Australia. Now, talking
about its size, this building covers 1.8 hectares of land, it is 183 meters long
and around 120 meters wide. No wonder, it can load 25,000 people. One thing tha
t makes this building famous is the design itself. You know, its roof looks like
giant shells. At the moment, this building functions mainly for large theatrica
l productions. Besides, its also used for weddings, parties and conferences. Conc
erning the theatrical productions, this building is the home of Opera Australia,
the Sydney Theater Company and the Sydney Symphony. To support all the activiti
es there, the Sydney Opera House has five theaters, five rehearsal studios, two
main halls, four restaurants, six bars and many souvenir shops. Well, thats all w
hat I can tell you about the Sydney Opera House. Thanks for listening. Sebelum m
enyuruh siswa melakukan retelling, guru dapat memberi latihan kosakata sebagai b
erikut. Variasi: A. Find the meaning of the following words according to the tex
t in Task A. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. cover = meliputi, m
encakup 2. design = rancangan 3. establish = mendirikan 4. hall = aula 5. icon =
lambang 6. load = menampung 7. performing = pementasan 8. rehearsal = latihan,
gladi bersih 9. shell = kerang 10. souvenir = cinderamata
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
195

B.
Find the synonyms of the following words and their meanings.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Word 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
icon established located home design unique giant function load production Syno
nym mark founded situated base architecture special huge use contain outcome Mea
ning lambang/tanda didirikan/dibangun terletak rumah/pangkalan rancangan/arsitek
stur unik/istimewa sangat besar fungsi/kegunaan menampung/berisi produksi/hasil
C.
Complete the text with the correct words in the box. The Small Hotel
a. d. g. j. m.
beds spend comfortable lodging expensive
b. e. h. k. n.
accommodation located friendly the room breakfast
c. f. i. l. o.
receptionist holiday bathroom luggage cost
Dino and Arya are going to (1) ________ their (2) ________ in Semarang. They are
going to spend one night there. For (3) ________, they usually choose a hotel o
n Jalan Majapahit. It is small, but clean and tidy. The hotel is (4) ________ ne
ar a bus station, and some angkot vehicles pass the main road in front of the ho
tel. These vehicles make them easier to go to many places. This hotel provides (
5) ________ and (6) ________. Every time they come to the hotel, a friendly (7)
________ helps them choose a (8) ________ room with two (9) ________. There is a
(10) ________ in the room. Then, the bellboy carries their (11) ________. The (
12) ________ of a room in this hotel is not too (13) ________. This covers the c
ost of (14) ________ and the breakfast. The bellboy and the workers of the hotel
are kind and (15) ________.
Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Jawaban: 1. d 6. n 11. l
2. f 7. c 12. o
3. b 8. g 13. m
4. e 9. a 14. k
5. j 10. i 15. h
196
UNIT 3 Descriptive

D. 1.
Choose the correct answer based on the text in Task C. What does the hotel provi
de? A. Lunch. B. An extra bed. C. Free transportation. D. Lodging and breakfast.
Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat This hotel provides lodging and brea
kfast.,. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. Wha
t is the purpose of the text? A. To tell something in general. B. To entertain t
he listeners. C. To describe a particular place. D. To tell past experiences. Ja
waban: C Teks tersebut berbentuk descriptive karena menjelaskan tentang deskrips
i suatu tempat tertentu (describe a particular place), yaitu hotel di Semarang t
empat Arya dan Dino biasa menginap. Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah tujuan teks repor
t, (B) adalah tujuan teks narrative, dan (D) adalah tujuan teks recount. How is
the hotel staff? They are ________. A. kind B. friendly C. comfortable D. kind a
nd friendly Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhir teks, yaitu The
bellboy and the workers of the hotel are kind and friendly.. Subjek The bellboy a
nd the workers merupakan karyawan hotel (hotel staff).
4.
2.
This hotel provides . . . . (Paragraph 2) The synonym of the underlined word is __
______. A. reaches B. offers C. presents D. obtains Jawaban: C Kata provides dalam
kalimat tersebut berarti menyediakan. Kata ini memiliki makna yang sama dengan ka
ta presents yang artinya mempersembahkan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Kata
reaches artinya mencapai, offers artinya menawarkan, dan obtains artinya mendapa
tkan. These vehicles will make them easier to go to many places. (Paragraph 2) The
underlined word refers to ________. A. Dino and Arya B. the receptionist and th
e bellboy C. angkot vehicles D. the hotels workers Jawaban: A Kata ganti orang (p
ronoun) them mengacu kepada orang berjumlah lebih dari satu dan telah disebutkan d
i kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu Dino dan Arya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karen
a tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
5.
3.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
197

Variasi: State whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based
on the text in Task C. Correct the false ones. 1. ______ Dino and Arya are going
to spend their holiday in the capital city of West Java. 2. ______ They usually
choose a hotel on Jalan Majapahit. 3. ______ The hotel is big and luxurious. 4.
______ The bus station is quite far from the hotel. 5. ______ There arent any pu
blic vehicles that pass in front of the hotel. 6. ______ There is a bellboy who
carries the guests luggage. 7. ______ The hotel bellboy will help the guest choos
e a proper room for him. 8. ______ The hotels price is quite expensive. 9. ______
The cost includes the room and breakfast. 10. ______ All the hotels staff are ki
nd and friendly. Jawaban: 1. F. They are going to Semarang, the capital city of
Central Java. 2. T 3. F. The hotel is small, but cleand and tidy. 4. F. The bus
station is near the hotel. 5. F. There are angkot vehicles that pass in front of
the hotel. 6. T 7. F. It is a hotel receptionist who will help the guest choose
his room. 8. F. The hotels price is quite cheap or not too expensive. 9. T 10. T
E. Describe the place in the picture orally. Find the reference about it in the
Internet or your book. Contoh jawaban: Do you know the building in the picture?
Well, it is called Eiffel Tower. It is one of the most favorite places in the w
orld to visit. We can see the tower in Paris, France, the worlds fashion center.
The tower is designed by Alexandre Gustave Eiffel for the World Fair. Guess what
! There are 2,500,000 rivets and 18,038 steel pieces that make up the Eiffel Tow
er. It first opened on March 31, 1889. And . . . every seven years workers repai
nt it with fifty tons of dark brown paint. During the renovation of the Eiffel T
ower 1,000 tons were removed from it. You know, the Eiffel Tower weighs 7,000 to
ns. The base is 412 square feet or 2.5 acres. The tower itself is about 1,052 fe
et high including the television antenna at the top. Otis Elevator Company had d
esigned glass-walled elevators, which climbed the legs of the tower to get to th
e first and second platforms. From the second floor to the third platform, which
is near the top, four balanced elevators go up and down in the area. If you loo
ked on a clear day, from the top platform, the view stretches for 50 miles, arou
nd 80 kilometers.
Picture source:http://www.pbase_com
198
UNIT 3 Descriptive

The Eiffel Tower consists of three levels. On the first level are three-glass-co
nfined structures. Next is the second level. They both contain one restaurant: L
e Parisien on the lower level and La Belle France on the upper level. The third
part is the Salle (hall) Gustave Eiffel, where there is space for business, conf
erences, expositions, cultural events, and social meetings. There is a souvenir
shop and a snack bar located on the smaller second floor. Even from this level,
it is very possible that an excellent view of Paris can be seen without having t
o go to the top.
Source: http://www.east-buc.k12.ia.us/00_01/FP/eif/eif; htm, http://library.thin
kquest.org/J001664/EiffelTower.html (December 28, 2008)
Variasi: Do the task in pairs. The procedure: 1. Student A reads and understands
Text 1, while Student B reads and understands Text 2. 2. Student A asks any inf
ormation about Text 2 and Student B answers all Student As questions correctly. 3
. Change the role. Student B asks any information about Text 1 and Student A ans
wers all Student Bs questions. Text 1 (for Student A) Nusa Tenggara Nusa Tenggara
is the name for the chain of islands which lies to the east of Bali. Including
the islands of Komodo, Lombok, Flores and Timor, Nusa Tenggara spans a variety o
f landscapes, from tropical forests, high volcanic lakes and dry savannahs. The
largest islands are Lombok and Sumbawa, with hundreds of smaller islands between
. East Nusa Tenggara has 566 islands. The long northern arch of the island chain
is the result of volcanic activity, whilst the southern islands are formed from
coral deposits. Most of the eastern islands are arid, due to hot winds blowing
from the continent of Australia and sparsely vegetated. The Western half of Nusa
Tenggara is moister and has denser vegetation. The Northern part of the chain i
s known for deep lakes contained in the craters of extinct volcanoes, the most f
amous of which are the colored mineral lakes on Gunung Keli Mutu in Flores.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Text 2 (for Student B) Kya-Kya Surabaya Kya-Kya Kembang Jepun is in the shopping
center, Kembang Jepun Street that is the center of eastern Indonesia trade and
economy. This place is a spacious outdoor eating place which opens at night. It
is a center of local, national, even international foods. Local foods like lonto
ng balap, empek-empek Palembang, nasi Padang and also Chinese foods and European
American foods. It presents the warm situation feeling of dinner recreation by p
roviding unlimited food and beverage with the typical food/beverage of the local
area (cookery Tionghoa, the middle east cookery, Indonesia cookery) even invite
the youngsters victuals; included of western snacks (burger, pizza, etc.) and t
raditional snacks
Source: http://www.javatourism.com/index.php?Page=296 (December 28, 2008)
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
199

Contoh jawaban: Student A : Where is Kya-Kya located? Student B : In the shoppin


g center, Kembang Jepun Street in Surabaya. Student A : What is the place actual
ly? Student B : It is an outdoor eating place. Student A : When does this place
open? Student B : At night. .... Student B : What is the name of Nusa Tenggara f
or? Student A : It is the name for the chain of islands which lies to the east o
f Bali. Student B : What are the largest islands? Student A : Lombok and Sumbawa
. Student B : How is the geographical condition of Nusa Tenggara? Student A : It
spans a variety of landscapes, from tropical forests, high volcanic lakes and d
ry savannahs. F. What is the place that you have visited recently? Tell your fri
ends about it.
Contoh jawaban: Last month I visited my grandparents in Surabaya. They took me t
o the Surabaya Zoo. From its name, you must know that the zoo lies in Surabaya,
East Java. You know, the zoo was founded based on Dutch General Governor 40th pol
icy on August 31, 1916. At the beginning it was named Soerabaiasche Planten-En D
ierentuin or in English it means Botanical and Animal Garden of Surabaya. Well,
the zoo opens daily from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. Talking about the ticket price, its not
expensive, only Rp8,000. There you can enjoy beautiful animals and a plant gard
en in the middle of the city. You can see scarce animals, like Sumatran tigers,
komodos, Kalimantan crocodiles and others. O.K., thats my description about Surab
aya Zoo. Thank you for listening.
Source: http://www.javatourism.com/index.php?Page=300 (December 28, 2008)
A.
Read the text with proper pronunciation and intonation. National Museum
National Museum is known among Indonesians as Museum Gajah or Elephant Museum becaus
e of a small, sculpture of an Asian elephant which is mounted in front of it. Th
e elephant, like the bulk of the museums collection, dates back to colonial times
. This colonial building with its Doric columns keeps one of the most astounding
collections of artifacts in all Southeast-Asia. The building is designed around
a central courtyard that is the museums sculpture garden. The presentation of th
e exhibits is very simple. Here you can find exhibits from all of the major king
doms of Indonesias rich Hindu-Buddhist past. Highlights include Sanskrit inscript
ions from Sumatras Sriwijaya kingdom and beautiful Hindu statues from East Javane
se dynasties. Best of all is a massive fourteenth century statue of King Adityav
arman standing on human skulls. This statue holds pride of place at the end of t
he courtyard and is one of the most important statues ever made in Indonesia.
200
UNIT 3 Descriptive

The museum also has a huge and impressive collection of Chinese porcelain.They f
rame every dynasty of Chinese history. A whole porcelain stool collected in Aceh
is said to be absolutely unique. You will struggle to find a better collection
of antique ceramics anywhere in SoutheastAsia. Ceramic lovers will also enjoy di
splays from ancient Thailand and Vietnam. There are also extensive displays of e
thnographic materials from all around the archipelago. You will find artifacts f
rom most of Indonesias varied and colorful ethnic groups. These displays will app
eal to both art lovers and people wanting to get an insight into Indonesias cultu
ral diversity.
Source: http://www.tripadvisor.com/ShowUserReviews-g294229-d379313-r20369519-Nat
ional_MuseumJakarta_Java.html (December 28, 2008)
Variasi: A. Answer the following questions based on the text before. 1. What doe
s the text tell you about? Jawaban: The description of National Museum or Museum
Gajah. 2. Why is the museum called Museum Gajah? Jawaban: Because there is a sm
all, sculpture of an Asian elephant in front of the museum. 3. What is the role
of the museum related to preserving artifacts? Jawaban: It keeps one of the most
astounding collections of artifacts in all Southeast-Asia. 4. How is the museum
designed? Jawaban: It is designed around a central courtyard that is the museums
sculpture garden. 5. What can we find in the museum? Jawaban: We can find exhib
its from all of the major kingdoms of Indonesias rich HinduBuddhist past. 6. What
is the best of all collections in the museum? Jawaban: It is a massive fourteen
th century statue of King Adityavarman standing on human skulls. 7. Besides all
the artifacts, what other things does the museum display? Jawaban: A huge and im
pressive collection of Chinese porcelain, a whole porcelain stool collected in A
ceh, ceramics displays from ancient Thailand and Vietnam and extensive displays
of ethnographic material from all around the archipelago. 8. You will struggle to
find a better collection of . . . . What does the word you refer to? Jawaban: The
readers. 9. . . . one of the most astounding collections of artifacts in all Sou
theast-Asia. What does the word astounding mean? Jawaban: It means mengejutkan. 10. As
well as these exhibits, there are also extensive displays of ethnographic . . .
. What is the opposite meaning of the underlined word? Jawaban: Narrow.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
201

B.
Match the following words with their correct meanings the box. Then, make senten
ces using the words. a. d. g. j. sebagian besar menarik hasil kecerdasan manusia
menjaga b. e. h. tengkorak manusia prasasti pameran c. f. i. kembali ke zaman k
eragaman halaman gedung
1. appeal 2. artifact 3. bulk 4. courtyard 5. date back 6. exhibit 7. human skul
l 8. inscription 9. diversity 10. mount Jawaban: 1. d 2. g 3. a 4. i 5. c 6. h 7
. b 8. e 9. f 10. j Contoh jawaban: 1. The computer fair will appeal most studen
ts in the city. 2. Archeology experts may study the prehistoric age from the fou
nd artifacts. 3. The statue, like the bulk of the shops collections, is five hund
red years old. 4. Some old buildings have large courtyards. 5. The pictures date
back to my childhood in Surabaya. 6. More than a thousand people have visited t
he art exhibit. 7. In Tana Toraja, we can see many human skulls in a cave. 8. Mo
st of the inscriptions found in our country are written in Sanskrit. 9. The dive
rsity makes our country rich of valuable culture and customs. 10. There are some
security officers in the housing complex to mount and protect the residents fro
m robbery and such things. C. Find the words related to National Museum vertical
ly or horizontally. Then, find their meanings. A D E L E P H A N T F R S A U Y T
I C G O E T H N I C N O A T D A P I B E S L I N E T U L O S C L P S C U L P T U
R E O R E E D D E D I C P W R F S I L K P T O A A N C I E N T I R V M O B W P E
I O C H I I U S B T O N E W C Q Y L O C N U L E T B A C Z M I H A O D Y N A S T
Y P I K P L A G K U R T N
202
UNIT 3 Descriptive

Jawaban: A D E L E P H A N T

F R S A U Y T I C G
O E T H N I C N O A
T D A P I B E S L I
N E T U L O S C L P
S C U L P T U R E O
R E E D D E D I C P

W R F S I L K P T O
A A N C I E N T I R
V M O B W P E I O C
H I I U S B T O N E
W C Q Y L O C N U L
E T B A C Z M I H A
O D Y N A S T Y P I
K P L A G K U R T N
ceramic = inscription = porcelain = ethnic = ancient =
keramik prasasti porselen etnis, kesukuan kuno, antik
statue = collection = elephant = sculpture = dynasty =
patung koleksi gajah pahatan dinasti
B.
Match each description with the correct picture. Then, write the name of each pl
ace. b c
a
Picture source: http:// WALLlibrary_ thinkquest_org
Picture source: http:// www.omega_files_wordpress_com
Picture source: http:// www_nationalgeographic_com
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
203

1.
Borobudur is a Buddhist monument in Central Java. It was built in the ninth cent
ury. Borobudur has 2,672 reliefs and 504 Buddha statues. The reliefs illustrate
the journey of pilgrims to three levels in Buddhist cosmology. Those three level
s are Kamadhatu, Rupadhatu, and Arupadhatu. Borobudur is still used for pilgrima
ge.
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII
2.
To the northwest and north of Beijing, a huge, serrated wall zigzags its way to
the east and west along the undulating mountains. It is said to be visible from
the moon. With a total length of over 6,000 kilometers, it extends to the Jiayu
Pass in Gansu Province in the west and to the mouth of the Yalu River in Liaonin
g Province in the east.
Source: http://www.chinavista.com/travel/greatwall/greatwall.html (January 7, 20
09)
3.
This is a statue of a reclining lion with a human head that stands on the Giza P
lateau on the west bank of the Nile, near modern-day Cairo, in Egypt. It is the
largest monolith statue in the world, standing 73.5 m long, 6 m wide, and 20 m h
igh. It is the oldest known monumental sculpture, and is commonly believed to ha
ve been built by ancient Egyptians in the third millennium BC. It faces due east
and houses a small temple between its paws.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Great_Sphinx (January 7, 2009)
Jawaban: 1. c Borobudur Temple 3. b Sphinx in Giza
2.
a
The Great Wall of China
Variasi: A. Do the tasks. Untuk mengetahui pemahaman siswa tentang teks-teks des
kriptif sederhana di atas, guru dapat memberi soal-soal atau latihan-latihan pen
gayaan sebagai berikut. Text 1 State whether the following statements are true (
T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. 1. ______ Borobudur is a holy place for
the Hindust people. 2. ______ Borobudur is located in Central Java. 3. ______ B
orobudur was built in the tenth century. 4. ______ There are three levels in Bud
dhist cosmology. 5. ______ Borobudur has 2,672 statues. Jawaban: 1. F. It is a h
oly place for the Buddhist people. 2. T 3. F. It was built in the ninth century.
4. T 5. F. It has 2,672 reliefs and 504 statues. Text 2 Complete the following
statements based on the text. 1. The Great Wall lies on ________ of Beijing. 2.
The Great Wall is ________ long. 3. The fabulous building extends to ________ an
d to ________. 4. The wall was built along ________. 5. With a total length of ov
er 6,000 kilometers, it extends to the Jiayu Pass . . . . The underlined word ref
ers to ________.
204
UNIT 3 Descriptive

Jawaban: 1. the northwest and north 2. over 6,000 kilometers 3. the Jiayu Pass i
n Gansu Province in the west; the mouth of the Yalu River in Liaoning Province i
n the east 4. the undulating mountains 5. the Great Wall Text 3 Answer the follo
wing questions correctly. 1. Where is the statue located? Jawaban: It was situat
ed on the Giza Plateau on the west bank of the Nile, near modern-day Cairo, in E
gypt. 2. What is the size of the statue? Explain it. Jawaban: It has 73.5 m long
, 6 m wide, and 20 m high. 3. When was the statue built? Jawaban: In the third m
illennium BC. 4. Who built the monumental statue? Jawaban: Ancient Egyptians did
. 5. What does the statue look like? Jawaban: It looks like a reclining lion wit
h a human head. B. a Match each description with the correct picture and name it
. b
Picture source: http:// www.bensguide_gpo_gov
Picture source: http:// www_drreissner_de
1.
Thousands of people visit Pisas famous tower in Italy each year and wonder just h
ow much longer it can exist without falling. Millions of dollars have been spent
to stop the tower crashing to the ground. Soft, shifting soil has always been t
he towers problem. Recently, it was discovered that the tower had moved two milli
meters.
Adapted from: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII
Edisi 4
2.
The building is located at 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue in Washington D.C. It is a h
uge house where the president of the United States of America stays and works du
ring his term. People first recognized the building as the Presidential Palace a
nd Theodore Roosevelt gave the name White House in 1901.
Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
205

Jawaban: 1. b The leaning tower of Pisa 2. a The While House C. Do the following
tasks based on the texts in Task B. Text 1 Answer the following questions corre
ctly. 1. How much has been spent to save the tower? Jawaban: Millions of dollars
. 2. Where can you see the tower? Jawaban: In Italy. 3. What has always been the
towers problem? Jawaban: Soft, shifting soil. 4. What was the recent discovery?
Jawaban: It was that the tower had moved two millimeters. 5. How many people vis
it the famous tower each year? Jawaban: Thousands of people. Text 2 Complete the
following statements based on the text. 1. The White House is in Washington D.C
., precisely at ________. 2. The building is the place where ________. 3. Firstl
y, people called the building ________. 4. The name of the building changed into
the White House in ________. 5. The president of the U.S.A who gave the name Wh
ite House was ________. Jawaban: 1. 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue 2. the president of
the United States of America stays and works during his term 3. the Presidentia
l Palace 4. 1901 5. Theodore Roosevelt C. 1. Complete the utterances with correc
t Wh-questions.
A : ________ are the architects of the Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument? Q : Drs. Nyo
man Nuarta and his co-workers. 2. A : ________ money do we need to renovate the
old house? Q : More than ten million rupiah, I guess. 3. A : ________ can you se
e the big Jam Gadang? Q : In Padang, West Sumatra. 4. A : ________ do you like t
o visit museums? Q : Because the museum collection tells a story about certain p
ast events. 5. A : ________ city do you want to spend your long holiday in? Q :
Sydney, of course. Jawaban: 1. Who 2. How much 3. Where 4. Why 5. Which
206
UNIT 3 Descriptive

Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal-soal ber
ikut. 1. A : ________ is the beach from your hometown? Q : About ten kilometers
far. 2. A : ________ does your father usually ride a motorcycle? Q : Around 60 k
ilometers per hour. 3. A : ________ was the old house built? Q : A hundred years
ago. 4. A : ________ do you see in front of the Nasional Monument? Q : A small,
sculpture of an Asian elephant. 5. A : ________ house is on the corner of the s
treet? Q : It is Mr. Sanjayas house. Jawaban: 1. How far 2. How fast 3. When 4. W
hat 5. D. 1. 2. Complete the sentences with correct indefinite pronouns. Adi : D
id you see (a) ________ in this room an hour ago? Tiara : No, I saw (b) ________
. Dion : Have you planned to go (a) ________ next holiday? Rika : Yes. I have de
cided to go to Bali. What about you? Dion : I dont go (b) ________. My uncles fami
ly is going to visit us. Tesa : Who will join the rafting activity next week? Ri
ka : ________ of us. Its dangerous for those who are less experienced. Tika : Did
you buy (a) ________ in the bazaar? Rani : Yeah, I bought this desk lamp. But,
my sister bought (b) ________.
Whose
3. 4. 5.
Dita : Hi, Dita! Are you going (a) ________? Flo : Hi, Flo! Yes, I am. Im going t
o the supermarket. I want to buy (b) ________. Jawaban: 1. a. anyone/anybody b.
no one/nobody 2. a. somewhere b. anywhere 3. None 4. a. anything b. nothing 5. a
. somewhere b. something Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat
memberikan soal-soal berikut. 1. I dont know ________ in this room. I feel I am
a stranger here. 2. My mother went to the supermarket to buy ________. 3. Luckil
y, ________ got seriously injured in the accident this morning. 4. I lost my wal
let this morning. I dropped it ________ on my way to work. 5. ________ has stole
n my motorcycle. Jawaban: 1. anyone/anybody 2. something 3. nobody 4. somewhere/
Somebody 5. Someone/Somebody
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
207

E.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. 2.
tujuan teks narrative, dan (D) yang artinya untuk mendeskripsikan sesuatu secara
umum adalah tujuan teks report. The following places are situated near the citys
main square, except ________. A. many banks B. 5-starred hotel C. tourist offic
es D. the Old Dutch suburbs Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Most of t
he banks, airlines, tourist offices and five-starred hotels are located here, al
ong with the alun alun, . . . .. Jadi, yang tidak terdapat di dekat alun-alun kot
a adalah pilihan jawaban (D) the old Dutch suburbs. Where is the shopping area i
n Bandung? A. Along Jalan Asia Afrika. B. Along the alun-alun. C. Along Jalan Br
aga. D. Between Jalan Setiabudi and Jalan Juanda. Jawaban: C Berdasarkan kalimat
There is also Jalan Braga, which was the up-market shopping area . . . and many
of its huge shopping malls are also in this area. yang artinya Ada juga Jalan Brag
a, yang dulu merupakan kawasan belanja . . . dan banyak mal perbelanjaan besar j
uga terdapat di kawasan ini., kawasan perbelanjaan terletak di sepanjang Jalan Br
aga (along Jalan Braga). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai den
gan isi teks. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the text? A. The Old Dutc
h suburbs have narrow tree lined streets. B. Bandung lies in a mountainous area.
C. The West Java provincial government is situated in Dago. D. Bandung has many
historical places. Jawaban: A Pernyataan yang salah (not true) adalah pilihan j
awaban (A) yang artinya kawasan pemukiman Belanda Tua memiliki jalan dengan pepo
honan yang sempit. Hal ini bertentangan dengan kalimat awal paragraf tiga, yaitu
. . . the Old Dutch suburbs with their wide tree lined streets
Bandung Bandung is the provincial capital of West Java, Indonesia. It is situate
d in the Java Island on a highland plateau about 768 meters above sea level. The
city is surrounded by mountains and located in the middle of prehistoric lake.
The main part of Bandung lies to the south of the railway line that crosses the
city from east to west. Most of the banks, airlines, tourist offices and five-st
ar hotels are located here, along with the alun alun, as the main square in Indo
nesian cities is called. The principal thoroughfare, Jalan Asia Afrika, is in th
is part of town. There is also Jalan Braga, which was the up-market shopping are
a in colonial times and is now the center of Bandungs nightlife. Most of the citys
budget accommodation and many of its huge shopping malls are also in this area.
On the other side of the railway are the elegant residential areas of the old D
utch suburbs with their wide tree lined streets, gardens and parks. The urban ar
ea stretches north along two parallel arterial roads, Jalan Setiabudi and Jalan
Juanda, to the hills of Dago. The offices of the West Java provincial government
, the Bandung Institute of Technology and the zoo are located in this area. Alth
ough Bandung is only about 200 years old, it has many places of historic and cul
tural interest, not least its museums and art deco architecture.
Source: http://www.bandungtourism.com/ home_brief_e.php (December 28, 2008)
3.
1.
What is the purpose of the text? A. To tell a past event. B. To describe a certa
in place. C. To amuse the readers. D. To describe something in general. Jawaban:
B Teks tersebut berbentuk descriptive karena berisi tentang deskripsi atau gamb
aran kota Bandung. Jadi, tujuan teks tersebut adalah untuk mendeskripsikan tempa
t tertentu (to describe a particular place). Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya un
tuk menceritakan peristiwa lampau adalah tujuan teks recount, (C) yang artinya u
ntuk menghibur pembaca adalah
4.
208

UNIT 3 Descriptive

. . . . yang artinya . . . kawasan pemukiman Belanda Kuno dengan jalanjalan denga


n pepohonan yang lebar, . . . .. Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya Bandung terleta
k di kawasan pegunungan, sesuai dengan kalimat akhir paragraf satu, The city is s
urrounded by mountains . . . . yang artinya Kota ini (Bandung) dikelilingi oleh pe
gunungan . . . .. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya pemerintahan propinsi Jawa Bar
at terletak di kawasan Dago, sesuai dengan kalimat The offices of the West Java p
rovincial government, . . . are located in this area. dengan this area mengacu pada
perbukitan Dago (the hills of Dago yang disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya). Pi
lihan jawaban (D) yang
artinya Bandung memiliki beberapa tempat bersejarah, sesuai dengan kalimat . . .
it has many places of historic and cultural interest.. 5. On the other side of th
e railway are the elegant residential areas of . . . . (Paragraph 4) The underlin
ed word has a similar meaning to ________. A. enchanting B. interesting C. awful
D. ugly Jawaban: A Kata elegant mempunyai arti yang sama dengan kata enchanting, ya
itu memesona. Interesting artinya menarik, sedangkan awful dan ugly artinya jele
k/ buruk.
Variasi: A. Complete the following texts with the correct words in the box. Text
1 a. c. e. very friendly fresh air and clean water its strange flower, Rafflesi
a b. d. named after a British Governor a small town in South of Bengkulu
Manna, an Unforgettable Small Town Manna is (1) ________. It lies between Bukit
Barisan Hills and the Hindi Ocean. It has (2) ________. The people there are (3)
________. The houses are mostly in white and blue. Manna city is also known for
(4) ________. It is the biggest flower in the world. Its size is 1.40 m in diam
eter. It blooms only once a year. Rafflesia is (5) ________, Sir Thomas Stamford
Raffles.
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII
Jawaban: 1. d Text 2 a. c. e.
2.
c
3.
a
4.
e
5.
b
there is no sound of traffic in the same way as their ancestors magnificent view
s across the river Nile
b. d.
has tall buildings and broad streets Water sellers and herdsmen wander
Egypts Capital Cairo is the largest city in Egypt. Here you can always roll back
the centuries. Modern Cairo (1) ________, equal to any in the capitals of Europe
or Australia. From the top floors of impressive blocks of flats you can gaze at
(2) ________. However, behind the modern buildings are narrow alleys where (3)
________. The only sounds that come to your ears are the calls of the stall-hold

ers. (4) ________ through the streets as their forefathers did thousands of year
s ago. Many of the poorer people still dress (5) ________.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi
4
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
209

Jawaban: 1. b B.
2.
e
3.
a
4.
d
5.
c
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. What is the main idea of the text? A
. The biggest flower in the world. B. The small town Manna. C. The Bukit Barisan
Hills. D. The white and blue houses. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari judul
teks, yaitu Manna, an Unforgettable Small Town. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah ka
rena merupakan gagasan pendukung. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE
according to the text? A. The town lies in Sumatra Island. B. We can find Raffle
sia in the town every year. C. A few of the houses in Manna have white and blue
colors. D. The name of Rafflesia is taken from the name of the British Governor.
Jawaban: C Pernyataan yang salah (not true) adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang art
inya sedikit rumah di kota Manna yang berwarna putih dan biru karena bertentanga
n dengan kalimat The houses are mostly in white and blue. yang artinya Rumahrumah k
ebanyakan berwarna putih dan biru.. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya kota ini ter
letak di Pulau Sumatra benar disimpulkan dari kalimat It lies between Bukit Barisa
n Hills . . . .. Bukit Barisan adalah suatu wilayah di Pulau Sumatra. Pilihan jaw
aban (B) yang artinya kita dapat menemukan bunga Rafflesia di kota itu setiap ta
hun, sesuai dengan kalimat It blooms only once a year. yang artinya Bunga Rafflesia
mekar sekali dalam setahun., sehingga setiap tahun kita dapat melihatnya. Piliha
n jawaban (D) yang artinya nama Rafflesia diambil dari nama Gubernur Inggris, 3.
Read Text 1 and answer questions 1 to 3. 1.
sesuai dengan kalimat Rafflesia is named after a British Governor, Sir Thomas Sta
mford Raffles.. How often does Rafflesia bloom? A. Once a month. B. Twice a month
. C. Once a year. D. Twice a year. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat It
blooms only once a year. yang artinya Bunga itu (Rafflesia) mekar hanya sekali da
lam setahun.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks
. What can we hear in narrow alleys? A. The sounds of car horns. B. The calls of
fruit sellers. C. The sounds of vehicles. D. The calls of the stall-holders. Ja
waban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat The only sounds that come to your ears
are the calls of the stall-holders. yang artinya Satu-satunya suara yang bisa kali
an dengar adalah seruan dari pemilik-pemilik kios.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain sal
ah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. However, behind the modern buildings are
narrow alleys . . . . (Paragraph 1) The underlined word has an opposite meaning t
o ________. A. big B. wide C. long D. short Jawaban: B Kata narrow artinya sempit, s
ehingga kata ini mempunyai makna yang berlawanan dengan kata wide yang artinya l
ebar. Big artinya besar, long artinya panjang, dan short artinya pendek.
2.
Read Text 2 and answer questions 4 and 5. 4.
5.

210
UNIT 3 Descriptive

A.
Rearrange the sentences into proper paragraphs. c a b
Kalimat-kalimat yang diacak dan jawaban: 1. The gardens of the palace have an ar
ea of 284,000 square meters (28.4 hectares). Istana Bogor is one of the 6 Presid
ential Palaces in Indonesia. The palace is noted for its distinctive architectur
al, historical features, as well as the adjoining botanical gardens. The main pa
lace contains private offices for the head of state, a library, a dining room, a
ministers meeting room, a theater room and the Garuda room (for welcoming State
guests). The two wings are used as the guest residences for State guests. Kebun
Raya Bogor (Royal Gardens of Bogor) or the Bogor Botanical Gardens are also part o
f the palace grounds. The grounds of the estate contain several buildingsthe larg
est of which is the main palace and its two wings. A herd of spotted deer still
range within the palace grounds; a group of these had originally been brought th
ere by the Dutch for hunting and sport. The palace houses an extensive art colle
ction which had been accumulated by Soekarno.
Source: http://www.nationmaster.com/encyclopedia/Istana-Bogor (December 28, 2008
)
2.
b
c
a 3. b a
Variasi: A. Answer the following questions based on the text above. 1. 2. 3. 4.
5. How many presidential palaces are there in Indonesia? Jawaban: There are six
(6). What makes the palace special compared to the other palaces? Jawaban: Its d
istinctive architectural, historical features, as well as the adjoining botanica
l gardens. What is the largest building on the ground of the palace? Jawaban: Th
e main palace and its two wings. What can you find in the main palace? Jawaban:
Private offices for the head of state, a library, a dining room, a ministers meet
ing room, a theater room, and the Garuda room. What is the function of the two w
ings? Jawaban: As the guest residences for State guests.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
211

B. Identify the structure of the text in Task A. Jawaban: Istana Bogor is one of
the 6 Presidential Palaces in Indonesia. The palace is noted for its distinctiv
e architectural, historical features, as well as the adjoining botanical gardens
. The gardens of the palace have an area of 284,000 square meters (28.4 hectares
). The grounds of the estate contain several buildingsthe largest of which is the
main palace and its two wings. The main palace contains private offices for the
head of state, a library, a dining room, a ministers meeting room, a theater roo
m and the Garuda room (for welcoming State guests). The two wings are used as th
e guest residences for State guests. Kebun Raya Bogor (Royal Gardens of Bogor) or
the Bogor Botanical Gardens are also part of the palace grounds. The palace hous
es an extensive art collection which had been accumulated by Soekarno. A herd of
spotted deer still range within the palace grounds; a group of these had origin
ally been brought there by the Dutch for hunting and sport.
Identification
Description
B.
Rewrite the text in Task A using your own words.
Contoh jawaban: We have six Presidential Palaces, one of them is Istana Bogor. T
he palace is noted for its distinctive architectural, historical, features. Besi
des, it also has wide botanical gardens adjoining the palace. The width of the g
ardens itself is 284,000 square meters or 28.4 hectares. The palace area has som
e buildings. On the grounds of the estate, there are several buildings. Among th
em, the main palace with its two wings is the largest. The main palace has priva
te offices for the head of state, a library, a dining room, a ministers meeting r
oom, a theater room, and the Garuda room. The last room especially functions to
welcome State guests. Meanwhile, the two wings are used as the guest residences
for State guests. Further, the Bogor Botanical Gardens, also known as Kebun Raya
Bogor, are also part of the palace grounds. In the palace you can find an exten
sive art collection which had been accumulated by Soekarno. Outside, you will se
e a herd of spotted deer walking around the palace grounds. Originally, a group
of these had been brought there by the Dutch for hunting and sport. C.

Work individually to describe your hometown or your favorite place. Use the foll
owing questions as guidelines to prepare your description. What is your hometown
/favorite place? Where is your hometown/the place situated? How big is your home
town/the place? How is the weather there like? What is it famous for? Whats inter
esting about your hometown/the place?
212
UNIT 3 Descriptive

Contoh jawaban: San Fransisco San Francisco is my favorite city in the United St
ates. It is beautiful, clean, not too big, and it has something for everybody. I
love the streets and buildings in San Francisco. The streets wind up and down t
he hills, with beautiful old brick and wooden houses on either side. One of my f
avorite things to do in San Francisco is to ride a cable car. It takes you to mo
st parts of the city. Its not a very comfortable ride, but its exciting and the vi
ews you see from the car are wonderful. Besides, I like the weather in San Franc
isco. It never gets too cold or too hot. The summers are pleasant. The fresh bre
ezes blow off the ocean and the sky is always blue. It rains quite a lot in the
winter, but it never gets very cold. Another thing I enjoy about the city is the
restaurants. The seafood restaurants, with crabs and lobster, are my favorites.
You can also get great Chinese, Japanese, American and European food in San Fra
ncisco.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Grade VIII Edisi
4
3.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Advertisements
Spoken Text
Listen to your teacher and understand the explanation. Listen. This announcement
comes from Amelia. She has just lost her purse. It is a brown leather purse wit
h a written initial SM. Its size is 15 x 10 cm. Inside the purse are her student c
ard on the name of Amelia Kartikawati, her ATM card and a hundred thousand note.
She probably lost it along Jalan Sriwijaya. If you find it, please call her soo
n on 788532. There will be a reward to anyone who finds it. Thank you. The text
above is an example of lost or found announcements. People make such announcemen
ts whenever they have lost or found something valuable. In the announcements, th
ey have to say a clear description about the person/thing they have lost or foun
d.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
213

Written Text
Read the text and understand the explanation.
Please welcome to the first nature park in the town Safari Nature Park Features:
Flying fox Jungle trekking Horse riding Games and quiz about nature And many mo
re . . . . Ticket: Rp25,000 (adult); Rp15,000 (child) Opening hours: 9.00 a.m.5.0
0 p.m. from MondaySunday

Bicycle trekking
So, what are you waiting for? Bring all of your family members to enjoy the exci
ting and challenging activities here. Safari Nature Park Jalan Kemuning 35 Jakar
ta Telp. (021) 6789922
The text is called an advertisement. One of the functions of an advertisement is
to promote something. When you make an advertisement, you have to give clear in
formation about the promoted products/events and invite people to use the produc
ts/to come to the event. Besides, you should design the advertisement attractive
ly.
Answer the following questions. 1. 2. 3. 4. Have you ever heard a lost or found
announcement before? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have. If you have, what is the annou
ncement about? Where did you hear the announcement? Contoh jawaban: About someon
e who was looking for her little sister after separating for fifteen years. I he
ard it on the radio. Do you like to read an advertisement on newspapers or magaz
ines? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. What kind of advertisements do you like to read
? Contoh jawaban: Advertisements about the high technology products, such as mob
ile phones or notebooks.
214
UNIT 3 Descriptive

A.
Listen to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about?
Pengumuman yang dibacakan guru: May I have your attention, please? I have an ann
ouncement for you. One of your friends has just found a Quartz automatic girls wa
tch. It was found in the school yard. To anyone who has it, please claim the thi
ng in the teacher office during the break. Thank you. Jawaban: Its an announcemen
t about a watch found at school. Variasi: Find the meanings of the following wor
ds. Then, make sentences using the words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan ja
waban: 1. attention = perhatian 2. watch = jam tangan 3. silver = perak 4. autom
atic = otomatis 5. claim = mengklaim Contoh jawaban: 1. The couple pays lot of a
ttention to their first child. 2. My father has just bought me a new watch. 3. T
his pretty handicraft is made of silver. 4. Mr. John has an automatic car. 5. Th
e man claims that the wallet is his. B. Your teacher will ask you some questions
about the announcement in Task A. Listen to him/her carefully and answer the qu
estions orally.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. What kind of announcement is it? 2
. Where do you think you can hear the announcement? 3. Who do you think says the
announcement? 4. What thing is found? 5. What does it look like? 6. Where was t
he thing found? 7. If you are the owner of the found thing, what should you do?
8. When can you do it? Jawaban: 1. A found announcement. 3. The teacher. 5. It i
s Quartz girls watch. Its automatic. The color is silver. 7. I should go to the te
acher office to claim the watch. 2. 4. 6. 8. At school. A watch. In the school y
ard. During the break.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
215

C.
Listen to the announcement and choose the correct answer.
3.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: All right, listeners. Its time to read some announcemen
ts. The first one comes from Miranda. O.K., Miranda has just lost her cat. It is
a Turkish female cat. It has white and grey fur. She put a necklace with her na
me on it. She lost it on Sunday afternoon at about 4 p.m. when she was taking a
walk in the city park. To anyone who has found it, please contact Miranda on 081
326577321. A reward is waiting for you, guys. O.K., thats our first announcement.
Before I read you the second one, please enjoy the song from Yovie and the Nuno
. 1. Where can you hear such an announcement? A. On the TV. B. On the radio. C.
In a market. D. At the airport. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat sapa
an, All right, listeners. yang artinya Baiklah, para pendengar. dan kalimat terakhir
. . . please enjoy the song from Yovie and the Nuno. yang artinya . . . silakan me
nikmati lagu dari Yovie and the Nuno.. What is the lost thing in the announcement
? A. A cat. B. A bird. C. A rabbit. D. A hamster. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan
dari kalimat O.K., Miranda has just lost her cat. yang artinya O.K., Miranda baru
saja kehilangan kucingnya., sehingga yang hilang bukan (B) yang artinya burung, (
C) yang artinya kelinci, dan (D) yang artinya hamster.
Where did she lose it? A. In her house. B. In her school. C. In the city park. D
. On the street. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, . . . when she was
taking a walk in the city park. yang artinya . . . ketika dia mengajaknya jalan-j
alan di taman kota.. When did Miranda lose it? A. On Sunday morning. B. On Monday
morning. C. On Sunday evening. D. On Sunday afternoon. Jawaban: D Jawaban disim
pulkan dari kalimat, She lost it on Sunday afternoon . . . . yang artinya Dia kehil
angan kucingnya pada hari Minggu sore . . . .. These are the characteristics of t
he lost thing, except ________. A. it is a female cat B. it has white and grey f
ur C. it belongs to Angora family D. it has a necklace with the writers initial J
awaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat, It is a Turkish female cat. It
has white and grey fur. She put a necklace with her name on it. yang artinya Kuci
ng itu adalah kucing keturunan Turki. Kucing itu memiliki bulu warna putih dan a
bu-abu. Dia (Miranda) memberinya kalung dengan inisial namanya.. Jadi, yang bukan
ciri-ciri kucing itu adalah (C) yang artinya termasuk keluarga Angora.
4.
5.
2.
216
UNIT 3 Descriptive

A. 1.
Retell the lost and found announcements below using your own words.
A novel was found at Strawberry Caf, Jalan Teratai number 30 Bandung. The novel i
s entitled Perfume by Patrick Sskind. There is also a photograph inside the pages
. Please contact Andika (022-7655675) at Strawberry Caf during the working hours.
2. A cat was lost in the park near the stadium yesterday morning. The cat is a
cute white Persian female. Her weight is about 8 kg and her height is 40 cm. She
has a white ribbon around her neck. Please contact Wulandari (024-5456111). A n
ice reward has been waiting for you. Contoh jawaban: 1. Attention, all. Ive just
found a novel at Strawberry Caf, Jalan Teratai number 30 Bandung. The title of th
e novel is Perfume by Patrick Sskind. Inside the book, Ive also found the photogra
ph of a girl. If you are the owner, please contact Andika on 022-7655675 at Stra
wberry Caf during the working hours. Thank you. 2. Listen, everyone. A Persian ca
t was lost. I lost it in the park near the stadium yesterday morning. It is fema
le and has white fur. It weighs about 8 kg and its height is 40 cm. There is a w
hite ribbon around her neck. If you see or find it, please contact Wulandari on
0245456111. There will be a nice reward for you. Thank you. B. Decide whether th
e statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the texts in Task A. Correct the
false ones.
1. ______ Andika found a bottle of perfume at Strawberry Caf. 2. ______ The novel
is written by Patrick Sskind. 3. ______ Andika found nothing inside the book. 4.
______ Wulandari lost her Persian cat yesterday afternoon. 5. ______ The lost c
at has a ribbon around its neck. Jawaban: 1. F. Andika found a novel entitled Pe
rfume. 2. T 3. F. Andika found the photograph of a girl inside the book. 4. F. W
ulandari lost her Persian cat yesterday morning. 5. T C. Suppose you have lost o
r found the following things. How do you describe them? Make a lost or found ann
ouncement about each thing. 2 3
1
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
217

Contoh jawaban: 1. May I have your attention, please? Listen, I need your favor.
Ive just lost an EnglishIndonesian dictionary. The last time I saw it was on my
desk. The book is very thick. I think it consists of more than two hundreds page
s. It has green, red and yellow strips on its cover. One more thing, I write my
initial NS on the left corner of the first page. To anyone who sees or finds it, p
lease contact me Riana Class VIIIA. Thank you. 2. Attention, please. I left my w
allet in this caf an hour ago. But now, its gone. It is black and its size is arou
nd 13 x 10 cm. It has some pockets, for cards and money. Inside the wallet are m
y ATM card, ID card, driving license and some money. Please contact the caf atten
dant if you see or find it. Thanks beforehand. 3. Listen, everyone. Im looking fo
r my backpack. I left it in the canteen this morning. It is black. There is a sm
all pocket at the front, and a pin is attached to the pocket. Please call me Ron
ald Class VIIIF when you find it. Thank you.
A.
Read the text aloud with proper pronunciation and intonation.
Wonderland Park Jalan Pemuda 34 Surabaya Features: Roller coaster rides Doll hou
se Water games Ticket: Rp25,000 (adult); Rp15,000 (child) Opening hours: 10 a.m.8
p.m. SaturdaySunday only Theres a special offer at the end of every month. The pl
ace is your ideal choice of relaxing and having fun with your family.

Playground
Variasi: A. Answer the following questions based on the text before. 1. 2. 3. 4.
5. What is the purpose the text? Jawaban: To promote Wonderland Park. When does
the park open? Jawaban: It opens on Saturdays and Sundays only at 10 a.m.8 p.m.
When do visitors get a special offer? Jawaban: At the end of every month. What f
acilities are available there? Jawaban: There are roller coaster rides, water ga
mes, doll house and playground. What is the place for? Jawaban: For relaxing and
having fun with our families.
218
UNIT 3 Descriptive

B.
Read the text and answer the questions.
Trip to Bandung To spend your holiday, we offer you a trip package to Bandung. Y
ou will go to many interesting destinations, such as Mount Papandayan, where you
can see the sunrise, Asia-Africa Museum and the shopping centers on Jalan Braga
Cost per peer including transportation, free pass, food and lodging: Rp300,000
Length of stay : 3 days and 2 nights Place to stay : Jasmine Chalet Those who wi
sh to go please contact us at: Flamboyan Travel Agent Jalan Melati number 12 Jak
arta Telp. (021) 5567432
Questions: 1. What is the purpose of the text? Jawaban: To promote a trip packag
e. 2. How much is a participant charged for the trip? Jawaban: Rp300,000. 3. Whe
re will the participants of the tour stay? Jawaban: In Jasmine Chalet. 4. How lo
ng will the trip last? Jawaban: It will last for three days and two nights. 5. W
hat are some places included on the trip? Jawaban: Mount Papandayan, Asia-Africa
Museum and the shopping centers on Jalan Braga. B. Choose the correct answer ba
sed on the texts.
Read the text and answer questions 1 to 3.
Minutemans MPV* Multi-Purpose Vacuum maximum performance in a changeable, lightwe
ight, dual motor vacuum lightweight with added bag capacity for longer, more eff
ective cleaning power Gotcha!* Self contained, Lightweight, Portable, Spot Remov
al System. Minutemans Gotcha!* is designed for spot removal and carpet maintenanc
e operations that require good skill, efficiency, power and hassle-free, one-per
son operation
MINUTEMAN Excellence Meets Clean CARPET MACHINES One Stop Cleaning Solution Minu
temans Ambassador* Carpet Extractors are the ideal choice for effective carpet an
d upholstery cleaning
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
219

1.
What is the advertisement about? A. Carpet Machines. B. Minuteman Carpet. C. Mul
ti Purpose Carpet. D. Excellent Meets Clean. Jawaban: A Jawaban ini sesuai denga
n judul/heading iklan tersebut, yaitu MINUTEMAN Excellence Meets Clean CARPET MAC
HINES One Stop Cleaning Solution. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya se
bagai data pendukung/penjelas. Which statement is TRUE based on the text? A. Onl
y one person may operate the machine. B. Its hard for one person to empower the m
achine. C. It can be operated by one person easily. D. The machine cleans the po
wer of the person. Jawaban: C Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir iklan t
ersebut, efficiency, power and hassle-free, one-person operation. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) salah karena pilihan jawaban itu menjelaska
n bahwa hanya satu orang yang boleh mengoperasikan alat itu. Pilihan jawaban (B)
salah karena pilihan jawaban itu menjelaskan bahwa sangat sulit bagi satu orang
untuk mengoperasikan alat itu. Penjelasan ini bertentangan dengan kalimat terak
hir iklan tersebut. Pilihan jawaban (D) jelas salah karena pilihan jawaban itu m
enjelaskan bahwa alat itu membersihkan kekuatan seseorang. . . . and carpet maint
enance operations that require good skill, . . . . The underlined word can be bes
t replaced by ________. A. take B. have C. need D. make
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
Jawaban: C Kata require dan need artinya hampir sama, yaitu memerlukan atau membutuh
kan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) take artinya mengambil
, (B) have artinya mempunyai, dan (D) make artinya membuat. Read the text and an
swer questions 4 and 5. Come and join us on: City Fun Bike Start and Finish: The
city hall Date : Sunday, February 22, 2009 Time : 6 a.m. Fee : Rp25,000, includ
ing snack and T-shirt There are many door prizes you can win, like 3 motorcycles
, 10 mountain bikes, 10 televisions and many more. So, dont miss it. Contact pers
on: Dika (081234557654), 4. What is the text about? A. The information about doo
r prizes. B. The invitation to get door prizes. C. The advertisement of a fun bi
ke event. D. The description of a certain event. Jawaban: C Berdasarkan keseluru
han isi teks dapat disimpulkan bahwa isi teks tersebut tentang iklan kegiatan se
peda santai (the advertisement of a fun bike event). Pilihan jawaban yang lain s
alah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya informasi mengenai hadiahhadiah sebuah kegiata
n, (B) artinya undangan untuk mendapatkan hadiahhadiah, dan (D) artinya deskrips
i kegiatan tertentu. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE about the eve
nt? A. It will be held on February twentysecond, 2009. B. The registration fee d
oes not include a T-shirt and snack. C. It will start and finish at the same pla
ce. D. Some of the door prizes are motor cycles, bikes and televisions.
2.
5.
3.
220
UNIT 3 Descriptive

Jawaban: B Pernyataan yang salah adalah (B) yang artinya biaya pendaftaran terma
suk T-shirt dan snack karena bertentangan dengan kalimat Fee: Rp25,000 including
snack and T-shirt. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks.
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kegiatan itu akan dilaksanakan pada tanggal 22 Febru
ari 2009, (C) artinya kegiatan itu akan mulai dan berakhir di tempat yang sama,
dan (D) artinya beberapa dari hadiah-hadiah itu adalah sepeda motor, sepeda, dan
television.
A.
In pairs, make an attractive advertisement based on the situation.
Suppose you work in a marketing division in a publishing company. Your company i
s going to launch a special offer of selling a package of childrens story books i
n English and Bahasa Indonesia with low price. There is also a special discount
on the first week of selling. The packages are available in all bookstores. Cont
oh jawaban: We offer you . . . A set of the most read childrens stories in Englis
h and Indonesian languages Get fifteen books for only Rp400,000. Available at al
l bookstores. There is a special discount on the first week of January. So, dont
miss this great offer! B. Create an attractive advertisement about a tourist spo
t in your hometown.
Contoh jawaban:
Welcome to Happy Lake Garden Open : Monday to Friday : 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. Saturday
and Sunday : 9 a.m. to 8 p.m. Admission: Monday to Friday : Free Saturday and S
unday : Adults Rp5,000 Children under 12 Rp3,000
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
221

What is the place you want to visit on your holiday? Write the description of th
e place.
Read and memorize the words. Use them whenever you speak English. budget built c
apital display entire establish evidence found : : : : : : : : anggaran dibangun
ibu kota pajangan seluruh mendirikan bukti ditemukan
heroic historic inhibited lost matter occur odor outdoor statue stretch wonder
: : : : : : : : : : :
sifat kepahlawanan bersejarah didiami kehilangan masalah terjadi, berlangsung ba
u luar ruangan patung membentang heran
222
UNIT 3 Descriptive

A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 5. Mother : Dear, what time is it now?
Rika : Um . . . its ten to two p.m. Whats the matter, Mom? You look in a hurry. M
other : Well, I have an appointment with Mrs. Doddy to join her in the cooking c
ontest. Oh no, I will be late again. Rika : What time is the contest, Mom? And .
. . where is it held? Mother : Its at half past three and its held in the city ha
ll. Rika : If thats so, why dont you meet her in the contest? It will save time, r
ight? Mother : Youre right. But taking a public transport takes a long time. Rika
: It is. I have a good idea. Ill ask Doni, our neighbor, to take you there by mo
torcycle. Im sure you wont be late. But you should contact Mrs. Doddy that youll me
et her there, Mom. Mother : Thats a great idea! O.K., Ill call Mrs. Doddy. Thanks,
dear. Rika : Youre welcome. 1. When does the conversation happen? A. In the morn
ing. B. In the afternoon. C. In the evening. D. At midnight. Jawaban: B Percakap
an tersebut terjadi pada pukul 13:50 siang hari (in the afternoon), yang disimpu
lkan dari kalimat yang diucapkan Rika, Um . . . its ten to two p.m.. 2. Why is Rikas
mother in a hurry? A. Because she thinks that she will be late to the contest.
B. Because she has no companion to go to the contest.
Because Mrs. Doddy leaves her at home. D. Because she wakes up late. Jawaban: A
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yang diucapkan ibu, yaitu Oh no, I will be late
again.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan
. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya karena dia tidak memiliki teman untuk pergi ke kon
tes itu, (C) artinya karena Bu Doddy meninggalkannya di rumah, dan (D) artinya d
ia bangun terlambat. 3. Mother said, Youre right. What does it mean? A. She denies
a fact. B. She expresses her doubt. C. She admits a fact. D. She congratulates s
omeone. Jawaban: C Ungkapan tersebut artinya Kamu benar.. Ungkapan tersebut diucap
kan untuk mengakui sebuah fakta (admitting a fact), bukan (A) yang artinya dia m
engingkari fakta, (B) yang artinya dia mengungkapkan keraguan, dan (D) yang arti
nya dia memberi selamat. 4. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the dialog?
A. Doni is Rikas neighbor. B. The contest is held in the city hall. C. Mrs. Dodd
y is going to join a cooking contest. D. Rikas mother will be late to the contest
if she rides a motorcycle. Jawaban: D Pernyataan yang salah adalah bahwa ibu Ri
ka akan terlambat tiba di perlombaan apabila dia naik motor. Pernyataan ini bert
entangan dengan kalimat Im sure by riding a motorcycle you wont be late. yang artiny
a Saya yakin dengan naik motor ibu tidak akan terlambat.. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesu
ai dengan kalimat yang
C.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
223

dikatakan Rika, Ill ask ask Doni, our neighbor, . . . ., (B) sesuai dengan kalimat
. . . its held in the city hall., dan (C) sesuai dengan kalimat . . . Mrs. Doddy t
o join her in the cooking contest.. 5. Mother said, But taking a public transport
takes a long time. The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________. A. ge
neral B. open C. private D. strange Jawaban: C Kata public artinya (untuk) umum. Law
an kata tersebut adalah private yang artinya pribadi, bukan general yang artinya
umum, open yang artinya terbuka, dan strange yang artinya aneh. 6. Linda : Tell
me, how was the final result? Tio : We beat our opponent 2-0. Linda : Thats grea
t! ________ Tio : Thank you. A. Its amazing! B. No way! C. No doubt! D. Congratul
ations! Jawaban: D Ungkapan yang tepat untuk merespons suatu kemenangan adalah u
ngkapan selamat, yaitu Congratulations! Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah ungkapan keka
guman, (B) adalah ungkapan mengingkari fakta, dan (C) adalah ungkapan keraguan.
7. Seno : Lola will move to Jakarta after the examination! Tika : ________ She n
ever tells me that shell move out. A. No way! B. Im sure of it. C. Thats right. D.
Ill be alright. Jawaban: A Berdasarkan kalimat berikutnya yang berarti Dia tidak p
ernah memberi tahu saya kalau dia mau pindah. dapat disimpulkan bahwa ungkapan ya
ng tepat adalah ungkapan mengingkari fakta, yaitu No way! yang artinya Tidak mungki
n!. Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah ungkapan kepastian, (C) adalah ungkapan mengakui f
akta, dan (D) adalah respons ungkapan untuk menanyakan kabar.
8. Tommy : Last night, you went to the mall with a girl, didnt you? Angga : I did
. She is my cousin. What is the function of the underlined sentence? A. For givi
ng information. B. For expressing certainty. C. For admitting a fact. D. For den
ying a fact. Jawaban: C Ungkapan tersebut yang artinya Ya benar. adalah ungkapan u
ntuk mengakui fakta, bukan (A) yang artinya memberi informasi, (B) yang artinya
mengungkapkan kepastian, dan (D) yang artinya mengingkari fakta. 9. Mother : Far
ah, ________ will you go for a study tour? Farah : For five days, Mom. A. how ma
ny B. how long C. how much D. how far Jawaban: B Respons Farah, For five days, Mo
m. artinya Selama lima hari, Bu.. Kalimat ini menyatakan lamanya Farah pergi study
tour, sehingga kata tanya yang tepat melengkapi kalimat pertanyaan adalah how lo
ng yang artinya berapa lama. Pilihan jawaban (A) menanyakan jumlah benda yang da
pat dihitung, (C) menanyakan jumlah benda yang tidak dapat dihitung, dan (D) men
anyakan jarak yang ditempuh. 10. Vika : Where will you go this weekend? Dina : I
will go ________. I have a lot of things to do at home. A. somewhere B. nothing
C. nowhere D. anywhere Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat berik
utnya yang berarti Saya mempunyai banyak hal yang harus dikerjakan di rumah.. Oleh
karena itu, jawaban yang tepat untuk merespons pertanyaan Vika yang artinya Ke m
ana kamu akan pergi akhir minggu ini? adalah saya tidak pergi ke mana-mana (I wil
l go nowhere).
224
UNIT 3 Descriptive

11. Attention, please. A biology book was found in the library. Theres no name on
it, only an initial TN. If you are the owner, you can go to the library to claim
it. Thank you. Where do you think you can hear such an announcement? A. At schoo
l. B. In a bookstore. C. In a book fair. D. In a bus stop. Jawaban: A Jawaban di
simpulkan dari kalimat kedua yang artinya Sebuah buku biologi ditemukan di perpus
takaan. sehingga pengumuman tersebut tepat diucapkan di sekolah, bukan (B) yang a
rtinya di toko buku, (C) yang artinya di pameran buku, dan (D) yang artinya di h
alte bus. Read the text and answer questions 12 and 13. The Ultimate Riding Expe
rience We have quiet horses and ponies for every rider and professional guides t
o escort you. Children are most welcome and can be led as required. We recommend
wearing long pants, sensible show and plenty of sunscreen. Helmets are provided
but not compulsory. A ride with us, whether on the beach or throughthe lush gre
en rice field of Canggu will complete your Bali Holiday Experience.
Price List 1
hour ride ........................ US$30,00 hour ride ....................... U
S$15,00 Pony Ride (under 5 yrs.) .. US$10,00 1 hour ride ..................... US
$40,00 Rides include Hotel Transfers, Safety Equipment and Insurance Cover.
12. What does the text mainly provide us? A. Hotel staff. B. Horse riding. C. In
surance cover. D. Professional guides. Jawaban: B Dalam teks tersebut terdapat j
udul The Ultimate Riding Experience yang artinya Pengalaman Berkuda yang Paling Mew
ah. Selanjutnya, dalam teks tersebut terdapat kalimat-kalimat yang menjelaskan te
ntang kegiatan berkuda, peralatan yang diperlukan, harga menyewa kuda, serta con
tact person (orang yang bisa dihubungi). Jadi, secara umum teks tersebut tentang
naik kuda. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya staf ho
tel, (C) artinya perlindungan asuransi, dan (D) artinya pemandu profesional. 13.
Ponies are prepared for ________. A. every rider B. guides C. adults D. kids
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
Jawaban: D Jawaban dapat disimpulkan dari kalimat Pony Ride (under 5 yrs.) . . . y
ang artinya Naik Kuda Poni (di bawah umur 5 tahun) . . .. Jadi, kuda poni disediak
an untuk penunggang kuda yang berumur di bawah 5 tahun atau yang masih anak-anak
(kids). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya setiap pen
unggang kuda, (B) artinya pemandu, dan (C) artinya orang dewasa. Read the text a
nd answer questions 14 to 18. Taronga Zoo Taronga Zoo is the major zoo in Austra
lia. It lies in Sydney, New South Wales. It occupies a 33-hectare location. The
name taronga is an Aboriginal name. It means water view. The Zoo has Australias fines
t collection of native Australian animals and many exotic species. It has kangar
oos, wallabies, and koalas. Those animals can be seen from
Bookings For more information and bookings please ask your hotel tour desk, trav
el agent or contact us direct: Tarukan Equestrian Centre Jl. Nelayan No. 63 Br.
Canggu Tua CANGGU Tel/Fax: (0361)7470644
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
225

a close distance. There are platypuses, echidnas, and New Zealand kiwis in the N
octurnal House. There are also gorillas in the new Gorilla Tropical Forest. All
the animals in the zoo are kept very well. They are kept in the environment that
is like their natural habitat. Taronga is usually used as a site for scientific
research, conservation, and education. It also offers a range of educational an
d special interest tours.
Source: Scaffolding English Junior High School Students Grade VIII
14. Where is Taronga Zoo located? A. In Sydney, Australia. B. In New Zealand. C.
In New York. D. In the Aboriginal site. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kal
imat kedua paragraf satu, yaitu It is located in Sydney, New South Wales.. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 15. Where in Taron
ga Zoo can you find New Zealand kiwis? A. In the Tropical Forest. B. To the sout
h of the zoo. C. In the Nocturnal House. D. In New Zealand. Jawaban: C Jawaban d
isimpulkan dari kalimat ketiga paragraf dua, yaitu . . . and New Zealand kiwis i
n the Nocturnal House.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai denga
n isi teks. 16. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the text?
A. Taronga Zoo is the only zoo in Australia. B. The animals in Taronga Zoo cann
ot be seen in a close distance. C. The name taronga is Aboriginal which means water
view. D. Taronga Zoo only has native Australian animals. Jawaban: C Pernyataan y
ang benar adalah (C) yang artinya nama taronga berasal dari bahasa Aborigin yang b
erarti
226
pemandangan air karena sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir paragraf satu, yaitu The name
taronga is an Aboriginal name. It means water view.. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artiny
a kegiatan Kebun Binatang Taronga adalah satu-satunya kebun binatang di Australi
a salah karena bertentangan dengan kalimat Taronga Zoo is the major zoo in Austra
lia. yang artinya Kebun Binatang Taronga adalah kebun binatang utama di Australia
(bukan satu-satunya).. Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya binatang-binatang di Kebu
n Binatang Taronga tidak dapat dilihat dari jarak dekat salah karena tidak sesua
i dengan kalimat Those animals can be seen from a close distance.. Pilihan jawaban
(D) yang artinya Kebun Binatang Taronga hanya memiliki binatang-binatang asli A
ustralia salah karena terdapat juga binatang-binatang eksotis lainnya (kalimat Th
e Zoo has Australias finest collection of native Australian animals and many exot
ic species.). 17. Taronga Zoo is the major zoo in Australia. (Paragraph 1) What is
the synonym of the underlined word? A. Inferior. B. Secondary. C. Significant. D
. Ordinary. Jawaban: C Kata major artinya utama. Kata ini memiliki makna yang sama d
engan kata significant yang artinya penting/utama. Kata inferior artinya rendah mutu
nya, secondary artinya tambahan, dan ordinary artinya biasa/umum. 18. They are ke
pt in the environment that is like their natural habitat. (Paragraph 3) What does
the underlined word refer to? A. Gorillas. B. Kangaroos. C. All the zoos animals
. D. New Zealand kiwis Jawaban: C Kata ganti orang ketiga jamak they artinya mereka.
Kata ini merujuk pada subjek jamak yang disebutkan dalam kalimat sebelumnya, ya
itu all the animals in the zoo dalam kalimat All the animals in the
UNIT 3 Descriptive

zoo are kept very well.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan kata yang d
imaksud. 19. yourdearbirthday,Emily!on
1 6 2 3 7 4 5

fifteenthcongratulations The correct arrangement of the sentence is ________. A.


2417563 B. 2451367 C. 7512463 D. 7516324 Jawaban: D Kata-kata tersebu
yaitu Congratulations on your fifteenth birthday, dear Emily! yang artinya Selamat
ulang tahun yang kelima belas, Emily sayang!. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah kar
ena membentuk kalimat yang tidak bermakna. 20. (1) The dormitory is situated not
far from his campus. (2) He lives in a dormitory. (3) It means that he doesnt ne
ed to spend money for bus fare. (4) Therefore, he always goes to campus on foot.
(5) My brother is a college student. (6) Surely, he can save his money for some
thing else. (7) There are ten people, including my brother, living there. The pr
oper arrangement of the text is ________. A. (5)(2)(7)(1)(3)(6)(4) B. (5)(2)(7)(1)(
C. (5)(2)(7)(1)(6)(3)(4) D. (5)(2)(7)(4)(6)(1)(3) Jawaban: B Urutan kalimat yang
membentuk teks descriptive yang benar adalah (5) My brother is a college studen
t;
(2) He lives in a dormitory; (7) There are ten people, including my brother, liv
ing there; (1) The dormitory is situated not far from his campus; (4) Therefore,
he always goes to campus on foot; (3) It means that he doesnt need to spend mone
y for bus fare; (6) Surely, he can save his money for something else. B. Complet
e the text with the correct words in the box. Samba anything love to sing larges
t country anybody b. d. f. h. j. on the beach outgoing great players darker loca
ted
a. c. e. g. i.
Brazil Do you know (1) ________ about Brazil? Yes, the football team is one of t
he best in the world. It has (2) ________ like Ronaldo, Ronaldinho, Adriano. Now
let me tell you more about Brazil. You know, Brazil is the (3) ________ in Sout
h America. Its also the fifth largest country in the world. Does (4) ________ kno
w where Brazil is? The country is (5) ________ in the eastern part of South Amer
ica. Now what about the people? They are friendly, (6) ________, and they also l
ike to have fun. Theyre fun-loving people. Well, . . . if youve heard about (7) __
______, then you must know that the Samba dance is from Brazil. The people (8) _
_______ and dance the Samba. They also love to sunbathe, lying (9) ________ to h
ave their skin tanned. It means, they want to make their skin (10) ________.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi
4
Jawaban: 1. c 2. f 6. d 7. a
3. g 8. e
4. i 9. b
5. j 10. h
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
227

C. 1. 2.
Answer the following questions based on the text in Task B. Where is Brazil loca
ted? Jawaban: It is located in the eastern part South America. How large is Braz
il? Jawaban: It is the largest country in South America. It is also the fifth la
rgest country in the world.
3. 4.
5.
How do you describe the people of Brazil? Jawaban: They are friendly, outgoing a
nd fun-loving people. What do Brazilians like to do? Jawaban: They like to sing
and dance the samba, as well as to sunbathe on the beach. Why do they like to su
nbathe? Jawaban: Because they want to have their skin tanned or darker.
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 3: Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur k
etercapaian kompetensi pada Unit 3. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain mode
l ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini
sesuai jumlah siswa. Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediak
an untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kert
as soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan a
tas. Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkann
ya kepada guru. Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan
hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru. Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta men
gembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
228
UNIT 3 Descriptive

A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 5. Tejo : Don, what are you looking fo
r here? Doni : Well, Im looking for the pen you have lent me. Sorry, I have dropp
ed it. Tejo : What? Thats my fathers pen! Doni : Oh, no. It should be an expensive
pen, then. Tejo : Yes, it is. Besides, my father just bought it last week. Doni
: Thats a disaster! What if I cant find it? I dont even have money to buy the new
one at this moment. Tejo : Are you sure you have dropped it here? Didnt you leave
it in class? Doni : Im sure of it. I have looked it in my bag and desk over and
over, but it isnt there. Tejo : Dont panic. Ill help you look for it. Doni : Thanks
, Jo. Sorry for trouble you. 1. What is the dialog about? A. Buying a new pen. B
. Losing a friends pen. C. Borrowing a friends pen. D. Returning a friends pen. 2.
Where does the dialog take place? A. In Donis house. B. In Tejos house. C. In a bu
s station. D. At school. 3. Who are talking in the dialog? A. Playmates. B. Clas
smates. C. Brothers. D. Teacher and student. 4. Tejo said, Sorry, I have dropped
it. What does it mean? A. Admitting a fact. B. Denying a fact. C. Giving informat
ion. D. Agreeing something.
5. Oh, no. It should be an expensive pen, then. The opposite meaning of the underl
ined word is ________. A. sophisticated B. sharp C. narrow D. cheap For question
s 6 to 8, choose the correct expressions to complete the following dialog. Rena
: Auntie, (6) ________ on your newborn baby! Aunt : (7) ________, dear. Rena : W
hats her name, Auntie? Aunt : We havent decided yet. Any suggestion? Rena : What a
bout Rose? She is very beautiful. And . . . look at her red cheeks which look li
ke blossoming roses. Aunt : (8) ________. O.K., Ill think about the name. Thank y
ou. Rena : Youre welcome. 6. A. B. C. D. 7. A. B. C. D. 8. A. B. C. D. well done
thank you welcome congratulations Thank you Im sorry Youre welcome Ill be all right
No, they dont Youre right Thats impossible I hope you are fine
9. Lila : Listen, Mr. Rahardian will be retired at the end of this month! Soni :
Thats right. Our homeroom teacher told me about it yesterday. What is the functi
on of the underlined sentence? A. For denying a fact. B. For expressing certaint
y. C. For admitting a fact. D. For congratulating someone.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
229

10. Seto : ________ does your father usually drive his car? Dina : Around 80 kil
ometers/hour. A. How long B. How far C. How much D. How fast 11. Nita : I have s
ome fruits. ________ do you like, apples or oranges? Dion : Apples, please. Than
k you. A. What B. Which C. How D. When 12. Lisa : Where were you going yesterday
afternoon? Siska : I was going to a computer fair. Lisa : What did you buy? Sis
ka : ________. I just accompanied my elder sister. She bought a new flash disk.
A. Nothing B. Anything C. Everything D. Something 13. Teacher : O.K., students,
who is absent today? Student : ________ of us, Sir. Everyone is here. A. No one
B. Nothing C. None D. Nobody Read the text and answer questions 14 to 16. Keuken
hof Flower Park Keukenhof Flower Park is also known as the Garden of Europe. It
is situated near Lisse, Netherlands. It is the worlds largest flower garden. Keuk
enhof is more than 150 years old. Its first grounds were founded around 1840. Ev
eryone who loves flowers knows Keukenhof Flower Park. There are so many kinds of
beautiful flowers. There are approximately 54,520 acres of parkland planted wit
h tulips and other bulbs. Keukenhof is open from the last week of March to mid-M
ay. The best time to view the tulips is around mid-April. However, it depends on
the weather. In seven weeks Keukenhof has about 800,000 visitors.
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII
14. What is the purpose of the text? A. To describe a particular place. B. To te
ll about a past event. C. To amuse the readers. D. To describe something in gene
ral. 15. The following statements are TRUE, except ________. A. Keukenhof Flower
Park lies in Netherlands B. Keukenhof Flower Park is more than 150 years old C.
Keukenhof Flower Park is open from the last week of March to mid-May D. for six
weeks about 800,000 people have visited Keukenhof Flower Park 16. Its first grou
nds were founded around 1840. (Paragraph 1) The underlined word has a similar mea
ning to ________. A. found B. destroyed C. created D. established Read the text
and answer questions 17 and 18. Good afternoon, all the visitors of the book fai
r. We have a very important announcement for you. We have Dinda here. She inform
ed us that she lost her purse in the fair. She couldnt remember where she left it
. The purse is square and pink. Inside of it are her student card on the name of
Dinda Maharani, ATM card and some money. We do hope your favor, if you see it,
please report it to the information desk immediately. Thank you. 17. These state
ments are TRUE about Dindas purse, except ________. A. its color is pink B. it is
square C. there are two cards in it D. there is no money in it 18. We do hope yo
ur favor, if you see it . . . . The underlined word refers to ________. A. the li
steners B. the book fairs visitors C. all the customers D. the book fairs committe
e
230
UNIT 3 Descriptive

Read the text and answer questions 19 and 20. Are you looking for a convenient p
lace to buy fruits with reasonable prices? Green Fruit Shop is the best choice Y
ou can find all kinds of fresh fruits here, both local and imported. We guarante
e the quality and the freshness of our fruits. Soft opening: Sunday, February 15
, 2009 The best quality and best service is our commitment. So, come and prove y
ourselves. 19. What is the text about? A. The finding of the best fruit shop. B.
The description of a new fruit shop. C. The advertisement of a new fruit shop.
D. The information of a fruit center. 20. Are you looking for a convenient place
to buy fruits . . . ? The similar meaning of the underlined word is ________. A.
important B. appropriate C. boring D. primary Read the text and answer questions
21 to 25. Jakarta Now Jakarta is the capital city of the Republic of Indonesia,
a country composed of more than 300 ethnic groups speaking 200 different langua
ges. As the capital city, Jakarta is a melting pot of representatives from each
of these ethnic groups. Jakarta is the center of the nations industrial, politica
l and cultural life. It is home to many of the countrys finest research institute
s, educational facilities, and cultural organizations. Jakarta is uniquely the s
eat of both the national as well as the regional government.
Strategically positioned in the archipelago, the city is also the principal gate
way to the rest of Indonesia. From the Capital City, sophisticated land, air, an
d sea transport is available to the rest of the country and beyond. It has the l
argest and most modern airport in the country, the most important harbor in Indo
nesia and is well-connected by rail of good roads to other destinations in Java,
Sumatra, and Bali. Over the last several decades, Jakarta has proudly developed
into one of Asias most prominent metropolitan centers. With a current population
of nearly nine millions, Jakarta has undergone dramatic growth. Today, Jakartas
skyline is covered by modern high-rises. The many shopping centers, recreation c
omplexes and toll-roads have become hallmarks of the city. Jakartas cultural rich
ness and dynamic growth contribute significantly to its growing importance as on
e of the worlds leading capital cities. Jakarta has become a major destination in
its own right. Visitors come for Jakartas complete facilities and attractions th
at are in many ways unique and not available elsewhere. In the field of tourism
Jakarta offers four and five star hotels, convention facilities, amusement parks
, shopping centers, historical buildings, museums, tours and many other tourist
attractions.
Source: http://www.beritajakarta.com/english/About Jakarta/JakartaNow.asp (Decem
ber 29, 2008)
21. What is the text about? A. Informing the history of Jakarta. B. Describing J
akarta in the past. C. Informing the best place in Jakarta D. Describing the cap
ital city of Indonesia. 22. What is the political position of Jakarta in our cou
ntry? A. As the seat of national and regional government. B. As a major destinat
ion in tourism. C. As the center of the nationals industry. D. As the principal g
ateway to the rest of Indonesia.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
231

23. What is the main idea of paragraph 4? A. Jakarta in the past era. B. The cul
tural life in Jakarta. C. Jakarta as one of Asias most prominent metropolitan cen
ters. D. Jakarta as the principal gateway to the rest of Indonesia. 24. In the t
ourism field, Jakarta offers the following, except ________ A. convention facili
ties B. four and five-star-hotels C. skyline buildings D. historical buildings 2
5. From the Capital City, sophisticated land, air, and sea transport is available
. . . . (Paragraph 2) The underlined word means _________. A. unique B. modern C
. different D. awkward For questions 26 to 28, choose the correct words to compl
ete the following text. The Great Pyramid of Giza in Egypt is one of the Old Sev
en Wonders of the World Attractions. It (26) ________ by the Egyptian Pharaoh Kh
ufu around 2560 BC. It was constructed to serve as a tomb for the pharaoh after
his death. The pyramid is an architectural landmark, and the technique used for
(27) ________ construction has been a topic of discussion among archaeologists a
nd architects throughout the world. One of the most sought after tourist spots i
n the world, this monument has (28) ________ attractions. The famous Sphinx, a p
art of the monument, attracts tourists in numbers.
Adapted from: http://www.placesonline.com/africa/egypt/ cairo/great_pyramid_of_g
iza.asp?gclid=CL_q0bPA5cCFQntegod_ymHDg
27. A. C. 28. A. C.
its their little much
1 7 2 3 8 4
B. D. B. D.
5
his your many less
6

29. to finishitnightisthe taskon impossibleone. The correct arrangement of the words i


________. A. 24715683 B. 24756183 C. 83452167 D. 83457621 30. (1
forests, and long beaches. (2) There are eight islands of different sizes which
form the Hawaiian Islands. (3) Their waters are filled with colorful fish, dolph
ins, and giant sea turtles. (4) While they differ from each other in some ways,
they share many features, like their natural beauties. (5) The Hawaiian Islands
are located in the middle of the Pacific Ocean, far away from any other lands. T
he correct arrangement of the sentences is ________. A. (5)(1)(3)(2)(4) B. (5)(2)(4)(1
3) C. (5)(3)(1)(4)(2) D. (5)(4)(2)(3)(1) B. Write a descriptive text about a historic
building you know. Mind the structure of the text.
26. A. C.
built is built
B. D.
builds was built
232
UNIT 3 Descriptive

Jawaban Review Unit 3 A. Pilihan Ganda Keseluruhan percakapan tentang Doni yang
mencari pulpen yang dia pinjam dari Tejo, dengan kata lain dia telah menghilangk
an pulpen itu. (losing Tejos pen). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak s
esuai dengan isi percakapan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya membeli pulpen baru, (C
) artinya meminjam pulpen teman, dan (D) artinya mengembalikan pulpen teman. Ber
dasarkan kata keterangan tempat in class dari kalimat yang diucapkan Tejo, yaitu Di
dnt you leave it in class?, percakapan tersebut terjadi di sekolah (at school), bu
kan di (A) rumah Doni, (B) rumah Tejo, dan (C) di terminal bus. Berdasarkan kata
keterangan tempat in class yang berarti percakapan tersebut terjadi di sekolah (a
t school), orang yang melakukan percakapan tersebut adalah teman sekelas, bukan
(A) teman sepermainan, (C) saudara laki-laki, dan (D) guru dan siswa. Kalimat so
al artinya Maaf, saya telah menjatuhkannya. merupakan ungkapan mengakui sebuah fak
ta (admitting a fact) bahwa dia telah menjatuhkannya (pulpen itu). Kata expensive
artinya mahal. Kata ini berlawanan makna dengan kata cheap yang artinya murah. Sophi
sticated artinya canggih, sharp artinya tajam, dan narrow artinya sempit. Ungkap
an yang tepat diucapkan Rena atas kelahiran seorang bayi adalah ucapan selamat.
Jadi, kata yang tepat melengkapi soal adalah congratulations yang artinya selamat. P
ilihan jawaban yang lain
1. B.
salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) biasanya diucapkan karena keberhasilan melakukan sesu
atu, (B) adalah ungkapan terima kasih, dan (C) artinya selamat datang. 7. A. Ung
kapan yang benar untuk merespons ucapan selamat adalah terima kasih (thank you).
Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah ungkapan permintaan maaf, (C) adalah ungkapan untuk
merespons ucapan terima kasih, dan (D) adalah respons atas ungkapan untuk menany
akan kabar atau keadaan seseorang. Ungkapan yang tepat melengkapi percakapan ter
sebut adalah Youre right yang artinya Kamu benar.. Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat s
esudahnya yang artinya Baiklah, saya akan memikirkan nama itu. yang berarti dia me
ngiyakan pernyataan Rena sebelumnya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan ja
waban (A) dan (C) untuk menyangkal fakta, sedangkan (D) merupakan kalimat pengha
rapan. Kalimat soal artinya Itu benar. merupakan ungkapan mengakui sebuah fakta (a
dmitting a fact) bahwa Pak Rahardian akan pensiun pada akhir bulan. Kalimat soal
menanyakan kecepatan ayah Dina mengendarai mobil. Hal ini disimpulkan dari jawa
ban Dina yang menyebutkan kecepatan mobil itu, yaitu sekitar 80 km/jam. Kata tan
ya yang benar untuk menanyakan kecepatan laju mobil adalah how fast yang artinya
seberapa cepat. How long untuk menanyakan durasi suatu kegiatan dilakukan, how
far untuk menanyakan jarak suatu tempat dari tempat lain, dan how much menanyaka
n jumlah benda yang tidak dapat dihitung.
2. D.
8. B.
3. B.
9. C.
4. A.
10. D.
5. D.
6. D.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
233

11. B.
Kalimat soal artinya . . . yang kamu suka, apel atau jeruk?. Kalimat ini mengungk
apkan suatu pilihan. Kata tanya yang tepat melengkapi pertanyaan pilihan tersebu
t adalah which yang artinya yang mana. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena ti
dak tepat digunakan untuk menanyakan pilihan. Berdasarkan kalimat selanjutnya ya
ng artinya Saya hanya menemani kakak saya. Dia membeli sebuah flash disk baru., di
simpulkan bahwa Siska tidak membeli apapun. Indefinite pronoun yang tepat meleng
kapi soal bermakna negatif, yaitu nothing. Dalam percakapan tersebut, guru berta
nya siapakah siswa yang absen. Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat terakhir
yang diucapkan siswa yang artinya Everyone is here. yang artinya Setiap orang di si
ni.. Dengan demikian, tidak ada siswa yang absen. Indefinite pronoun yang tepat m
elengkapi percakapan bermakna negatif dan tepat dipasangkan dengan of us, adalah n
one. Teks tersebut berbentuk descriptive yang bertujuan untuk mendeskripsikan su
atu tempat tertentu (to describe a particular place), yaitu Taman Bunga Keukenho
f. Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya untuk menceritakan peristiwa lampau merupaka
n tujuan teks recount, (C) yang artinya untuk menghibur pembaca merupakan tujuan
teks narrative, dan (D) yang artinya untuk mendeskripsikan sesuatu secara umum
merupakan tujuan teks report. Pernyataan yang benar untuk soal pengecualian (per
nyataan yang salah) adalah (D) yang artinya selama enam minggu Taman Bunga Keuke
nhof telah dikunjungi kurang lebih 800.000 orang. Pernyataan ini tidak sesuai de
ngan kalimat In seven weeks
12. A.
Keukenhof has about 800,000 visitors yang artinya Dalam tujuh minggu Keukenhof dik
unjungi kurang lebih 800.000 orang.. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat It
is situated near Lisse, Netherlands., (B) sesuai dengan kalimat Keukenhof is more
than 150 years old., dan (C) sesuai dengan kalimat Keukenhof is open from the last
week of March to mid-May.. 16. D. Kata founded artinya didirikan. Kata ini memiliki
makna yang sama dengan kata established yang juga berarti didirikan. Pilihan jawab
an yang lain salah karena memiliki arti yang berbeda. Found artinya ditemukan, d
estroyed artinya dihancurkan, dan created artinya diciptakan. Hal-hal yang benar
tentang dompet Dinda adalah (A) berwarna merah muda dan (B) berbentuk persegi y
ang sesuai dengan kalimat The purse is square and pink., serta di dalamnya terdapa
t dua kartu, yaitu kartu siswa dan kartu ATM (kalimat Inside of it are her studen
t card on the name of Dinda Maharani, ATM card . . . .). Jadi, jawaban yang benar
untuk soal pengecualian adalah (D) yang artinya di dalam dompet itu tidak ada u
angnya karena bertentangan dengan kalimat Inside of it are . . . and some money..
Kata ganti orang you mengacu kepada siapa pengumuman tersebut dibacakan, yaitu pen
gunjung pameran buku (the book fairs visitors). Hal ini disimpulkan dari salam pe
mbuka pengumuman, yaitu Good afternoon, all the visitors of the book fair.. Piliha
n jawaban (A) dan (C) salah karena terlalu umum. Pilihan jawaban (D) salah karen
a bukan orang-orang yang dimaksud.
13. C.
17. D.
14. A.
18. B.
15. D.
234
UNIT 3 Descriptive

19. C.
Teks tersebut berbentuk iklan yang bertujuan untuk mempromosikan sesuatu, yaitu
toko buah Green yang baru dibuka. Jadi, jawabannya adalah iklan toko buah baru.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya penemuan toko buah
terbaik, (B) artinya deskripsi toko buah baru, dan (D) artinya informasi tentang
pusat buah. Kata convenient artinya tepat. Kata ini memiliki makna yang sama dengan
kata appropriate yang juga berarti tepat. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karen
a memiliki arti yang berbeda. Important artinya penting, boring artinya membosan
kan, dan primary artinya utama. Keseluruhan teks membahas tentang deskripsi Jaka
rta sebagai ibu kota Indonesia, dengan gagasan-gagasan pendukung tentang fasilit
as dan atraksi yang mendukung kota Jakarta. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya mem
beri informasi tentang sejarah Jakarta, (B) yang artinya mendeskripsikan Jakarta
pada masa lalu, dan (C) yang artinya memberi informasi tentang tempat terbaik d
i Jakarta salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. Kedudukan Jakarta dalam bidang
politik terdapat dalam paragraf dua kalimat Jakarta is uniquely the seat of both
the national as well as the regional government.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena bukan kedudukan Jakarta dalam bidang politik. Pokok pikiran utama paragr
af empat terdapat di kalimat awal, yaitu Over the last several decades, Jakarta h
as proudly developed into one of Asias most prominent metropolitan centers. yang d
iikuti dengan gagasan pendukung pada kalimat-kalimat selanjutnya. Pilihan jawaba
n (A) yang artinya Jakarta pada masa lampau
salah karena tidak disebutkan dalam teks. Pilihan jawaban (B) terdapat dalam par
agraf satu dan (D) terdapat dalam paragraf tiga. 24. C. Hal-hal yang ditawarkan
oleh kota Jakarta dalam bidang pariwisata terdapat dalam paragraf lima, yaitu In
the field of tourism Jakarta offers four and five-star-hotels, convention facili
ties, amusement parks, shopping centers, historical buildings, museums, tours, a
nd many other tourist attractions.. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar untuk soal p
engecualian adalah (C) yang artinya bangunan pencakar langit. Kata sophisticated a
rtinya canggih. Kata ini juga berarti modern. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah kare
na memiliki arti yang berbeda. Unique artinya unik, different artinya berbeda, d
an awkward artinya aneh. Kalimat soal yang artinya (Piramida Besar) Itu . . . ole
h Firaun Khufu di Mesir sekitar tahun 2560 SM. memerlukan kata kerja. Berdasarkan
makna, kalimat tersebut berbentuk pasif, sehingga kata kerja yang benar berpola
be + past participle dengan tense berbentuk past tense, yaitu was built. Piliha
n jawaban (A) untuk kalimat aktif berpola the simple past tense, (B) untuk kalim
at aktif berbentuk the simple present tense, dan (C) untuk kalimat pasif berpola
the simple present tense. Kalimat soal memerlukan kata ganti kepemilikan (posse
ssive adjectives). Karena kata ganti kepemilikan merujuk pada benda tunggal mati
(the pyramid), possessive adjective yang benar adalah its yang artinya (konstru
ksi)-nya. Pilihan jawaban (B) dan (D) salah karena merupakan possessive adjectiv
e untuk benda hidup, sedangkan (C) salah karena merupakan kata ganti kepemilikan
untuk benda jamak.
20. B.
25. B.
21. D.
26. D.
22. A.
27. A.
23. C.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

235

28. B.
Kata benda attractions merupakan kata benda jamak yang dapat dihitung, sehingga ka
ta keterangan jumlah yang benar untuk menerangkan kata benda tersebut adalah man
y yang artinya banyak. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena merupakan kata ket
erangan jumlah untuk benda-benda yang tidak dapat dihitung. Kata-kata tersebut a
kan membentuk kalimat: It is impossible to finish the task on one night. yang arti
nya Mustahil menyelesaikan tugas ini dalam waktu semalam.. Pilihan jawaban yang la
in salah karena membentuk kalimat yang tidak bermakna. Urutan kalimat yang benar
untuk membentuk teks descriptive yang benar adalah (5) The Hawaiian Islands are
located in the middle of the Pacific Ocean, far away from any other lands; (2)
There are eight islands of different sizes, which form the Hawaiian islands (4)
While they differ from each other in some ways, they share many features, like t
heir natural beauties; (1) They share mountains and waterfalls, rainforests, and
long beaches; (3) Their waters are filled with colorful fish, dolphins, and gia
nt sea turtles.
B.
Esai
Contoh jawaban: The Must-see Ambarawa Railway Museum You can easily be accused o
f committing a tourism sin if youre in Semarang and failed to visit the Ambarawa
Railway Museum. This museum is situated less than an hours drive from the capital
of Central Java. During the Dutch colonial days, Ambarawa was a military zone a
nd the railway station was used to transport troops to Semarang through Kedungja
ti. It is at 474m above sea level, giving you unpolluted fresh air to breathe. T
he Ambarawa Railway Museum is well-maintained. It is a medium-sized building. Th
e railway route is offered to visitors. You can enjoy the beautiful panorama dur
ing the route. All in all, this is a truly exciting treasure to visit.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi
4
29. A.
30. B.
236
UNIT 3 Descriptive

Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will be able to: 1. ask for, give and refuse to give
things, 2. invite, accept and decline an invitation, 3. deliver short functiona
l texts (spoken messages), 4. tell past events using spoken English, 5. write sh
ort functional texts (invitation cards), 6. write recount texts, and 7. use the
past continuous tense, relating/linking verbs and reflexive pronouns (-self).
Soekarno said, The great nation is the one that respects the heroes. What about yo
u? How do you appreciate the heroes? You will learn a lot of things about Indone
sian heroes through recount texts in this unit. You will understand how they fou
ght to gain and defend our nation from colonizations of other countries.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
237

4.1 Expressions
Asking for, Giving or Refusing to Give Things
Read the dialog and study the explanation. Vicky : Jimmy : Fred : Hi, Fred. Plea
se come in. Fred, Im having breakfast. Do you want to have breakfast with me? No,
thank you. Ive already had breakfast. But may I have a cup of tea, please? Sure.
Wait a minute. Thank you.
Vicky : Fred :
The sentence But may I have a cup of tea, please? is the expression of asking for
a thing while its response Sure. is the expression of giving the thing. Here are s
ome other expressions of asking for, giving and refusing to give things. Asking
for Things Can I have a bit? May I have a bit? Do you mind if I taste it? Is it
O.K. if I try it? Giving Things Sure. Here you are. Please serve yourself. Not a
t all, please do so. Sure, please have a go. Refusing to Give Things No, you cant
. Sorry. Im sorry you may not. Sorry, not this time. Dont be like that.
Inviting, Accepting or Declining an Invitation
Read the dialogs and study the explanation. 1. Ramon : Are you free next Sunday
morning? Lee : Um . . . yeah. Whats up? Ramon : Lets go to my grandparents house. W
e can pick some ripe rambutans. Lee : Really? Id love to. Ramon : Great! Ill pick
you up at 9:00 a.m.
The bold-typed sentences are the expression of inviting and accepting an invitat
ion. Here are some expressions you can use to invite someone and respond to it.
Inviting Someone

Accepting an Invitation

Lets go to my house. What if we ask Jannice to join us? How about seeing a film t
his afternoon? Will you come to my party?
Lets go./Sure./O.K. Thats a good idea./That sounds great. That would be very nice.
Id like to, thank you.
238
UNIT 4 Recount

2.
Lisa : Please come to my house after school. Manda : Any business? Lisa : Hmm .
. . I will have a barbeque party in the garden. Manda : That sounds great, but I
have to do something else. Sorry. Lisa : Thats a pity. You can use the bold-type
d sentences in the dialog to decline an invitation. Here are some other expressi
ons you can use to decline an invitation and respond to it. Declining an Invitat
ion

Responding

Thank you for your invitation, but I dont think I can manage it. Sorry. Im really
sorry about that. I have something else to do that day. Id like to, but I have to
baby-sit my little brother. Maybe some other time.
Its a pity./Thats O.K. Oh, I see. Maybe some other time. No problem, really./Pleas
e reschedule.
Look at the picture and answer the questions. 1. The girl in the picture needs c
hili sauce. What do you think she will say to her friend? Contoh jawaban: She wi
ll say, Can you pass me the chili sauce, please? What do you think her friend will
say to respond to it? Contoh jawaban: She will say, Sure. Here you are.
2.
A. 1.
Read and practice the dialogs below. Diana is going to go out with her friends,
Nella, Merlyn and Sasha. They decide to meet at Dianas house. Diana is having a s
mall chat with Nella and Merlyn before Sasha arrives. Diana : Hello, everyone. P
lease come in. Wow, you are sweaty! Nella : Yeah, its very hot outside. Merlyn :
Nellas right. Diana, can I have a glass of water, please? Diana : Sure. And you,
Nella? Nella : Id like iced-tea, please.
239
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Diana : Sorry, I ran out of the ice. Nella : O.K., a glass of water, then. Thank
s. Diana : Wait a second, please. Ill get them for you. 2. Ajeng meets Detty to d
eliver an invitation. Ajeng : Detty, Im having a get-together in my house on Satu
rday night. Would you like to come? Detty : Well, Id love to, but Im going out wit
h my family. Weve promised to accompany Aunt Anissa on Saturday night. Ajeng : Th
ats O.K. How is your aunt by the way? Detty : Shes still in hospital, but shes gett
ing better, thanks.
Variasi: Guru menyuruh siswa memperagakan percakapan berikut. Mr. Hermawan just
arrived home from Bandung. Unfortunately, he forgot to take his suitcase. He lef
t it in the wagon. He meets the travel agent now. Mr. Hermawan : Excuse me, I le
ft a suitcase in the wagon from Bandung yesterday morning. Travel agent : Let me
see. Um . . . is this case yours? Mr. Hermawan : No, thats not mine. Its a small
brown case. Theres a tag of my name on it. Travel agent : What about this one? Mr
. Hermawan : Thats right. Hermawan, Jl. Aceh No. 246 Bandung. Thank you. Travel a
gent : You are welcome. B. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the di
alogs in Task A. Answer his/her questions orally.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. For dialog 1. Where does the dialo
g happen? 2. What is the dialog about? 3. Who hasnt come? 4. What did Dianas frien
ds say to ask for some drink? 5. What did Diana say to respond to it? 6. For dia
log 2. Who are talking in the dialog? 7. What will Ajeng do on Saturday night? 8
. Will Detty come? Why/why not? Jawaban: 1. In Dianas house. 2. About Dianas frien
ds who ask for drink. 3. Sasha hasnt. 4. They said, Diana, can I have a glass of w
ater, please? and Id like iced-tea, please. to ask for something. 5. Diana said, Sure
. to give the thing and Sorry, I ran out of the ice. to refuse to give the thing. 6
. Two good friends, Ajeng and Detty. 7. She will hold a get-together in her hous
e. 8. No, she wont. She will accompany Aunt Anissa in hospital.
240
UNIT 4 Recount

C.
Complete the dialogs while listening to your teacher.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Soni : Youre work
ing hard, Dad. What are you doing? Father : Im fixing this table. (1) Give me tha
t nail, please. Soni : Which nail? This one? Father : (2) No, not that one. The
small one. Soni : (3) Here you are. Father : Thanks. Dialog 2 Aling : Windi : Ma
ylan : Dewi : Im bored. I think Im going to the game zone. (4) Want to join? I wou
ld love to, but I have to attend a math course at 4:00 p.m. Dont worry. Ill drop y
ou there. Is that so? (5) Ill come with you, then. Lets go.
Variasi: Guru mengucapkan lima ungkapan pendek berikut dua atau tiga kali. Siswa
disuruh meresponsnya dengan ungkapan yang benar. Guru dapat menyuruh siswa mela
kukan hal seperti ini secara berkelompok. Listen to your teacher. Respond to him
/her with proper expressions. Example: Teacher said, Do you want a story book? I
have some. Student said, That would be great, thanks. I love reading, you know. Ung
kapan-ungkapan yang diucapkan guru: 1. Im hungry. 2. I have nothing to do next ho
liday. 3. Theres a book fair in the town hall. 4. Marini, our friend, is in hospi
tal for two days. 5. I have to go to Fajars house, but my bike is broken. Contoh
jawaban: 1. I have some cookies. You can have some. Lets go to the canteen. Sorry
. I have nothing to share. 2. What if we go hiking/camping? I want to spend my h
oliday in my grandparents house. Want to join? Lets go swimming. 3. Lets see it thi
s afternoon. What if we go there together after school? 4. What if we see her af
ter school? Lets see her this afternoon. 5. Dont worry. You can use mine. Let me t
ake you there. I want to go out. Lets go together, then.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
241

D. E.
Practice the dialogs in Task C with your friend. Listen to your teacher, and the
n answer the questions orally.
Dialog 1 Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Ferry : While waiting for the others, m
ay I have something to drink? Tata : Of course. Hot or cold? Ferry : Er . . . co
ld, please. Tata : I have many choices, soft drink, juice, iced tea or iced wate
r. What do you like? Ferry : Sorry for asking. Is this a restaurant? Tata : Yes,
it is. No, just kidding. Ferry : Well, give me soft drink if it does not troubl
e you. Tata : Not at all. Ill be right back. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Who are talking in th
e dialog? Jawaban: Two friends. Where do you think the dialog happens? Jawaban:
In Tatas house. Ferry said, . . . , may I have something to drink? What does it mea
n? Jawaban: He asks for something. How did Tata respond to it? Jawaban: By sayin
g, Of course. What does Ferry finally have? Jawaban: He has soft drink.
Dialog 2 Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Nita : Its very hot today. Lesly : Thats
right. Nita : It makes me thirsty. Lets go to the food stall to have something to
drink. Lesly : Sorry, Im broke. Nita : Dont worry. Ill treat you. Lesly : Really?
Nita : Yup! Lesly : Thanks. O.K., lets go. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. How is the weather that
day? Jawaban: It is very hot. How does Nita feel? Jawaban: She feels thirsty. W
here will the girls go? Jawaban: They will go to the food stall to buy something
to drink. Who will pay the drink? How do you know? Jawaban: Nita will. She said
, Dont worry. Ill treat you. What did Lesly say to express her gratitude? Jawaban: S
he said, Thanks.
242
UNIT 4 Recount

F.
Listen to your teacher and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. 3. What d
oes Angel ask Lilly to do? A. To read books in Paradise bookstore. B. To browse
in Paradise bookstore. C. To spend the night together. D. To go out together. Ja
waban: B Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama dan kedua pada percakapan yan
g dibacakan guru, yaitu Angel likes to browse in bookstores. She asks Lilly wheth
er she wants to go there with her that afternoon.. Why does Lilly decline Angels i
nvitation at first? Because ________. A. she has no time B. she has a little mon
ey C. she has no companion D. she has to do something else Jawaban: B Pilihan ja
waban ini benar yang disimpulkan dari kalimat Lilly, yaitu Id love to, but I only
have a little money left. yang artinya Saya ingin pergi, tetapi uang saya tinggal
sedikit..
Listen to the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Percakapan yang dibacakan gur
u: Yanti goes home from school with Teguh. They go by bikes. Yanti : Oh, my! Its
really hot! Teguh : Look! Theres an ice cream stand. Lets get something to drink.
Yanti : That sounds lovely. Lets go. Teguh : Lets. 1. Who invites to stop at the i
ce cream stand? A. Yanti does. B. Teguh does. C. No one does. D. Teguh and Yanti
do. Jawaban: B Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Teguh, Look! Theres an ice cream
stand. Lets get something to drink.. Teguh said, ________ to invite to drink. A. Loo
k! Theres an ice cream stand. B. That sounds lovely! Lets go. C. Oh, my! Its really
hot! D. Lets get something to drink. Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan tersebut, Teguh
mengajak Yanti minum dengan mengatakan Lets get something to drink..
4.
2.
Listen to the dialog and answer question 5. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Davi
d invites Helena for lunch next Sunday afternoon. David : Are you free next Sund
ay afternoon? Helena : Yes. Whats up? David : Why dont we have lunch in Merapi Res
taurant? Helena : Id love to. Thanks. David : Well, Ill pick you up at one, O.K.?
Helena : That would be great! I look forward to it. David : See you, then. Helen
a : See you. 5. When will David and Helena go out for lunch together? A. Last Su
nday afternoon. B. Last Saturday afternoon. C. Next Sunday afternoon. D. Next Sa
turday afternoon. Jawaban: C Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat di awal percakapa
n yang dibacakan guru, yaitu David invites Helena for lunch next Sunday afternoon
..
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
Listen to the dialog and answer questions 3 and 4. Percakapan yang dibacakan gur
u: Angel likes to browse in bookstores. She asks Lilly whether she wants to go t
here with her that afternoon. Angel : Lilly, do you want to come to Paradise boo
kstore with me? Lilly : Id love to, but I only have a little money left. Angel :
So do I, but I just want to browse. Lilly : Are you sure you just want to browse
? Angel : Yeah. I like to read new magazines or comic books there. I dont have en
ough money to buy them, but I can go there and read, right?
243

A. 1.
Practice the dialogs below with your friend. Woman : I want some envelopes, plea
se. Assistant : Which size do you want, Madam? The large, medium or the small on
e? Woman : The medium size, please. By the way, do you have any writing-paper? A
ssistant : Yes, we do. Woman : Give me some, also a small pad and a bottle of bl
ack ink. Assistant : O.K. Here you are. Is that all? Woman : Thats all, thank you
. Rendi gave a ride to Selma. They are in Selmas house yard now. Selma : Thanks f
or the ride, Ren. Rendi : No problem. Selma : Wont you come in for a drink or som
ething? Rendi : No, thanks. Maybe some other time. Selma : Well, then. See you.
Rendi : See you.
2.
Variasi: Guru membaca kata-kata berikut. Siswa disuruh menulisnya di selembar ke
rtas dan kemudian mencari artinya. Setelah selesai, mereka disuruh mengumpulkan
hasilnya. What do the words below mean? Kata-kata yang dibacakan guru dan jawaba
n: 1. envelope = amplop 2. 3. size = ukuran 4. 5. ride = tumpangan 6. 7. house y
ard = halaman rumah 8. B. ink writing-paper come in medium = = = = tinta kertas
tulis masuk sedang
Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A orally.
Dialog 1 1. Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: A customer and a shop assist
ant. 2. Where does it occur? Jawaban: In a stationery shop. 3. What does the wom
an need? Jawaban: She needs envelopes, writing-paper, a pad and a bottle of blac
k ink. Dialog 2 1. Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: Two friends, Selma an
d Rendi. 2. What did Selma say to invite Rendi? Jawaban: She said, Wont you come i
n for a drink or something? 3. Did Rendi accept it? What did he say? Jawaban: No,
he didnt. He said, No, thanks. Maybe some other time.
244
UNIT 4 Recount

Variasi: Read the dialogs in Task A once again. Then, write down the expressions
that we use to invite someone, to ask for something, and to respond to them. Sa
y those expressions with proper pronunciation. Jawaban: 1. I want some envelopes
, please. (asking for something) 2. Which size do you want, Madam? (responding t
o asking for something) 3. Give me some, also a small pad and a bottle of black
ink. (asking for something) 4. O.K. Here you are. (giving the things) 5. Wont you
come in for a drink or something? (inviting someone) 6. No, thanks. Maybe some
other time. (declining an invitation) C. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct ans
wer. Jawaban: D Respons Lena No, I dont feel like it. Im tired. yang artinya Saya tid
ak ingin pergi ke sana. Saya lelah. digunakan untuk menolak ajakan atau undangan.
Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5. Arum : What do you have for lunch
break? Karlina : I have five pieces of dorayaki. Arum : Dorayaki? What is that?
Karlina : Its a cake that tastes delicious. Arum : May I have it? Karlina : Sure.
Here youre. Arum : Thanks. Hmm . . . delicious. 3. Where do you think the dialog
happens? A. At home. B. At school. C. In the yard. D. On the bus. Jawaban: B Pa
da awal percakapan Arum mengatakan, What do you have for lunch break? yang artinya
Apa yang kamu punya untuk makan siang pada jam istirahat ini?. Ucapan Arum terseb
ut menunjukkan bahwa percakapan terjadi di sekolah (at school) pada saat jam ist
irahat. Arum said, May I have it? It means ________. A. she asks for something B.
she receives something C. she rejects something D. she offers something
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Dina : Lena, Super Jumbo Mall is h
aving a big sale in four days only. Do you like to join me to go there? Lena : N
o, I dont feel like it. Im tired. Dina : You can refresh your mind by doing window
shopping, right? Lena : Nope! I prefer staying at home to going out at this tim
e. 1. What does Dina and Lena talk about? A. About Lenas feeling that day. B. Abo
ut Lenas intention to go out. C. About a big sale in Super Jumbo Mall. D. About D
inas invitation to see a big sale in Super Jumbo Mall. Jawaban: C Dalam percakapa
n tersebut, Dina mengajak Lena pergi ke Mal Super Jumbo karena di sana ada obral
. Jadi, Dina dan Lena membicarakan tentang obral tersebut (a big sale in Super J
umbo Mall). Lena declines the invitation by saying, ________ A. Do you want to joi
n me to go there? B. Lena, Super Jumbo Mall is having a big sale in four days on
ly. C. You can refresh your mind by doing window shopping, right? D. No, I dont f
eel like it. Im tired.
2.
4.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
245

Jawaban: A Dalam percakapan tersebut Karlina membawa lima potong kue dorayaki. P
ada saat itu Arum belum tahu apa itu dorayaki. Dia pun memintanya. Jadi, ucapan
Arum tersebut digunakan untuk meminta sesuatu (ask for something).
5.
The word it in May I have it? refers to ________. A. the school B. the lunch break C
. the food D. the cake Jawaban: D Kata it mengacu pada kata benda yang telah diseb
utkan dalam kalimat sebelumnya. Berdasarkan ucapan sebelumnya, yaitu ucapan Karl
ina, it tersebut mengacu pada the cake (kue dorayaki).
D. 1.
Complete the dialogs with the suitable expressions in the boxes. Practice them w
ith your friend.

Here you are. No, thanks. Passport, please?
Officer Tourist Officer Tourist Officer Tourist
: : : : : :
Good morning. (a) ________ (b) ________ Thank you very much. Are you a tourist o
r on business? Im a tourist. Thats fine. Have a nice stay! Thank you. : : : :
2.

Ill call her later. Why dont you come over to meet her? Let me know if you can com
e. Id love to, but I cant.
Luna Coki Luna Coki
My cousin will be coming here next week. Is she your cousin from Perth? Right! (
c) ________ (d) ________ I have to finish my paper report. Anyway, how long will
she be here? Luna : Shell be here for a week. (e) ________ Coki : O.K. I will be
very interested in meeting her. b. d. Here you are. Id love to, but I cant.
Jawaban: a. Passport, please? c. Why dont you come over to meet her? e. Let me kn
ow if you can come.
Variasi: Guru menanyakan pertanyaan-pertanyaan tentang percakapan-percakapan di
atas. Siswa disuruh menjawabnya secara lisan. A. Listen to your teacher. Answer
his/her questions based on the dialogs in Task D orally.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Where do you think dialog 1 takes
place? 2. What do the people talk about? 3. What does the officer ask the touris
t to do? 4. In dialog 2, who will come to Lunas house? 5. What did she say to inv
ite Coki to meet her? Jawaban: 1. In a boarding pass desk in an airport. 2. A pa
ssport and the tourists business. 3. To show his passport. 4. Her cousin from Per
th. 5. She said, Why dont you come over to meet her?
246
UNIT 4 Recount

B.
Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs. Practice them with your friend.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Eka will have
a boy scout activity at school this afternoon. He is unwilling to go there alone
. He calls Ari to ask him to go together. 3 Eka : What if we go together? 6 Ari
: Sorry. Maybe some other time. 1 Eka : Ri, will you go to the boy scout this af
ternoon? 4 Ari : Im really sorry, but my brother will take me there. 5 Eka : Thats
too bad. Ari : Yup! Dialog 2 Galang and Yoyok are invited to Jasmines house to h
ave a party. But, her house is quiet when they arrive. Then, they decide to try
the back door. They find out that the party is in the garden. 6 Galang : Is it,
Jas? 3 Jasmine : Hi, guys! Everybody wants to have the party in the garden. Plea
se come and have something to drink. Yoyok : Water? Theres none left. 5 1 Galang
: Look! Everyones in the garden. 7 Jasmine : Dont believe him, Galang. Hes only jok
ing. Ill get you some water. 4 Galang : Thanks, Jas. May I have a glass of water,
please? 2 Yoyok : Yeah. Hi, Jasmine! E. 1. 2. 3. Make dialogs based on the situ
ations below. Practice them. You visited your friend last week. He/she has never
visited you before. Invite him/her to your house. He/she accepts your invitatio
n. How would the dialog go? It rains heavily today. There is a woman taking shel
ter in the veranda. You invite her to come inside. She declines it, but you insi
st her to come inside. You tell the reason. Finally, she accepts it. How would t
he dialog go? Your friend invites you to attend her sisters birthday party. Unfor
tunately, you cant come. You have to prepare for your test. How would the dialog
go?
Contoh jawaban: 1. You : Its time for me to leave. Your friend : Why do you leave
so soon? You : Its 4:00 p.m. already. Your friend : O.K. then. You : What if you
come to my house next Saturday afternoon? Your friend : O.K. Ill come! 2. You :
Why dont you come inside, Maam? Woman : No, thanks. Thank you for offering me, but
Im all right. You : Look! It rains heavily and the wind blows hard. Youll be safe
if you stay inside. Come inside, please?
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
247

3.
Woman You Woman Your friend You Your friend You Your friend You Your friend You
Your friend
: : : : : : : : : : : :
Youre right. May something happen. Right. Please enjoy your stay. Thank you very
much. Hi! Hi! My sister, Wilda, will have a birthday party this afternoon. She i
nvites you to come. Id like to, but I cant. Why? Shell be upset if you dont come. I
hope not. You know, I have two tests tomorrow. So, I must prepare myself. I see.
Please ask her to forgive me. Ill meet her tomorrow after school. O.K., I will.
Variasi: A. Work individually. Make dialogs based on the situations below. Pract
ice the dialogs with your friend. Your friend lost her purse. She looks worried
how she goes home. She asks you to lend her some money. How would the dialog go?
Your friend has some cookies. He/she made them himself/herself. You ask him/her
to try some. How would the dialog go?
1. 2.
Contoh jawaban: 1. You : You look so worried. What happened? Your friend : Um .
. . I lost my purse and now I have no money at all. You : Im sorry to hear that.
Your friend : I dont know how to go home. Could you lend me some money to pay the
bus fare? You : Of course. Here you are. Your friend : Thank you. Sorry to trou
ble you. You : No, not at all. 2. You : What are you eating? Your friend : Cooki
es. You know, I made them myself. You : Really? Can I try some? Your friend : Wi
th pleasure. Taste it. What do you think? You : It taste to good. I think youll b
e a great baker someday. Your friend : Thanks.
248
UNIT 4 Recount

4.2 Genre
Spoken Text
Read the monolog and study the explanation. Look! This is a music band named Koe
s Plus. You know, Koes Plus was a well known pop music group in the seventies un
til the eighties. At that time most Indonesian people were crazy about their son
gs because they were nice and simple. Every radio station broadcast their songs
and always put them in the top of pop music. Their music shows were always full
of audience. Well, you can still enjoy their songs by buying their CDs. You can a
lso listen to them in certain television stations.
Adapted from: Ujian Nasional 2004/2005
Picture source: www.photos.friendster.com
The text above is a recount text in spoken form. A recount text tells about past
events. They can be peoples experiences, certain events such as traffic accident
s, historical events such as the Indonesias independence or biographies such as t
he life of Indonesian heroes. Speaking Tips: Dont be afraid to repeat what youre s
aying, especially if you can do it in a slightly different way. If you forget th
e word you want to use, you can say: What I want to say is . . . . I cant find the w
ord Im looking for . . . . Im not sure this is the right word, but . . . .
Written Text
Read the text and study the explanation. Title Mohammad Ali Mohammad Ali is stil
l one of the most recognizable men on earth. And decades after he burst upon the
scene as a gold medal winner at the 1960 Olympics in Rome, Italy, Muhammad Ali
remains a magical figure, known and loved throughout the world.
Orientation
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
249

Events
Ali brought new speed and grace to his sport, and his charm and wit changed fore
ver what we expect a champion to be. His accomplishments in the ring were the st
uff of legend: two fights with Sonny Listen, where he proclaimed himself The Grea
test and proved he was; three ambitious wars with Joe Frazier; the stunning victo
ry over George Foreman in Zaire; and dethroning Leon Spinks to become the heavyw
eight champion for the third time. But there was always far more to Muhammad Ali
than what took place in a boxing ring. His early embrace of the Nation of Islam
and his insistence on being called Muhammad Ali instead of his slave name, Cassiu
s Clay, introduced a new era in black pride. His refusal to be inducted into the
United States army anticipated the growing antiwar movement of the 1960s. And h
is willingness to stage his fights in different countries such as Kinshasa, Zair
e; Manila, the Philippines; and Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, signaled a shift away fr
om super power dominances toward a growing awareness of the importance of the th
ird world. Today Ali is a deeply religious man who causes feeling of love and re
spect wherever he travels.
Adapted from: An official biography by Tom Hauser
Re-orientation
The text is also a recount text, but in written form. The main feature of a reco
unt text is the use of the simple past tense. A recount text has certain element
s. Those are orientation, a series of events and sometimes re-orientation. Orien
tation tells about what happened, where the story happened, who was involved in
the story, when it occured, or why it happened. A series of events tell the stor
y. These are usually described in time order. Re-orientation is the closure of e
vents (usually optional).
Grammar Section
The Past Continuous Tense Read the dialogs and pay attention to the bold-typed s
entences. Study the explanation. 1. Lelly : Where were the girls? Dion : They we
re singing in the veranda when I was here. 2. Jarot : Have you met your cousin?
Vina : Not yet. I was taking a nap when she arrived. The bold-typed clauses use
the past continuous or the past progressive tense. You use it to indicate that a
n action was going on at a certain time in the past. Pattern: Subject + was/were
+ V-ing + complement Examples: 1. Dina : What were you doing at 2:00 p.m. yeste
rday? Metta : I was doing my homework. 2. Tuti was watching TV at about 9:00 p.m
last night.
250
UNIT 4 Recount

The past continuous tense is also used to indicate that two actions happened at
the same time in the past. The past continuous tense is used for a longer action
. Patterns: Subject (1) + be (was/were) + V-ing + complement + when + subject (2
) + Vpast + (complement) Examples: 1. Mother was cooking when the children went
home. 2. Dita and Eka were chatting when we met them. Subject (1) + be (was/were
) + V-ing + (complement) + while + subject (2) + be (was/ were) + V-ing + comple
ment Examples: 1. Mother was cooking while my sister was cleaning the dining tab
le. 2. While I was having breakfast, mother was making a cup of coffee for fathe
r. Relating/Linking Verbs Read the sentences and pay attention to the bold-typed
words. Study the explanation.
The rain seems unstoppable.
The melon syrup tastes sweet and nice.
The bold-typed words are called relating verbs or also well-known as linking ver
bs. Relating verbs are verbs that connect subjects with adjectives (complements)
that describe the subjects. Here are some common relating verbs.

feel smell

turn become

look taste

seem get
Pattern: Subject + relating verb + complement (adjective) Examples: 1. The rocki
ng chair looks comfortable. 3. Ayu and Gea seem disappointed. Reflexive Pronouns
Read the dialogs and study the explanation. 1. 2. Tiara Siska Tefi : Inug : : W
ow! Its a beautiful drawing. Who made it? : I did it myself. Do you know what tha
t band is? The band call themselves Heaven. 2. 4. The children feel happy. These r
oses smell good.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
251

The bold-typed words are called reflexive pronouns. You use them when the subjec
t and the object of a sentence are the same. You use those words when you want t
o emphasize the subject, like the examples above. You also use reflexive pronoun
s to mean alone, such as I walked home by myself last night. Here are the reflexiv
e pronouns. Subject Pronouns 1st person 2nd person 3rd person I you he she it Re
flexive Pronouns myself yourself himself herself itself Subject Pronouns we you
they Reflexive Pronouns ourselves yourselves themselves
Singular
Plural
Examples: 1. That boy hurt himself when he tried to cut the branches. 2. Ririn o
ften talks to herself when she is nervous.
Look at the picture. Tell briefly about the man.
Picture source: www.upload.wikimedia.org
Jawaban: This man is the late General (Anumerta) Ahmad Yani. He is one of the He
roes of the Revolution. He died on September 30, 1965 on the tragedy of Septembe
r 30th Movement.
252
UNIT 4 Recount

A.
Listen to your teacher and make some notes if necessary. What does he/she tell y
ou about?
Teks yang dibacakan guru: This is the early life of Ahmad Yani. He was born in J
enar, Purworejo, Central Java on June 19, 1922. His family, Wongsoredjo family,
worked at a sugar factory. In 1927, Yani moved with his family to Batavia. At Ba
tavia, Yani worked his way through primary and secondary education. In 1940, Yan
i left high school to undergo compulsory military service in the army of the Dut
ch East Indies colonial government. He studied military topography in Malang, Ea
st Java. Unfortunately, this education was interrupted by the arrival of the inv
ading Japanese in 1942. In 1943, he joined Peta (Defenders of the Motherland) ar
my. He underwent further training in Magelang. After completing this training, Y
ani enlisted himself to be trained as a Peta platoon commander. He was transferr
ed to Bogor, West Java to receive his training. Upon completion, he was sent bac
k to Magelang as an instructor. In the early hours of October 1, 1965, he was ki
dnapped by kidnappers who came to Yanis house. They killed the general. His body
was taken to Lubang Buaya and was hidden in a disused well. Yanis body was recove
red on October 4. He was given a state funeral the following day before being bu
rried at the Heros Cemetery at Kalibata. On the same day, Yani was officially dec
lared the Hero of the Revolution. Today, many Indonesian cities have roads named
after him, and his former house, at Jalan Latuhahary No. 6, Menteng, Jakarta is
a museum.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ahmad_Yani (January 1, 2009)
Jawaban: It tells about the late General (Anumerta) Ahmad Yani, one of the Revol
utionary Heroes. Variasi: Rewrite the words and find their meanings. 1. sugar fa
ctory = ________ 2. 3. through = ________ 4. 5. compulsory = ________ 6. 7. inte
rrupted = ________ 8. 9. defender = ________ 10. 11. enlist = ________ 12. 13. c
ommander = ________ 14. 15. kidnapped = ________ 16. 17. disused = ________ 18.
19. burried = ________ 20. Jawaban: 1. pabrik gula 2. pindah 5. wajib, kewajiban
6. sayangnya 9. pembela 10. tanah air 13. komandan 14. dipindah 17. tidak terpa
kai 18. sumur 3. 7. 11. 15. 19.
move undergo (underwent) unfortunately arrival motherland platoon transferred hi
dden well officially
= = = = = = = = = =
________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________
________
melalui 4. melaksanakan terganggu 8. kedatangan mendaftarkan diri 12. peleton di
culik 16. disembunyikan dimakamkan; dikubur 20. secara resmi
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
253

B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Answer the following questions based on the monolog in Task A. When was Ahmad Ya
ni born? Jawaban: On June 19, 1922. How old was he when his family decided to mo
ve to Batavia? Jawaban: Five years old. What is Batavia now called? Jawaban: Jak
arta. According to the text, when did Japanese troops arrive in Malang? Jawaban:
In 1942. Where did he got the Peta training? Jawaban: In Magelang.
Variasi: Your teacher will ask you more questions about the monolog in Task A. A
nswer the questions orally. 1. Who killed Ahmad Yani? Jawaban: Kidnappers did. 2
. How old was he when it happened? Jawaban: Forty-three years old. 3. Where was
his dead body hidden? Jawaban: In a disused well in Lubang Buaya. 4. Where was h
e burried? Jawaban: At the Heros Cemetery, Kalibata. 5. What honor did her receiv
ed from the government? Jawaban: The Hero of the Revolution. C. Listen to your t
eacher and complete the text. Read your work aloud.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Donald Izacus Panjaitan, born on June 9, 1
925 and died on October 1, 1965, was one of the Heroes of the Revolution. He was
an Indonesian general who was (1) killed during a kidnap attempt by members of
the September 30th Movement. D.I. Pandjaitan was (2) born in Sitorang, Balige in
the Tapanuli region of North Sumatra. After completing elementary and high scho
ol, he underwent Japanese Giyugun military education. He was then posted to Peka
nbaru. He was there when Indonesian (3) independence was declared on August 17,
1945. In November 1945, Pandjaitan, together with other youths, helped (4) set u
p a local branch of the Peoples Security Army (TKR), initially serving as a batta
lion commander. In March 1948, he was appointed commander of the commander for o
rganization and education of XI/Banteng Division at Bukittinggi, West Sumatra. N
ot long after, he (5) became the fourth deputy commander (supplies) for the Suma
tran Army Command. When the Dutch launched their second police action against the
Republic, he was put in charge of supplies for the Emergency Government of the R
epublic of Indonesia.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Donald_Izacus_Panjaitan (January 1, 2
009)
254
UNIT 4 Recount

Variasi: A. Answer the questions based on the text in Task C orally. 1. 2. 3. 4.


5. What is the text about? Jawaban: About Donald Izacus Panjaitan, one of the H
eroes of the Revolution. Where was the man born? Jawaban: In Sitorang, Balige in
the Tapanuli region of North Sumatra. When did he die? Jawaban: On October 1, 1
965. How old was he when he died? Jawaban: He was forty years old. According to
the text, what was his role when the Dutch launched their second police action aga
inst the Republic? Jawaban: When the Dutch launched their second police action aga
inst the Republic, Panjaitan was put in charge of supplies for the Emergency Gov
ernment of the Republic of Indonesia. Listen to the story of Supriyadi, then cho
ose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. 1. Suppose Supriyadi is still alive now
. He will be ________ years old. A. 27 B. 68 C. 86 D. 98 Jawaban: C Supriyadi la
hir pada tahun 1923. Sekarang tahun 2009. Jadi, andaikan sekarang Supriyadi masi
h hidup, dia akan berusia 86 tahun (2009 1923 = 86). What is PETA? A. The Japane
se army. B. A militia to assist Japanese forces against the Allies. C. A militia
which was set up by Supriyadi to fight against Japanese troops. D. Supriyadis tr
oops who fought against the allies. Jawaban: B Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat
kedua bacaan tersebut, yaitu In October 1943, the Japanese established a militia
, PETA (Defenders of the Motherland) to assist Japanese forces against the Allie
s.. To this day his fate remains unknown. (Paragraph 3) The word his refers to ______
__. A. Supriyadi B. Muhammad Soeljoadikusuma C. a minister for public security D
. Romusha forced laborer
B.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Supriyadi was born in Trenggalek, East Java on April 1
3, 1923. In October 1943, the Japanese established a militia, PETA (Defenders of
the Motherland) to assist Japanese forces against the Allies. Supriyadi joined
PETA. After training, he was posted to Blitar, East Java. He had to oversee the
work of the Romusha forced laborers. The plight of these workers inspired him to
rebel against the Japanese. In the early hours of February 14, 1945, rebels att
acked Japanese troops. This caused heavy casualties. However, the Japanese defea
ted the rebellion. On October 6, 1945 in a government decree issued by the newly
independent Indonesia, Supriyadi was named minister for public security in the
first cabinet. However, he failed to appear. Then, he was replaced on October 20
, by ad interim minister Muhammad Soeljoadikusuma. To this day his fate remains
unknown.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ Supriyadi (January 1, 2009)
2.
3.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
255

Jawaban: A Kata his tersebut menggantikan subjek kalimat sebelumnya. Subjek kalima
t sebelumnya adalah he yang mengacu pada Supriyadi. Jadi, kata tersebut mengacu pa
da Supriyadi. 4. However, the Japanese defeated the rebellion. (Paragraph 2) The u
nderlined word has the opposite meaning to ______________. A. fought B. freed C.
won D. conquered Jawaban: C Kata defeated artinya mengalahkan. Lawan kata mengalahk
an adalah Listen to your teacher. Write down his/her sentences.
menang (won). Fought artinya berjuang; berperang; berkelahi. Freed artinya membe
baskan. Conquered artinya menaklukkan; mengalahkan. 5. What position would he ha
ve in the first cabinet? A. PETA commander. B. Minister for National Security. C
. Minister for Public Affairs. D. Minister for Public Security. Jawaban: D Jawab
an ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf tiga, yaitu Supriyadi was named min
ister for public security in the first cabinet..
D.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. Lisa was going to the market
when I called her. 2. Was the mechanic fixing the computer? 3. When Dayu arrive
d home, his brother was making a kite. 4. My brother was doing his homework when
I asked him to have dinner. 5. When Hanung and Agung came, Bowo was cleaning hi
s motorcycle. 6. There were two mobile phones in the drawer when I entered Yenis
room. 7. Itang was giving some money to the porter when his father picked him up
. 8. The sun was shining brightly when we arrived at the beach last Sunday. 9. M
y brother was operating the computer when the light was suddenly off. 10. Was Mr
. Ketut Nuarta having a conversation with the principal when Jaya was in the tea
chers office? E. Label the pictures below using the proper sentences in Task D.
Gambar-gambar soal dan jawaban: 1 2 3
When Dayu arrived home, his brother was making a kite.
When Hanung and Agung came, Bowo was cleaning his motorcycle.
Itang was giving some money to the porter when his father picked him up.
256
UNIT 4 Recount

4
5
6
My brother was operating the computer when the light was suddenly off.
My brother was doing his homework when I asked him to have dinner.
There were two mobile phones in the drawer when I entered Yenis room.
A.
Read the text. Deliver a monolog based on the text.
Halim Perdana Kusuma is an Indonesian hero. This man, born in Sampang, November
18, 1922, died in Malaysia, in Desember 14, 1947. This occurred during the Indon
esian struggle against the Dutch colonalization. That time he was assigned to bu
y and carried weapons, such as sten-guns, pistols, bombs and karbin, using airpl
ane. He flew Enderson airplane from Thailand. He did this duty with his colleague,
Marsma Ismayudi. On their way home, their plane crashed. Nobody knew why it hap
pened. Some said this was caused by bad weather or sabotage. Their crashed airpl
ane was found in a forest not far from Lumut, Perak, Malaysia. Yet, only Halims d
ead body was evacuated by the rescue team. Ismayudi remains unknown up to now. N
either do all the weapons they carried. Halims dead body was firstly interred in
Mount Mesah, near Gopeng, Perak, Malaysia. Some years later, his body was taken
back to Indonesia and was interred in Kalibata, Jakarta. Indonesian government b
estowed him as an Indonesian National Hero. International airport in Jakarta was
named after him, Halim Perdana Kusuma.
Source: http://www.tokohindonesia.com/ensiklopedi/h/halim-perdana-kusuma/index.s
html (December 23, 2008)
Example: Good morning, friends. I would like to tell you the story of Halim Perd
ana Kusuma. You are quite familiar with him, dont you? International airport, Hal
im Perdana Kusuma is for his name. One day, he and his colleague Ismayudi got a
duty to buy and carried many weapons, such as sten-guns, pistols, boms and karbi
n. On their way home, something happened. _______________ ______________________
________________________________________________________ Contoh jawaban: Good mo
rning, friends. Id like to tell you about Halim Perdana Kusuma. Sound familiar, d
oesnt it? Well, Halim Perdana Kusuma International Airport is named after him. He
res the story. One day, he and his colleague Ismayudi got a duty to buy and carri
ed many weapons, using airplane. He flew an airplane named Enderson from Thailand.
However, on the way home, a bad thing happened; his plane crashed. The cause is
still a mystery. Some people said that his plane was due to bad weather or sabo
taged. The rescue team found the plane in a forest not far from Lumut, Perak, Ma
laysia. They only evacuated Halims dead body while Ismayudi remains unknown. They
even couldnt find the weapons which Halim bought and carried. Firstly, Halims dea
d body was burried in Mount Mesah, near Gopeng, Perak, Malaysia. Some years late
r, his body was taken back to Indonesia and was burried in Kalibata, Jakarta. La
ter, the government bestowed him the Indonesian National Hero.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
257

Variasi: A. Find the meanings of the words below and find their synonyms in the
text before. Jawaban: No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Word woods arm brough
t entitled passed away Meaning hutan senjata membawa diberi nama meninggal dunia
Synonym forest weapon carried named after died
Complete the sentences with your answers in Task A correctly. What does that wom
an ________ in the basket? It looks heavy. Indonesian heroes had to flee to the
________ to save their lives. Pangeran Diponegoro ________ in Makassar during hi
s exiled. Indonesian heroes only used sharp bambooes as their ________ to fight
against the Dutch troops. The international airport Soekarno-Hatta was ________
our founding fathers. 2. 5. forest named after 3. died
Jawaban: 1. carry 4. weapons C.
State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the story of Hal
im Perdana Kusuma.
1. ______ Halim Perdana Kusuma was a pilot. 2. ______ He died because the Dutch
troops shot his plane down. 3. ______ Halims dead body was evacuated from Mount M
esah, Malaysia. 4. ______ The rescue team only found the weapons Halim brought f
rom Thailand. 5. ______ The international airport Halim Perdana Kusuma was named
after him. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F. He died because his plane crashed and nobody kne
w how or why it happened. 3. F. The crashed airplane was found in a forest not fa
r from Lumut, Perak, Malaysia. Yet, only Halims dead body was evacuated by the re
scue team. So, his dead body was evacuated from Lumut, Perak. Mount Mesah was the
first place where he was burried after the evacuation. 4. F. Based on the sente
nce Neither do all the weapons they carried., it means they didnt find any weapons.
5. T D. Complete the monolog with the suitable words in the box. Read your work
with proper pronunciation. Hans Bague Yassin a. f. declared loved b. g. passed
away magazines c. h. interred born d. i. made excellent e. j. second diligent
H.B. Yassin was (1) ________ in Gorontalo, North Sulawesi on July 31, 1917. He w
as the (2) ________ child of six children. He (3) ________ reading books when he
sat in elementary school. He said, That time, the way teachers motivated the stu
dents to read was (4) ________.
258
UNIT 4 Recount

He learned how to write and understand poetry there. He began to write literatur
e criticism and his works were published in some (5) ________ when he moved to M
edan with his father. H.B. Yassin had great effects on the Indonesian literature
. He was the man who (6) ________ Chairil Anwar as the pioneer of Angkatan 45. He
was (7) ________ in documenting literary works and some other works relating to
work of arts. He had (8) ________ about twenty original works and did ten transl
ations. Some of them were Gema Tanah Air, Tifa Penyair dan Daerahnya, Kesusaster
aan Indonesia Baru Masa Jepang, Kesusasteraan Indonesia Modern dalam Kritik dan
Esai (four volumes, 19541967) and Tafsir Al Quran in the book of Quran Bacaan Muli
a. H.B. Yassin (9) ________ on Saturday morning, March 11, 2000 when he was nurs
ed in Cipto Mangunkusumo Hospital because of a heart attack (stroke) he suffered
from. He was (10) ________ in Kalibata, Jakarta
Adapted from: http://www.tokohindonesia.com/ensiklopedi/h/hb-jassin/index.shtml
(December 27, 2008)
Jawaban: 1. h 6. a E.
2. e 7. j
3. f 8. d
4. i 9. b
5. g 10. c
Your teacher will ask you some questions about H.B. Yassin. Answer his/her quest
ions orally.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. When was H.B. Yassin born? 2. Supp
ose he is still alive today, how old is he now? 3. How many siblings did he have
? 4. What did he like on his childhood? 5. How many works had he made? 6. What w
ere some of his works? 7. According to H.B. Yassin, who was the pioneer of Angkat
an 45? 8. When did he pass away? 9. Where was he interred? 10. That time, the way
teachers motivated the students to read was excellent. What do the words that time
refer to? Jawaban: 1. On July 31, 1917. 2. 92 years old. 3. Five. 4. He liked re
ading books. 5. He had made about twenty original works and did ten translations
. 6. Some of them were Gema Tanah Air, Tifa Penyair dan Daerahnya, Kesusasteraan Indo
nesia Baru Masa Jepang, Kesusasteraan Indonesia Modern dalam Kritik dan Esai (four
volumes, 19541967) and Tafsir Alquran in the book of Quran Bacaan Mulia. 7. Chairi
l Anwar was. 8. On March 11, 2000. 9. In Kalibata, Jakarta. 10. It refers to the
time when he sat in elementary school.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
259

B.
Tell about the pictures using sentences in the past continues tense.
Example: 1 2
I was taking a walk when I saw Ardian open the door. 3 4
_________________________
_________________________
5
_____________ ____________
_________________________
_________________________
Contoh jawaban: 1. Father was watching TV when Ade turned on the lamp. 2. I was
cleaning the white board when the teacher called my name. 3. Ida was sweeping th
e floor when her friends arrived. 4. Bagus was doing his homework when his fathe
r went home. 5. Were you taking a nap when Ipung phoned you? Variasi: Remember t
he events you saw or experienced during this week. Tell your friends about them
using the past continuous tense. Do it in turns. Example:
I saw your sister ride a bike with her friend when I went to school this morning
.
260
UNIT 4 Recount

C.
Tell about the pictures using sentences with suitable relating verbs.
Example:
The students look happy playing together. 1 2 3
_________________________ 4
_________________________ 5
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
Contoh jawaban: 1. My mother seems busy cooking for the party. 2. It appears dif
ficult for my brother washing his jeans. 3. The boy seems respectful to older pe
ople. 4. Doni gets hungry after having PE lesson. 5. Doni looks diligent doing h
is homework.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
261

A.
Look at the pictures of the Indonesian heroes. Who are they? Imam Bonjol Teuku U
mar Cut Nyak Dien


Pattimura Hasannudin Ki Hajar Dewantara

Cut Nyak Meutia Christina Marta Tiahahu Sisingamangaraja
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Picture source: www.foto-foto.com (December 22, 2008)
Jawaban: 1. Ki Hajar Dewantara 2. Imam Bonjol 3. Cut Nyak Dien 4. Sisingamangara
ja 5. Cut Nyak Meutia 6. Hasannudin 7. Pattimura 8. Christina Marta Tiahahu B. R
ead the biography of Muhammad Yamin and answer the questions.
Muhammad Yamin (19031962) was born in Talawi, Sawahlunto, Sumatra. He was the son
of Oesman Gelar Baginda Khatib the Penghulu (Prince) of Indrapura. In 1937, Yam
in married Siti Sundari, daughter of a nobleman from Surakarta, Central Java, by
whom he had one child, a son, Dang Rahadian Sinayangsih Yamin (Dian). Muhammad Ya
min was a historian, poet, playwright and politician. He was educated at the Alg
emene Middelbare School (AMS) in Yogyakarta, majoring in history and far eastern
languages, including Malay, Javanese and Sanskrit.
262
UNIT 4 Recount

In 1928, Yamin participated in the Second Congress of Indonesian Youth, which is


sued the Sumpah Pemuda. Through the organization Indonesia Muda, Yamin became an
active proponent for Malay to become the national and unifying language. It has
since been renamed Indonesian and made the official language of the Republic of I
ndonesia and the principal vehicle for innovative literary expression. Yamin was
active in the Jong Sumatranen Bond in one of whose forums he befriended Mohamma
d Hatta, Indonesias first Vice President. He earned his living through writing an
d reporting. On May 29, 1945 in one of Preparatory Committees sessions, Yamin ros
e to deliver a speech on certain philosophical and political foundations and enu
merated five principles for the nation that would emerge after independence. Tho
se five principles Pantja Sila were later incorporated in the Preamble of the 19
45 Constitution. Most histories credit Soekarno for the creation of Pantja Sila.
Pantja Sila, in modern spelling Pancasila, is the state ideology of the Republi
c of Indonesia and consists of the following: (1) Belief in the God Almighty; (2
) Just and civilized humanity; (3) The unity of Indonesia; (4) Democracy guided
by the inner wisdom in the unanimity arising out of deliberations amongst repres
entatives; (5) Social justice for the whole of the people of Indonesia.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mohammad_Yamin (January 1, 2009)
Questions: 1. What is the text about? Jawaban: About Muhammad Yamin. 2. What doe
s paragraph one tell you about? Jawaban: It tells about the early life of Muhamm
ad Yamin. 3. When did he make friends with the Indonesias first Vice President? J
awaban: When he was active in the Jong Sumatranen Bond. 4. What did he do? Jawab
an: He was a writer and reporter. 5. When was the Youth Pledge issued? Jawaban:
In (October 28,) 1928.
Variasi: A. Rearrange the sentences into a good recount text. Then, read your wo
rk aloud Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Alfred Simanjuntak 3 Here is hi
s song, Bangun Pemudi Pemuda by A. Simanjuntak Bangun pemudi pemuda Indonesia Tang
an bajumu singsingkan untuk negara Masa yang akan datang kewajibanmu lah Menjadi
tanggunganmu terhadap nusa Menjadi tanggunganmu terhadap nusa Alfred Simanjunta
k was the man who created a national song entitled Bangun Pemudi Pemuda. It seems
the song was the obsession of this Bataknese. He was born on September 8, 1920 i
n Parlombuan, North Tapanuli, North Sumatera. In his early life, Alfred Simanjun
tak had a simple and happy life. He was the son of Lamsana Simanjuntak and Korne
lia Silitonga. He remembered when he had to eat rice with cassava leaves and a t
iny fish. However, he was very grateful for the grace of God and he lived happil
y with his family. This grateful was reflected on his daily life, singing.
1
4
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
263

5 2
His musical skill developed when he studied in Hollands Inlandsche Kweek School
(a kind of teacher school) in Margoyudan, Solo, Central Java, 19351942. Now, Alfr
ed Simanjuntak has already had eleven grandchildren of his four children, Aida,
Toga, Dorothea and John. Alfred Simanjuntak who was a song creator dedicated his
life to become a teacher. He was twenty-three years old (in 1943) when he creat
ed Bangun Pemudi Pemuda. That time, he was a teacher in Sekolah Rakyat Sempurna In
donesia in Semarang, Central Java. Talking about this song, he said, I was taking
shower when the God whispered the song. Then, I finished my shower and wrote th
e song.
Adapted from: http://www.tokohindonesia.com/ensiklopedi/a/alfred-simanjuntak/ind
ex.shtml (December 27, 2009)
B.
Read the words. Find their synonyms.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Word blue-blooded man participated
released made made friend session arose law faith entire C. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Meani
ng bangsawan ambil bagian mengeluarkan membuat berteman pertemuan bangkit hukum
keyakinan keseluruhan Synonym nobleman took part issued created befriended meeti
ng got up principle belief whole
Complete the sentences with the answers in Task B. Read your work aloud. Finally
, the government ________ the rule to reduce the price of petroleum. The Board o
f Directors has an end-year ________. It is in progress now. Prince William is a
________. He is the son of Prince Charles and Lady Diana. Mr. President _______
_ from his chair and walked to the stage. We want to know if Lidya and Masayu __
______ in the charity.
Jawaban: 1. issued 2. meeting 3. nobleman 4. got up 5. took part
264
UNIT 4 Recount

C. 1.
Complete the dialogs with the words in brackets in correct forms.
Anjar : Have you called Yuyun and Faqih? Devi : Yes, I have. When I ________ (ph
one) them, they ________ (get on) the bus. 2. Mr. Sarjana : What ________ (happe
n) to Mr. Aris? Mr. Istamar : He ________ (cultivate) his field when suddenly a
lightning ________ (strike) him. 3. Father : What were the boys doing yesterday
afternoon? Mother : Aeron ________ (search) the materials in the Internet while
Ganang ________ (type) the paper report. 4. Salsa : Poor people. They ________ (
lose) their wealth in a second. Jimmy : Yeah. They ________ (go) out of the town
when the flood ________ (hit) their house. They didnt have much time to save the
ir wealth. 5. Vivi : ________ you ________ (take a nap) when Rosa ________ (call
)? Etta : Right. Sorry, I ________ (not/hear) it. Jawaban: 1. phoned; were getti
ng on 2. happened; was cultivating; struck 3. was searching; was typing 4. lost;
were going ; hit 5. Were (you); taking a nap; called; did not hear D. Choose A,
B, C or D for the correct answer. 4. The mother dove keeps her chicks by ______
__. A. herself B. themselves C. yourselves D. itself It was Eva and Rianti _____
___ who met the Principal in the office. A. yourself B. herself C. ourselves D.
themselves 2. 5. A D 3. B
1. No one likes Agus. He only thinks of ________. A. herself B. ourselves C. him
self D. themselves 2. Your sister loves dressing up. She often looks at ________
in the mirror. A. herself B. yourselves C. himself D. themselves 3. Alvin has b
ig confidence. He does all his work by ________. A. yourselves B. himself C. you
rself D. itself Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberik
an soal-soal latihan berikut. 1. Its late at night. Dont let Marcelina goes ______
__. A. by himself B. by yourself C. by itself D. by herself I saw no one near th
e opened door. Do you think the door was opened ________? A. by itself B. by our
selves C. by myself D. by yourself This mathematics exercises are difficult. I c
ant solve them ________. A. itself B. themselves C. myself D. yourselves
5.
Jawaban: 1. C 4. A 4.
5.
2.
That old tiger cant take care of ________. Poor animal. A. himself B. itself C. y
ourselves D. yourself Yuda always goes to school by bike alone. It means _______
_. A. he prepares his bike itself B. he goes to school by himself C. he himself
goes to school D. he does his work by himself 2. 5. A B 3. C
3.
Jawaban: 1. D 4. B
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
265

A.
Look at the pictures. Make sentences using suitable relating verbs and the words
provided.
Example: 1 2
Be careful! The knife seems very sharp. 3 4
taste/delicious
become/crowded
5
look/untidy Contoh jawaban: 1. The satay tastes very delicious. 3. Your room loo
ks untidy. 5. The sky gets dark and dark. B.
seem/wild 2. 4.
get/dark
The street becomes crowded during the peak hours. The monkey seems wild.
Make five sentences using reflexive pronouns. Read your work with proper pronunc
iation. Galih mops the floor himself. The girls made the crafts by themselves.
Contoh jawaban: 1. I fix the printer myself. 2. 3. Did you paint the fence by yo
urself? 4. 5. We prepare ourselves to face the midterm test. C.
Write the life of one of the greatest Indonesian people. Read your work aloud.
Contoh jawaban: Tribhuwanattunggadewi Jayawishnuwardhani was the empress of Maja
pahit who reigned 13281350 AD. She was the daughter of Raden Wijaya, the first ki
ng of Majapahit from his consort; Dyah Gayatri Rajapatni. She was the mother and
predecessor to Hayam Wuruk, the emperor of the Majapahit. She also bore the tit
le Bhre Kahuripan meaning Duchess of Kahuripan. According to Nagarakretagama, Trib
huawana comes to throne by the order of her mother Gayatri in the year of 1329.
She replaced Jayanagara who was killed in 1328. Tribhuwanas reign ended as Gayatr
i passed away in 1350. Tribhuwana governed with the help of her husband, Kertawa
rdhana.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tribhuwana_Wijayatunggadewi (January
27, 2009)
266
UNIT 4 Recount

4.3 Short Functional Texts: Spoken Messages and Invitation Cards


Spoken Text
Read the text and study the explanation.
Aswar, Aldi called when you were out. He will come to do the homework together.
Thanks, Mom.
The text is a spoken message. Aswars mother received a message from Aldi. Then, s
he delivered it to Aswar. The message should be delivered clearly and immediatel
y. So, the person who gets the message can understand it easily.
Written Text
Read the text and study the explanation.
To: Brad You are invited to Kevins birthday party. He will be twelve! The BIG par
ty will be held: Sunday, October 18 at 10:00 a.m. in Kelapa Hijau Restaurant, Jl
. Radio No. 2 See you there!
The text is an invitation card. Kevin wrote it in order to invite Brad to his bi
rthday party. He gave it to Brad so that he would remember it.
Answer the questions. 1. 2. 3. When do you celebrate your birthday? Contoh jawab
an: On February 5. If you hold a party for it, who are invited? Contoh jawaban:
All of my classmates, friends and relatives. Will it be merry? Why/why not? Cont
oh jawaban: Yes, it will. Because we will have a barbeque in the yard. Everyone
will have a lot of fun.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
267

A.
Listen to your teacher and answer the questions.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Mom, Ms. Emy called you when you were in the toilet. S
he would bring your order this afternoon. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. Who delivered the me
ssage? Jawaban: A son/daughter did. Who received the message? Jawaban: His/her m
other. Who just called? Jawaban: Ms. Emy did. What is it about? Jawaban: About M
s. Emys information that she would bring the speakers mothers order. Where was the
speakers mother that time? Jawaban: In the toilet. Read the text, then answer you
r teachers questions orally.
Burhan, father is looking for you. He wants you to take his letter to Mr. Rivai.
Hes in the living room now. Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. In you
r opinion, who said the message? 2. What is the message about? 3. Where should B
urhan go? 4. Why should he go there? 5. Where should he meet his father? Jawaban
: 1. Burhans sister or brother. 2. Asking for someones help to send a letter to Mr
. Rivai. 3. To Mr. Rivais house. 4. To give his fathers letter. 5. In the living r
oom.
268
UNIT 4 Recount

C.
Listen to your teacher and complete the card.
Kartu undangan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
October 19, 2009 To: Kukuh You are (1) invited to a (2) monthly meeting. It will
be (3) held: on (4) Saturday, October 24, at 4:00 p.m. in Johnsons house, Perum
Sidomukti Blok F Jalan Kemanggisan No. 59 Sidoarjo.

Please come (5) on time! Chairperson Pratmana


Variasi: Listen to your teacher and write down his/her words. What do they mean?
Kata-kata yang dibaca guru dan jawaban: 1. monthly meeting = pertemuan bulanan
2. held = dilaksanakan, diselenggarakan 3. come = datang 4. on time = tepat wakt
u 5. chairperson = ketua D. Listen to your teacher and write down the message. R
ead your work aloud.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dad, Mr. Smith sent a warm greeting to you
. He would have a summer holiday. He asked you to call him whenever you need him
. Variasi: A. 1. 2. 3. Answer your teachers questions based on the text in Task D
. Who sent the greeting? Jawaban: Mr. Smith did. Where would he go? Jawaban: A s
ummer holiday. What was his message? Jawaban: He asked the spreakers father to ca
ll him whenever he needed him.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
269

B.
Listen to your teacher and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. 3. Who ca
me by to the speakers house? A. Mr. Sabirin did. B. Mr. Arifin did. C. Mr. Garin
did. D. Mr. Ponirin did. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pe
rtama pesan tersebut, yaitu Dad, Mr. Arifin just came by.. Where would he go? A. T
o the hospital. B. To the speakers house. C. To his house. D. To the office. Jawa
ban: A Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ketiga pesan tersebut, yaitu He
had to go to the hospital..
Listen to the text and answer questions 1 and 2. Teks yang dibacakan guru: Doni,
your mobile phone rang three times. You should bring it with you. 1. The messag
e is about ________. A. information that Doni should bring his mobile phone B. i
nformation that the speaker had called Doni three times C. information that Donis
mobile phone rang three times D. information that Doni had called the speaker t
hree times Jawaban: C Jelas bahwa pesan itu berisi pemberitahuan bahwa telepon g
enggam Doni berdering tiga kali. Kalimat berikutnya hanya sebagai informasi tamb
ahan. You should bring it with you. The word it refers to ________. A. Donis mobile p
hone B. three times C. mobile phone s ringtone D. you Jawaban: A Kata it adalah ka
ta ganti benda yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya. Kata benda yang disebutkan dala
m kalimat sebelumnya adalah Donis mobile phone.
4.
Listen to the text and answer questions 5. Teks yang dibacakan guru: Erlin, Mimi
asked you to call her. She tried to reach you, but she couldnt. 5. Who got the m
essage? A. Mimi did. B. Maya did. C. Erwin did. D. Erlin did. Jawaban: D Jawaban
ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama pesan tersebut, yaitu Erlin, Meme asked you to
call her.. Jadi, pesan itu ditujukan kepada Erlin.
2.
Listen to the text and answer questions 3 and 4. Teks yang dibacakan guru: Dad,
Mr. Arifin just came by. He said he couldnt go with you. He had to go to the hosp
ital. He would send you an SMS.
270
UNIT 4 Recount

A. 1. 2.
Read the texts with proper pronunciation. Oki, Sandy was here this morning. He h
as a message for you. I put it in your message box. Excuse me, Sir. Mr. Bernard
asks for an apology. He cant attend the meeting due to out of the town now.
Variasi: Answer the following questions based on the texts in Task A. Text 1 1.
Who left a message for Oki? 2. Where can Oki find the message? 3. The speaker sa
id, I put it on your message box. What does the word it refer to? Text 2 4. Who cant
attend the meeting? 5. Why cant he attend it? Jawaban: 1. Sandy did. 2. In his me
ssage box. 3. Sandys message. 4. Mr. Bernard. 5. Because hes out of the town. B. R
ead the text with proper pronunciation. Then, ask and answer questions based on
the text.
Adapted from: http://www.ibizgrams.com/images/voxwire-invitation.jpg
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
271

Example: A : What is the text about? B : It s about an online invitation. By the


way, who are invited? A : Anyone who reads the invitation. Contoh jawaban: A :
When will the meeting take place? B : On Tuesday, December 15. A : And what time
is it? B : Its at 8 oclock in the evening. C. 1. Make simple messages based on th
e situations below. Deliver your messages in front of the class.
Your mother is out for business. She got a phone call from Ms. Yenny. She didnt l
eave any messages. So, she asked your mother to call her. What would you say to
your mother? 2. Nana, your best friend, borrowed your bike this morning. She ret
urned it when you were out. She only met your mother. She expressed her gratitud
e. What would your mother say to you? 3. You and your sister are at home. You ju
st got an SMS from your mother. She told you that they (your father and mother)
will be home late. She wanted you and your sister to stay at home. What would yo
u say to your sister? Contoh jawaban: 1. Mom, Ms. Yenny called you when you were
out. She didn t leave any messages. She asked you to call her back. 2. Nana has
returned your bike. She said thank you. 3. Mother and father will be home late.
They want us to stay at home. Variasi: Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama,
guru dapat memberikan tambahan situasi soal. 1. 2. You were out when someone cam
e to your house. He wanted to meet you. He met your brother. Then, he left a mes
sage. He said that he would send an SMS. What would your brother say to you? You
have a neighbor named Elvis. He lost his lovely cat. He has tried to find it fo
r two days, but he hasnt found it yet. He came to your house when you were out. H
e met your mother. He asked you to tell him when you saw his cat around. What wo
uld your mother say to you?
Contoh jawaban: 1. Fenty, someone wanted to meet you when you were out. He gave
you this message. He will send an SMS. 2. Elvis was looking for his lovely cat.
He has lost it for two days. He asked you to tell him if you see his cat around.
272
UNIT 4 Recount

A.
Read the text and answer the questions. Questions: 1. What is the invitation abo
ut? Jawaban: About the New Year celebration party. 2. Who sent it? Jawaban: Fred
dy did. 3. Whom was the letter for? Jawaban: Tiara. 4. When would the party be h
eld? Jawaban: On Thursday, December 31, starting at 10:00 p.m. 5. Where would it
be held? Jawaban: In Hollywood Cafe, Jl. Soekarno No. 26.
To: Tiara Lets have fun on my party! Please join us in the New Year celebration.
Thursday, December 31 Starting at 10:00 p.m. Hollywood Cafe, Jl. Soekarno No. 26
Dont miss it! Freddy Variasi: Read the text below. What do the words mean?
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. mate = teman karib 2. come aboar
d = naik ke kapal 3. pirate = perompak 4. bounty = hadiah 5. scavenger = burung
pemakan bangkai 6. hunt = memburu, berburu 7. ghostly = remang-remang, seperti h
antu 8. reply = menjawab 9. wear = mengenakan, memakai 10. plank = papan penyebe
rangan dari kapal ke dermaga.
Adapted from: http://www.party411.com/ invite-pirate01.jpg (January 1, 2009)
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
273

B.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. dengan tema acara tersebut, yaitu The
Nightmare on the Ash Street yang artinya Mimpi Buruk di Jalan Ash. Jadi, kostum ya
ng dikenakan harus menggambarkan mimpi buruk atau sesuatu yang menakutkan. Read
the card and answer questions 4 and 5.
Read the card and answer questions 1 to 3.
Source: http://farm4.static.flickr.com/3064/ 2675905419_91ddac8446.jpg?v=0 (Janu
ary 1, 2009)
1.
2.
The word nightmare in Indonesian means ________. A. menakutkan B. mimpi buruk C. n
eraka D. heboh Jawaban: B Kata nightmare artinya mimpi buruk. Pilihan jawaban (A) da
lam bahasa Inggris adalah scary, (C) adalah hell atau inferno, dan (D) adalah se
nsational. The text is called ________. A. a brochure B. an advertisement C. a l
eaflet D. an invitation Jawaban: D Teks tersebut disebut undangan karena diawali
dengan kalimat Your presence is requested at: yang artinya Kehadiran Anda diharapk
an pada:. Which of the following guests cannot attend the party? A. Nola wears a
witch costume. B. Dellon wears a mummy costume. C. Deddy wears a casual T-shirt
and sneakers. D. Galang wears a costume as if he were on fire. Jawaban: C Deddy
tidak boleh ikut pesta karena dia salah kostum. Sesuai undangan, setiap tamu har
us mengenakan kostum sesuai
Source: http://www.party411.com/invitevalentines04.jpg (January 1, 2009)
4.
What is the invitation about? A. A Valentine party. B. A graduation party. C. A
farewell party. D. A house-warming party. Jawaban: A Jawaban ini sesuai dengan k
alimat pertama undangan tersebut, Happy Valentines Day. Jadi, undangan itu tentang
undangan pesta Valentine. Where will the party be held? A. On February 7. B. At
7:3010:30 p.m. C. In 714 Lovers Lane Heartsville, MD. D. On February 14. Jawaban:
C Pertanyaan itu menanyakan tempat pelaksanaan pesta. Jadi, jawaban yang tepat a
dalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang menjelaskan alamat. Pilihan jawaban lain salah ka
rena merupakan keterangan waktu.
3.
5.
274
UNIT 4 Recount

Variasi: Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Read the card and answer qu
estions 1 to 3.
Jawaban: A Pada undangan terdapat keterangan RSVP (Respondez sil cous platt) yang
maksudnya adalah undangan tersebut supaya direspons. Itu berarti tamu undangan
bisa menghubungi 555-5553644 untuk konfirmasi apakah mereka akan datang atau tid
ak. 3. There is a sentence that says No gifts please. It means ________. A. Marily
n and Jeffs will give souvenirs to the attendants B. the guests shall give prese
nts to Marilyn and Jeffs C. any presents are warmly welcomed by Marilyn and Jeff
s D. Marilyn and Jeffs wont accept any presents from the guests Jawaban: D Kalima
t No gifts please. artinya mohon jangan memberi hadiah. Itu berarti Marilyn dan Je
ffs tidak akan menerima hadiah apa pun dari para tamu (wont accept any presents).
Source: http://www.party411.com/custominvitation-sample.jpg (January 1, 2009)
Read the card and answer questions 4 and 5.
1.
Who would have the party? A. Jeremy and Melissa. B. Marilyn and Jeffs. C. Scot a
nd Amy. D. Amy and Sam. Jawaban: B Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat Help us Cele
brate Marilyn and Jeffs 35th Anniversary and 60th birthdays. Jadi, yang mengadaka
n pesta adalah Marilyn dan Jeffs. Anyone who were invited should confirm whether
they will attend the party or not. What should they do? A. They should call 555
-555-3644 for confirmation. B. They should call the hosts. C. They should come t
o the party on time. D. They should inform Marilyn dan Jeffs.
2.
Adapted from: http://bp1.blogger.com/ _27utwH4jPDY/R89NJQXraHI/ AAAAAAAAACI/HCvbYbyjyU/s400/ wedding-d.jpg (January 1, 2009)
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
275

4.
What is the invitation about? A. A
wedding party. D. A house-warming
alimat To our wedding ceremony at
asion held? A. At 335 Tanglin Road
2:00 p.m. D. On May 8, 2005.

birthday party. B. Dave and Joanns birth. C. A


party. Jawaban: C Jawaban ini sesuai dengan k
. . . . pada undangan tersebut. When was the occ
Singapore 247960. B. On March 22, 2005. C. On

5.
Jawaban: B Jawaban ini sesuai dengan keterangan waktu yang tertera pada undangan
itu, Date: March 22, 2005. Pilihan jawaban (A) salah karena tidak menjelaskan wak
tu pelaksanaan perayaan tersebut, (C) tidak sesuai dengan waktu pelaksanaan pera
yaan, yaitu 12 Noon, dan (D) menunjukkan waktu terakhir para tamu undangan untuk m
emesan tempat.
Make invitation cards based on the situations below. 1. 2. You will celebrate yo
ur fifteenth birthday next Saturday afternoon. You invite your friends to come.
The party will be held in Nikmat Rasa Restaurant, Jalan Hayam Wuruk No. 124 Keba
yoran. The party will begin at 3:00 p.m. till end. You really look forward to th
eir coming. You invite the members of the students committee to have a monthly m
eeting. It will be held in Class VIIID, on Wednesday, 2:00 p.m after school. The
agenda is the preparation to join in the Science and Math Olympiad and the stud
ents music band competition. You ask the members to come on time.
Contoh jawaban: 1. Birthday Party, Guys! Its my party! I will be 15th next Saturd
ay. I invite you all to come to: Nikmat Rasa Restaurant, Jalan Hayam Wuruk No. 1
24 Kebayoran. At 3:00 p.m. till end. Lets enjoy the merriest party ever held! Be
there! Grace
276
UNIT 4 Recount

2. THE STUDENTS COMMITTEE SMP N 2, Jalan Sumpah Pemuda No. 28 Dear Toto, We invi
te you to attend our monthly meeting. It will be held: on Wednesday, 2:00 p.m. a
fter school at Class VIIID Agenda: Science and Math Olympiad and the students mu
sic band competition preparation. Please be there on time. We are looking forwar
d to your participation. Chairperson Dwiky
Variasi: Make invitation cards based on the situations below. 1. 2. You are in c
harge to manage the school English magazine. You intend to hold a meeting to dis
cuss the next edition. It will be held the day after tomorrow after school at 2:
00 p.m. You will use the school hall to hold the meeting. You ask your friends t
o come on time. You just moved to a new house at Jalan Kuda Sembrani No. 59 Sido
arjo. It has a big garden. Your parents want to have a barbeque house-warming pa
rty. They ask you to make the invitation. The party will be held next Saturday e
vening at 7:00 p.m. Any varieties of drink and food are served. You tell your gu
ests that they will have a fun and cheerful party. You ask the guests to call Ad
e (081329016437) to confirm. Your sister just graduated from Indonesia Universit
y. She wants to have a small party to celebrate it. She asks you to make the inv
itation. The party will be held in Star Restaurant, Jalan Bengawan Timur No. 323
Samarinda. It will be held next Sunday at 12 noon.
3.
Contoh jawaban: 1. Dear Saraswati, We invite you to the routine meeting: on Mond
ay at 2:00 p.m. after school in the school hall We will discuss about the next e
dition of our English Magazine. We do appreciate your contribution and ideas. It
wont be complete without your presence. Be on time! Thank you. Regards, Leader Y
ossi
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
277

2.
Mark your day and date! Please come and join us in: A barbeque house-warming par
ty Place: at Jalan Kuda Sembrani No. 59 Sidoarjo. Time : next Saturday evening a
t 7:00 p.m. This will be a fun and cheerful party. Please contact Ade (081329016
437) for confirmation. Be there! Dont miss any moment. Regards, Mr. and Mrs. Hart
awan
3.
Your presence is requested at: Melindas graduation celebration! In Star Restauran
t, Jalan Bengawan Timur No. 323 Samarinda. Next Sunday at 12 noon. Lets laugh, si
ng and dance together! Dont miss it. Cheers, Melinda
Do this task as instructed. 1. 2. Browse the Internet and find the history of an
Indonesian hero. Tell his/her life and his/her contribution to the country. You
may add his/her photograph. Read and share your work with your friends. Then, pu
t your work on the wall magazine.
278
UNIT 4 Recount

Read and memorize the words. Use them whenever you speak English. kidnap noblema
n pass away : menculik : bangsawan : meninggal
playwright pledge poet unify unknown
: : : : :
penulis drama sumpah penulis puisi menyatukan tidak diketahui
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
279

A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 3 and 4. Tata : Whats this, Mom? Wow, fried
shrimps! My favorite! May I have one, Mom? Mother : Sure. Serve yourself. But re
member, change your clothes, wash your hands and have lunch together. Tata : O.K
., Mom. Right away! 3. When does the dialog happen? A. In the morning. B. In the
afternoon. C. In the evening. D. At night. Jawaban: B Pada percakapan tersebut
ibu Tata berkata, But remember, change your clothes, wash your hands and have lun
ch together. yang artinya Namun, ingat, ganti bajumu, cuci tanganmu dan kita makan
siang bersama-sama.. Itu berarti percakapan itu terjadi pada siang hari (in the
afternoon) saat akan makan siang. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak s
esuai dengan konteks percakapan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya pada pagi hari, (C)
artinya pada petang hari, dan (D) artinya pada malam hari. 4. Who are talking i
n the dialog? A. Mother and father. B. Brother and sister. C. A teacher and a st
udent. D. Mother and daughter. Jawaban: D Jawaban ini sesuai dengan tokoh yang t
ertulis pada percakapan tersebut, yaitu Tata dengan ibunya (mother and daughter)
. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan ters
ebut.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Suddenly rain pours heavily at the
end of the lesson. Erlin : What a day! I forget to bring my umbrella. Danar, do
you bring an umbrella? Danar : Yeah, I do. Erlin : May I go home with you? Dana
r : Sure. We have the same route, right? Erlin : Right. Thanks, Nar. Danar : No
big deal. 1. Where does the dialog happen? A. On the street. B. In the yard. C.
At school. D. At home. Jawaban: C Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pengantar pe
rcakapan tersebut, Suddenly rain pours heavily at the end of the lesson. yang arti
nya Tiba-tiba hujan turun deras pada akhir pelajaran.. Jadi percakapan terjadi di
sekolah. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks perc
akapan. 2. Erlin said, May I go home with you? What does it mean? A. She invites D
anar to go home together. B. She asks Danar to accompany her. C. She asks Danar
for something. D. She expresses her feeling. Jawaban: C Kalimat tersebut berarti
Bolehkah saya pulang denganmu?. Kalimat tersebut diucapkan untuk meminta sesuatu
kepada seseorang (asking someone for something). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan tersebut.
280
UNIT 4 Recount

Read the dialog and answer questions 5 and 6. Lolly : Oki, will you go to Pelang
i Music Shop with me this afternoon? I want to buy a CD for Rollans birthday pres
ent. Oki : Id love to, but I cant. I feel very tired. I just want to go home and s
leep. I am sorry. Lolly : I see. No problem. 5. Where will Lolly go this afterno
on? A. To Rolans birthday party. B. To Rolans house. C. To Pelangi Music Shop. D.
To go home and sleep. Jawaban: C Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapka
n Lolly, yaitu Oki, will you go to Pelangi Music Shop with me this afternoon? yang
artinya Oki, maukah kamu pergi ke Toko Musik Pelangi denganku sore nanti?. Piliha
n jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. 6. What did
Oki say to decline the invitation? A. No problem. B. Oki, will you go to Pelang
i Music Shop with me this afternoon? C. I just want to go home and sleep. D. Id l
ove to, but I cant. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban yang artinya Sebenarnya aku ingin,
tetapi tidak bisa digunakan untuk menolak ajakan/undangan. Pilihan jawaban (A) sa
lah karena digunakan untuk merespons atas penolakan undangan, (B) digunakan untu
k mengundang atau mengajak, dan (C) digunakan untuk memberi informasi. For quest
ions 7 to 10, choose the suitable words to complete the text below. Itang (7) __
______ home from school late this afternoon. When he (8) ________ into the house
, his little sister (9) ________ something on her drawing book and his parents (
10) ________. Itang directly went to his room to change his clothes and took sho
wer.
7. A. went B. go C. is going D. goes Jawaban: A Kalimat tersebut menjelaskan per
istiwa yang terjadi pada masa lampau sehingga digunakanlah bentuk simple past te
nse (went). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks s
ituasi pada saat peristiwa itu terjadi. Pilihan jawaban (B) dan (D) menunjukkan
bentuk present tense yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan rutinitas atau fakta, dan
(C) merupakan bentuk simple present continuous. Bentuk ini digunakan untuk menun
jukkan bahwa suatu peristiwa sedang terjadi ketika perbicaraan sedang berlangsun
g. 8. A. steps B. stepped C. will step D. was stepping Jawaban: B Kalimat terseb
ut menunjukkan dua peristiwa yang terjadi bersamaan pada masa lampau (this after
noon), yang satu terjadi secara singkat dan yang lainnya terjadi lebih lama. Ole
h karena itu, peristiwa yang terjadi secara singkat menggunakan bentuk simple pa
st tense (stepped). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan k
onteks situasi pada saat peristiwa itu terjadi. Pilihan jawaban (A) menunjukkan
bentuk simple present tense yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan rutinitas atau fakt
a, (C) menunjukkan bentuk future tense yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan peristiw
a yang akan terjadi pada waktu yang akan datang, dan (D) menunjukkan bentuk past
continuous tense. 9. A. draws B. were drawing C. drew D. was drawing Jawaban: D
Peristiwa yang terjadi pada klausa sebelumnya terjadi lebih lama
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
281

dibandingkan dengan peristiwa pada klausa soal no.8. Jadi, peristiwa pada klausa
soal no.9 menggunakan bentuk past continuous tense, yaitu was drawing karena su
bjek berbentuk kalimat tunggal (his little sister). Pilihan jawaban yang lain sa
lah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks situasi pada saat peristiwa itu terjadi.
Pilihan jawaban (A) menunjukkan bentuk simple present tense yang digunakan untuk
menunjukkan rutinitas atau fakta, (B) salah karena subjek kalimat merupakan ora
ng ketiga tunggal sehingga to be-nya seharusnya adalah was bukan were, dan (C) m
enunjukkan bentuk simple past tense. 10. A. chatted B. chat C. were chatting D.
was chatting Jawaban: C Peristiwa yang terjadi pada klausa ini (nomor 10) juga t
erjadi lebih lama seperti peristiwa pada klausa sebelumnya (nomor 9). Jadi, peri
stiwa pada klausa ini juga menggunakan bentuk past continuous tense, yaitu were
chatting, karena subjek kalimat jamak (his parents). Pilihan jawaban yang lain s
alah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks situasi pada saat peristiwa itu terjadi.
Pilihan jawaban (A) berbentuk simple past tense yang digunakan untuk menunjukka
n peristiwa pada masa lampau, (B) berbentuk simple present tense yang digunakan
untuk menunjukkan rutinitas atau fakta, dan (D) salah karena subjek kalimat meru
pakan orang ketiga jamak sehingga to be-nya seharusnya adalah were bukan was. 11
. Sekar : What do you have here? Choki : Martabak. ________ Please serve yoursel
f. Sekar : Martabak? Choki : Right. It tastes delicious. Sekar : Sorry, I dont li
ke it. The suitable expression to complete the dialog is ________ A. What do you
think? B. Will you like to try some?
282
UNIT 4 Recount
C. How did you make it? D. Can you do me a favor? Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban (B)
yang artinya Apakah kamu mau mencicipinya? digunakan untuk menawarkan sesuatu. Un
gkapan ini sesuai dengan ucapan Choki berikutnya Please serve yourself. yang artin
ya Silakan ambil sendiri.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai den
gan maksud ucapan itu. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya Bagaimana menurut pendapa
tmu? digunakan untuk meminta pendapat, (C) yang artinya Bagaimana kamu membuatnya?
digunakan untuk meminta informasi, dan (D) yang artinya Dapatkah kamu menolongku?
digunakan untuk meminta bantuan. Read the text and answer questions 12 and 13. S
rivijaya (-sri meaning glitters or radiant, -jaya meaning success or excellence)
was an ancient Malay kingdom on the island of Sumatra which influenced much of
the Maritime Southeast Asia. From the seventh century, the powerful Srivijaya na
val kingdom flourished as a result of trade and the influences of Hinduism and B
uddhism that were imported with it.
Source : http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ History_of_Indonesia (January 8, 2009)
12. Srivijaya (-sri meaning glitters or radiant, -jaya meaning success or excelle
nce) was an ancient Malay kingdom . The underlined word can be best replaced by __
______. A. powerful B. excellent C. broken D. old Jawaban: D Kata ancient yang art
inya kuno dapat digantikan dengan kata old yang juga berarti kuno. Pilihan jawaban
(A) artinya kuat, (B) artinya bagus sekali, dan (C) artinya rusak. 13. From the
seventh century, the powerful Srivijaya naval kingdom flourished as a result of
trade and the influences of Hinduism and Buddhism that were imported with it.

The underlined word refers to ________. A. the influences of Hinduism and Buddhi
sm B. the powerful Srivijaya naval kingdom C. the seventh century D. the trade J
awaban: D Kalimat soal artinya Sejak abad ke-7, armada laut Sriwijaya yang kuat t
elah berkembang pesat sebagai akibat dari perdagangan dan pengaruh-pengaruh Hind
u dan Budha yang masuk bersama dengan hal itu.. Kata it yang artinya hal itu mengacu
pada kata trade yang artinya perdagangan. Read the text and answer questions 14 to 1
6. Japan occupied the colony between 1942 and 1945. Shortly after the Japanese h
ad surrendered to the Allies in 1945, a small group of Indonesians, led by Soeka
rno and Mohammad Hatta, proclaimed its independence and established the Republic
of Indonesia. They set up a provisional government and adopted a constitution t
o govern the republic until elections could be held and a new constitution writt
en. Dutch efforts to reestablish complete control met strong resistance.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_Indonesia (January 8, 2009)
15. They set up a provisional government and adopted . . . . The underlined word r
efers to ________. A. the Allies B. the Japanese and the Allies C. Soekarno and
Muhammad Hatta D. a small group of Indonesians Jawaban: D Kata ganti they pada kal
imat itu merupakan kata ganti subjek dari subjek yang telah disebutkan pada kali
mat sebelumnya. Kalimat sebelumnya adalah . . . in 1945, a small group of Indone
sians, led by Soekarno and Mohammad Hatta, proclaimed independence. . . .. Jadi,
jelas bahwa they mengacu pada a small group of Indonesians. 16. Which statement is
NOT TRUE according to the text? A. The Dutch failed to reoccupy Indonesia. B. T
he Allies surrendered to the Japanese in 1945. C. The Japanese occupied Indonesi
a for about three years. D. Soekarno and Muhammad Hatta proclaimed the Indonesia
n Independence in 1945. Jawaban: B Pernyataan pada pilihan jawaban (B) tidak ses
uai dengan kalimat kedua bacaan tersebut, yaitu Shortly after the Japanese had su
rrendered to the Allies in 1945, a small group of Indonesians, led by Soekarno a
nd Mohammad Hatta, . . . .. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena justru sesuai
dengan isi bacaan. Read the text and answer questions 17 and 18. Sinta, Yenni ju
st dropped by. She left a message for you. I put it in your message box. 17. The
text is about ________. A. Yennis coming B. Yenni, Sintas friend C. Yennis message
D. Sintas message
14. The text is about ________. A. the Indonesian struggle against Japan B. Indo
nesian heroes C. the establishment of the Republic of Indonesia D. Indonesian pr
ovisional government Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban (C) sesuai dengan isi keseluruha
n bacaan yang menjelaskan tentang kemerdekaan Indonesia dan berdirinya negara Re
publik Indonesia (the establishment of the Republic of Indonesia) pada tahun 194
5 setelah Jepang menyerah kepada Sekutu.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
283

Jawaban: C Teks tersebut merupakan teks fungsional pendek berbentuk pesan lisan.
Pesan itu disampaikan oleh seseorang kepada Sinta. Pesan itu lebih menitikberat
kan pada pesan yang diberikan oleh Yenni dan telah diletakkan di kotak pesan Sin
ta. 18. I put it in your message box. The word it refers to ________. A. the message
B. you C. Yenni D. a message box Jawaban: A Kata it pada pernyataan tersebut meng
gantikan kata benda yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya. Kata benda ya
ng telah disebutkan sebelumnya adalah message. Read the text and answer questions
19 and 20. You are invited to a BIRTHDAY PARTY for CANDRA PRADIPTA Shell be 14. P
lease join us on: Sunday, December 6, 2009 At 11:00 a.m. The Bustamis Residence J
alan Gajah Mada No. 34 Malang See you there! 19. Candra was born on ________. A.
December 6, 1985 B. December 6, 1994 C. December 6, 1995 D. December 16, 1995 J
awaban: C Sesuai dengan undangan tersebut, pesta ulang tahun itu diselenggarakan
untuk memperingati usia Candra Pradipta yang ke-14. Pesta itu diselenggarakan p
ada 6 Desember 2009. Jadi, Candra lahir pada 6 Desember 1995 (2009 14 = 1995).
284
UNIT 4 Recount
20. The party will be held ________. A. at 1:00 p.m B. on Saturday, December 6,
2009 C. in Bustami Restaurant D. at Jalan Gajah Mada No. 34 Malang Jawaban: D Pe
sta itu akan diselenggarakan di rumah keluarga Bustami di Jalan Gajah Mada No. 3
4 Malang. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi undanga
n itu. B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Put the verbs into the correct forms. Sorry. I ________
(watch) TV, so I ________ (not notice) your coming. Uncle and auntie ________ (
wait for) us when we ________ (get off) the train. Erlambang ________ (mop) the
floor while his sister ________ (water) the flowers. Yesterday afternoon at this
time, the boys ________ (play) football in the field. Ms. Jessica ________ (tel
l) us a story when suddenly we ________ (hear) a blast from the neighborhood.
Jawaban: 1. Sorry. I was watching TV, so I didnt notice your coming. 2. Uncle and
auntie were waiting for us when we got off the train. 3. Erlambang was mopping
the floor while his sister was watering the flowers. 4. Yesterday afternoon at t
his time, the boys were playing football in the field. 5. Ms. Jessica was tellin
g us a story when suddenly we heard a blast from the neighborhood. C. 1. 2. 3. 4
. Fill in the blanks with the correct reflexive pronouns (-self/-selves). I dont
believe in ghost until I saw it ________ last night. I was horrified. Marino cle
aned his room ________. Its clean and tidy now. Did you know that the band calls
________ Poison? I cant believe this! Orangutan is really a clever animal. It peels
peanuts by ________.

5.
May I ask you something? Do you go to school by ________ or your parents take yo
u there? 2. 5. himself 3. yourself themselves
E. 1. 2.
Do the task as instructed. Make a short message. Choose your own topic. Make an
invitation. Choose your own topic.
Jawaban: 1. myself 4. itself D.
Fill in the blanks with the correct words: look, taste, turn, feel or get. Chang
e the form of the words when needed. Look! Herus face ________ red when he is ang
ry. Marvelous! This empek-empek ________ very delicious. You ________ so tired.
Why dont you stop and have a break? Denada and Stefi ________ happy when they fin
ally got A for their assignment. Look! The children ________ wet because they go
out in the rain.
Contoh jawaban: 1. Febri is expecting your call. Please call him now. 2. THERE I
S ONE SEAT FREE FOR YOU! Well have a big party this afternoon. In Flamingo Restau
rant on Sunday, November 22, 2009 at 11:00 a.m. end Come or youll be sorry! Cheer
s, Benhur
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Jawaban: 1. turns 2. tastes 3. look 4. feel 5. get
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 4: Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur k
etercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 4. Bagian ini bisa dijadik
an model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. Guru mengganda
kan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahuka
n waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. Siswa disuruh mengerjak
an semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi k
elas di pojok kanan atas. Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka
sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru. Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa dis
uruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru. Guru memeriksa dan memberi
nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
285

A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 3. Riiing . . . riiing . . . . Its the
break time. Lala : Im hungry. I ate nothing for breakfast. Evi : Im sorry to hear
that. By the way, I have three loaves of bread. Would you like one? Lala : Its ve
ry kind of you, but I cant accept it. Evi : Cmon. It tastes good. Lala : Well then
, thanks. Evi : Here you are. Lala : Thank you. 1. Where does the dialog happen?
A. At home. B. At school. C. In the library. D. In the school canteen. 2. What
does Evi offer to her friend? A. Softdrink. B. A burger. C. A doughnut. D. A loa
f of bread. 3. What does Lala say to accept the offer? A. Its very kind of you. B
. Here you are. C. Well then, thanks. D. Im sorry to hear that. 4. Driver : Janet
: Driver : Janet : Is there anything wrong, Miss? ________? Are you serious, Mi
ss? Yes, my class starts in ten minutes. I dont want to be late or my professor w
ill get angry with me. Driver : As you wish, Miss. You drive very fast, dont you
Can you drive more slowly Could you drive a little faster, please Do you always
drive slowly, driver
Ujian Nasional 2005/2006
Read the dialog and answer for questions 5 to 7. Hanung : Mom, I smell something
. Is it a fried egg or fried chicken? Mother : None of them. Hanung : Oh, I know
. It must be fried nugget, right? Mother : Right! Hanung : May I have one, Mom?
Mother : No, you may not. You should have them for lunch. Sorry. Hanung : All ri
ght, then. 5. Who are talking in the dialog? A. Mother and son. B. Mother and fa
ther. C. Brother and sister. D. A teacher and a student. 6. Where does the dialo
g happen? A. In the school canteen. B. In the dining room. C. In a restaurant. D
. In the garden. 7. What does Hanung say to ask for something? A. You should hav
e them for lunch. Sorry. B. Is it a fried egg or fried chicken? C. It must be fr
ied nugget, right? D. May I have one, Mom? 8. Nurma : Hi, Kristin! Kristin : Oh
hello, Nurma. Look, this suitcase is too heavy for me. ________? Nurma : With pl
easure. Well, come on lets lift it up together. A. B. C. D. Would you help me, pl
ease How could I do it myself Shall I lift it up for you What can I do for you
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
A. B. C. D.
286
UNIT 4 Recount

9. A : Hello. Is Ira there? B : Shes having lunch right now. ________ her back in
an hour? A : Sure. Thanks. A. B. C. D. Do you call Could you call Are you calli
ng Dont you call
Ujian Nasional 2005/2006
13. Ario and his friends will ________ that afternoon. A. see Widya B. see Elisa
and Widya C. study together D. do their homework together 14. Aris : Can you dr
op by my house after school? Theres something I want to give you. Adi : ________.
But why dont you tell me what it is now? Aris : Oh no. Be patient, man. A. B. C.
D. I dont think so Sure, I can I like it Fine, go ahead
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
Read the dialog and answer questions 10 and 11. Ajeng : Sani, will you go to see
Ungu concert this afternoon? Look, I have two free tickets. Sani : I really wan
t to go, but I cant. I am sorry. I have lots of homework to do. Ajeng : I see. No
problem. 10. Where will Ajeng go this afternoon? A. To see Ungu concert. B. To
Sanis house. C. To do the homework. D. To buy tickets. 11. What does Sani say to
decline the invitation? A. Will you go to see Ungu concert this afternoon? B. Lo
ok, I have two free tickets. C. I really want to go, but I can t. D. No problem.
Read the dialog and answer questions 12 and 13. Ario : Feb, are you free this a
fternoon? Febri : Yeah, I am. Whats up? Ario : Um . . . I want to go to Widyas hou
se to study together. Elisa will be there too. What if you join us? Febri : What
will you study? Ario : Science. Dont you remember that we will have a test the d
ay after tomorrow? Febri : You re right. O.K., Ill go with you. 12. Ario said, Wha
t if you join us? What does it mean? A. He invites Febri. B. He accepts Febris inv
itation. C. He gives an opinion to Febris idea. D. He asks for confirmation.
15. Rika : Rio, will you come to my birthday party this afternoon? Rio : _______
_. Rika : O.K., then. Ill wait for you. A. Sure, I will B. Im afraid I cant come C.
Forgive me D. Frankly, I cant go to your house Read the text and answer question
s 16 to 18. Budi Utomo (also Boedi Oetomo; Pure Endeavor), founded in May 20, 1908
, was the first native political society in the Dutch East Indies. Today, the ye
ar 1908 is commemorated as the birth year of its nationalist awakening. The founde
r of Budi Utomo was a pensioned government doctor who felt that native intellect
uals should improve the masses in education and culture. The society held its fi
rst congress in May 1908. The congress was a gathering of students in Batavia. T
he first leader was Dr. Wahidin Soedirohoesodo, but by the organizations first ma
jor gathering in Yogyakarta in October 1908, he stepped aside for younger organi
zers.
Adapted from : http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Budi_Utomo (January 8, 2009)
16. The main idea of paragraph one is ________. A. Dutch East Indies government
B. The founding of Budi Utomo C. The founder of Budi Utomo D. The first leader o
f Budi Utomo
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
287

17. . . . native intellectuals should improve the masses in education and culture
. The underlined word has the similar meaning to ________. A. develop B. create C
. plan D. extend 18. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the text? A. Budi
Utomo was founded in 1928. B. Dr. Wahidin Soedirohoesodo was the first leader. C
. Budi Utomo held its first major gathering in Yogyakarta in October 1908. D. Th
e year 1908 is commemorated as the birth year of Indonesian nationalist awakening.
Read the text and answer questions 19 to 21. The first Indonesian youth congres
s was held in Batavia in 1926, but produced no formal decisions. However, it pro
moted the idea of a united Indonesia. In October 1928, the second Indonesian you
th congress was held at three different locations. In the first session, the hop
e was expressed that the congress would inspire the feeling of unity. The second
session saw discussions about educational issues. In the third and final sessio
n, held at Jalan Kramat Raya No, 126, on October 28 participants heard the futur
e Indonesian national anthem Indonesia Raya by Wage Rudolf Supratman. The congre
ss closed with a reading of the youth pledge. The pledge Firstly We, the sons an
d daughters of Indonesia, acknowledge one motherland, Indonesia. Secondly We, th
e sons and daughters of Indonesia, acknowledge one nation, the nation of Indones
ia. Thirdly We, the sons and daughters of Indonesia, respect the language of uni
ty, Indonesian.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Youth_pledge (January 8, 2009)
C. D.
Wage Rudolf Supratmans life Indonesian youth congresses
20. However, it promoted the idea of a united Indonesia. The underlined word refer
s to ________. A. the idea of a united Indonesia B. the first Indonesian youth c
ongress C. formal decisions D. Batavia 21. When was the final congress held? A.
On October 28, 1926. B. On September 28, 1928. C. On October 28, 1928. D. On Nov
ember 28, 1928. 22. Sorry for that little girl. She is talking to ________ and o
ften laughs. A. himself B. herself C. itself D. myself 23. Principal : Were the
students studying in the classroom when the roof collapsed? Teacher : No, Maam. F
ortunately, the students ________ outside when it ________. A. was playing, happ
ens B. was sitting, happened C. were playing, happened D. were sitting, happens
24. Nissa : Yummy . . . yummy! Sari : This ice cream ________ delicious. Lets get
some more. Nissa : Come on! A. feels B. looks C. gets D. tastes Read the text a
nd answer questions 25 and 26. Mom, grandma just called. She wanted to spend her
day here. She asked you to pick her up. 25. What is the text called? A. A lette
r. B. An invitation. C. A warning. D. A spoken message. 26. What is it about? A.
About grandmas illness. B. About grandmas intention to stay in the speakers house.
C. About the speakers intention to stay in the grandmas house. D. About the speak
ers duty to pick up his/her grandma.
19. The text is about ________. A. the Indonesian national anthem Indonesia Raya
B. the first Indonesian youth congress
288
UNIT 4 Recount

Read the text and answer questions 27 and 28.


29. When will the party be held? A. At 44 Devoe Road. B. At 6:30 a.m. C. On Marc
h 13. D. At the second house. 30. Regrets only: Marie Salinger 238-1722 or e-mail
. The words above tell us that we should ________. A. give information if we cann
ot come B. give information if we can come C. ask information how to come to the
place D. contact Marie Salinger before we come B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Put the verbs
in brackets into their correct forms. When I ________ (phone) Jasmine, she _____
___ (do) her homework. ________ you ________ (listen) while Ms. Tantri ________
(explain) the theory? What ________ the people here ________ (do) when the volca
no ________ (erupt)? When the computer suddenly ________ (go off) the secretary
________ (reply) the e-mail. While Bobby and Aswin ________ (walk) home from sch
ool, the policeman ________ (regulate) the traffic. Fill in the blanks with the
correct reflexive pronouns (-self/-selves). Luna was horrified when she saw ____
____ in the mirror. There was a scratch and it hurt. Mr. Carlos hurt ________ wh
en he cut the tree branches. Daniel, do you go take courses to learn Mandarin, o
r do you teach ________? Look! Theres a big white tiger washing ________ in the r
iver. Julian, I invite your father to come to school. I need to speak to him ___
_____. Do the tasks as instructed. Make a spoken message. Choose your own topic.
Make an invitation. Choose your own topic.
289
Source: http://images.solidcactus.com/lsretail/ic-tl3150.jpg (January 2, 2009)
27. The party will be held ________. A. in a pumpkin cafe B. in a candy store C.
at 4467 Seedling Drive D. in Kerri s house 28. Based on the context, the word tr
eat in Indonesian means ________. A. menraktir B. menghibur C. merawat D. menganc
am Read the text and answer questions 29 and 30.
Youre Invited Occasion : Kims Birthday Date : March 13 Time : 6:30 p.m. Place : 44
Devoe Road Directions: Take the no. 5 bus. Get off the corner of Devoe Road. Ou
r house is at the second house on the right. Please arrive on time. This is a su
rprise party. Regrets only: Marie Salinger 238-1722 or e-mail Maries@dr.com
C. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
D. 1. 2.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Jawaban Review Unit 4 A. Pilihan Ganda Percakapan terjadi di sekolah. Hal ini se
suai dengan kalimat awal pada percakapan tersebut, Its the break time. yang artinya
Saatnya istirahat.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan ko
nteks percakapan. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Evi pada percakapan itu, yait
u By the way, I have three loaves of bread. Would you like one? yang artinya Ngomon
gomong, aku punya tiga potong roti. Kamu mau satu potong?. Itu berarti Evi menawa
rkan satu potong roti (a loaf of bread) kepada Lala. Pada akhir percakapan Lala
menerima tawaran Evi dengan mengucapkan, Well then, thanks. yang artinya Baiklah, t
erima kasih.. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya kamu sungguh baik digunakan untuk
mengungkapkan rasa terima kasih, (B) yang artinya ini, ambillah digunakan untuk
memberi sesuatu, dan (D) yang artinya saya ikut prihatin digunakan untuk mengung
kapkan simpati atau perhatian. Berdasarkan konteks percakapan, Janet meminta san
g sopir untuk lebih cepat (Could you drive a little faster, please?) karena dia
tidak ingin terlambat. Sang sopir pun memenuhi permintaan Janet. Jawaban ini ses
uai dengan tokoh yang tertulis pada percakapan tersebut, yaitu Hanung dengan ibu
nya (mother and son). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan
konteks percakapan. Pada percakapan tersebut Hanung mencium bau telur goreng at
au ayam goreng. Ternyata bau nugget goreng. Berdasarkan konteks tersebut, percak
apan terjadi di ruang makan (dining room). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karen
a tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan.
7. D.
1. B.
2. D.
8. A.
3. C.
9. B.
10. A.
4. C.
5. A.
11. C.
6. B.
12. A.
Pilihan jawaban (D) artinya Boleh saya minta satu, Bu?. Ungkapan tersebut digunaka
n untuk meminta sesuatu. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya kamu boleh memakannya
saat makan siang, maaf, digunakan untuk menolak memberi sesuatu, (B) yang artiny
a apakah ini telur goreng atau ayam goreng, digunakan untuk meminta informasi, d
an (C) yang artinya ini pasti nugget goreng, kan digunakan untuk meminta konfirm
asi. Pada awal percakapan Kristin mengungkapkan bahwa kopor itu terlalu berat. O
leh karena itu, dia meminta bantuan Nurma untuk menjinjingnya bersama-sama. Pili
han jawaban (A) merupakan ungkapan yang digunakan untuk meminta bantuan. Nurma p
un membantunya dengan mengucapkan, With pleasure.. Dalam percakapan itu tokoh A in
gin bertemu dengan Ira, tetapi Ira sedang makan. Oleh karena itu, ucapan tokoh B
yang paling tepat adalah meminta tokoh A agar menelepon kembali nanti (Could yo
u call . . . ?). Tokoh A menyetujuinya. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat yang d
iucapkan Ajeng, yaitu Sani, will you go to see Ungu concert this afternoon? yang a
rtinya Sani, maukah kamu melihat konser Ungu sore nanti?. Pilihan jawaban yang lai
n salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang arti

nya sebenarnya saya ingin, tetapi tidak bisa, digunakan untuk menolak undangan.
Pilihan jawaban (A) salah karena ucapan itu digunakan untuk mengundang atau meng
ajak, (B) digunakan untuk memberi informasi, dan (D) digunakan untuk merespons a
tas penolakan undangan. Ungkapan tersebut artinya Bagaimana kalau kamu bergabung
dengan kami?. Ungkapan tersebut adalah ungkapan ajakan. Jadi, Ario mengucapkan un
gkapan itu untuk
290
UNIT 4 Recount

13. C.
14. B.
15. A.
16. B.
17. A.
18. A.
mengajak Febri (to invite Febri) untuk bergabung. Pilihan jawaban yang lain sala
h karena tidak sesuai dengan maksud ucapan itu. Pilihan jawaban (C) ini sesuai d
engan ucapan Ario, I want to go to Widyas house to study together. yang artinya Saya
akan pergi ke rumah Widya untuk belajar kelompok.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain sal
ah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan itu. Dalam percakapan tersebut Aris
mengundang Adi untuk mampir ke rumahnya. Ada sesuatu yang ingin dia berikan. Ad
i menyetujuinya. Jadi, ungkapan yang sesuai untuk menerima undangan berdasarkan
konteks isi percakapan tersebut adalah (B) Sure, I can. Dalam percakapan tersebu
t Rika mengundang Rio untuk datang ke pesta ulang tahunnya. Tampaknya Rio mau da
tang karena Rika meresponsnya dengan mengatakan, O.K, then. Ill wait for you. yang
artinya Baiklah. Aku akan menunggumu.. Ungkapan menerima ajakan adalah (A) Sure, I
will. Gagasan utama suatu paragraf biasanya terletak di awal atau di akhir para
graf terkait. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf satu, yaitu ber
dirinya Budi Utomo (the founding of Budi Utomo). Kalimat berikutnya merupakan ka
limat pendukung. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan gagasan utama para
graf itu. Kata improve dan develop mempunyai arti sama, yaitu meningkatkan. Pilihan
jawaban (B) artinya menciptakan, (C) artinya merencanakan, dan (D) artinya mempe
rpanjang; memperluas. Pernyataan pada pilihan jawaban (A) tidak sesuai dengan ka
limat pertama bacaan tersebut, yaitu Budi Utomo (also Boedi Oetomo; Pure Endeavor),
founded in May 20, 1908, was . . . .. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena ses
uai dengan isi bacaan.
19. D.
20. B.
21. C.
22. B.
23. C.
24. D.
Pilihan jawaban (D) sesuai dengan isi keseluruhan bacaan yang menjelaskan terjad
inya Kongres Pemuda Indonesia pertama, kedua, sampai kongres yang menghasilkan S
umpah Pemuda. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya sebagai pendukung gag
asan utama bacaan. Kata it pada kalimat itu merupakan kata ganti subjek dari subje
k yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya. Kalimat sebelumnya adalah The fi
rst Indonesian youth congress was held in Batavia in 1926, but produced no forma
l decisions.. Jadi, jelas bahwa kata tersebut mengacu pada The first Indonesian yo
uth congress. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) merupakan pele
ngkap dari kalimat itu sendiri, sedangkan (C) dan (D) bukan subjek dari kalimat
sebelumnya sehingga tidak dapat digantikan oleh kata it tersebut. Jawaban ini sesu
ai dengan kalimat In October 1928, the second Indonesian youth congress was held
. . . . dan In the third and final session, held at Jalan Kramat Raya No, 126, on
October 28 . . . .. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan is
i bacaan. Subjek kalimat itu adalah she, maka bentuk reflexsive pronoun-nya adalah

herself. Kalimat soal itu artinya, Kasihan gadis kecil itu. Dia berbicara sendir
i dan sering tertawa.. Dalam percakapan tersebut ada dua peristiwa yang terjadi b
ersamaan, kegiatan belajar para siswa dan atap ruang kelas yang runtuh. Atap run
tuh terjadi lebih cepat daripada kegiatan belajar. Oleh karena itu, kegiatan yan
g dilakukan anak-anak menggunakan bentuk past continuous tense (were playing), s
edangkan atap ruang kelas yang runtuh dalam bentuk simple past tense (happened).
Nissa dan Sari sedang makan es krim. Mereka sangat menikmatinya. Jadi, es krim
itu rasanya (taste) lezat.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
291

25. D.
26. B.
27. C.
28. A.
29. C.
30. D.
Sesuai dengan isi teks, teks tersebut disebut pesan lisan (a spoken message). Pi
lihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya surat biasanya l
ebih panjang daripada teks itu. Surat juga memiliki bagian tanggal surat, orang
yang dituju beserta alamatnya, isi surat, dan pengirim surat. Pilihan jawaban (B
) yang artinya undangan biasanya berisi orang yang dituju, isi undangan, pengund
ang. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya peringatan biasanya berupa kalimat perinta
h atau larangan. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat kedua pesan tersebut,
yaitu She wanted to spend her day here.. Kalimat itu artinya Dia ingin tinggal di
sini (rumah pembicara).. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai deng
an isi pesan itu. Pesta tersebut akan diselenggarakan di rumah keluarga Johnson
di 4467 Seedling Drive. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) salah karena tidak tercantum
dalam undangan itu. Pilihan jawaban (D) merupakan orang yang harus dihubungi un
tuk konfirmasi kedatangan. Kata treat yang sesuai dengan konteks itu bermakna menra
ktir. Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah to entertain, (C) adalah to take care, dan (D) a
dalah to threat. Berdasarkan isi undangan itu, pesta ulang tahun Kim akan disele
nggarakan pada tanggal 13 Maret, pukul 6:30 petang (bukan 6:30 pagi, pilihan jaw
aban (B)). Jadi, pilihan jawaban (C) benar. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (D) tidak te
pat karena tidak menunjukkan keterangan waktu, tetapi merupakan keterangan tempa
t. Pernyataan itu merupakan informasi agar tamu undangan memberitahukan kepada M
arie Salinger sebelum kedatangan mereka. Hal ini merupakan hal umum di negara ba
rat.
B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Isian When I phoned Jasmine, she was doing her homework. Were you listening whil
e Ms. Tantri was explaining the theory? What were the people here doing when the
volcano erupted? When he computer suddenly went off, the secretary was replying
the e-mail. While Bobby and Aswin were walking home from school, the policeman
was regulating the traffic. Isian herself himself yourself itself myself Uraian
Rio, whereve you been? Daddy is looking for you. Hes in the living room now. FREE!
Well see a Harry Potter movie this afternoon: in Sarahs house at 4:00 p.m.end Drin
k and snacks available! Please come! We have a space already reserved for you. B
est, Jane
C. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. D. 1. 2.
Contoh jawaban:
292
UNIT 4 Recount

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Read the dialog and answer questions
1 to 3. Ervina : Where are you going? Jessy : I want to give that beggar some m
oney. Ervina : I dont think you should give him money. It will make him lazy, you
know. Jessy : I dont agree with you. We shouldnt ignore the poor. Ervina : I know
, but he looks strong and healthy enough. He can find a job. 1. Ervina said, I do
nt think you should give him money. What does it mean? A. She asks for Jessys opini
on. B. She agrees with Jessys opinion. C. She tells her idea about something. D.
She expresses her opinion about what Jessy will do. Jawaban: D Ucapan Ervina ber
arti Saya kira kamu tidak perlu memberinya uang.. Berdasarkan maknanya, ungkapan i
ni digunakan untuk memberikan pendapat. Jadi, berdasarkan konteks percakapan ter
sebut, Ervina mengungkapkan pendapatnya tentang tindakan Jessy yang akan memberi
uang kepada seorang pengemis laki-laki. 2. We shouldnt ignore the poor. The underl
ined word can be replaced by ________. A. care B. neglect C. feel angry with D.
relieve Jawaban: B Kata ignore artinya mengabaikan. Kata ini bersinonim dengan kata
neglect yang berarti mengabaikan atau melalaikan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya me
mberi perhatian/peduli, (C) artinya marah dengan, dan (D) artinya merasa lega at
au bebas dari beban berat. 3. It will make him lazy, you know. The opposite meanin
g of lazy is ________. A. naughty B. careful C. stubborn D. diligent
Jawaban: D Kata lazy artinya malas. Kata ini berlawanan makna dengan kata diligent yan
g artinya rajin. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Naughty artinya nakal, careful
artinya berhati-hati, dan stubborn artinya keras kepala. 4. Utti : Wow! Look at
you! ________ Widda : Do I? Thanks. A. How terrible! B. Are you sure? C. You lo
ok pretty. D. Of course. Jawaban: C Ungkapan yang tepat untuk melengkapi percaka
pan adalah ungkapan memberikan pujian (compliment) karena sesuai dengan ungkapan
selanjutnya yang diucapkan Widda, yaitu Do I? Thanks. yang artinya Benarkah? Terim
a kasih.. 5. Wanda : Ugh! Its very hot inside here. ________ Nindya : Sure. Ill get
it open. A. Could you open the window, please? B. What can I do to help you? C.
It seems youre in trouble. D. Close the door, will you? Jawaban: A Konteks perca
kapan disimpulkan dari kalimat yang diucapkan Wanda yang artinya Ugh! Di ruangan
ini terasa panas. dan frasa kunci dari respons Nindya, yaitu open it yang artinya me
mbukanya. Jadi, ungkapan permintaan yang tepat diucapkan Wanda adalah permintaan
untuk membukakan jendela dengan berkata, Could you open the window, please?. For q
uestions 6 to 8, choose the correct expressions to complete the dialog. Regal :
Mother will have her birthday next week. (6) ________ Ari : Er . . . . lets give
her a blouse, batik blouse. What do you think?
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
293

Regal : (7) ________ Batik blouse must be so expensive that we cant afford it. Ar
i : Well, my friends parents have a batik shop. She told me that there were some
beautiful ones with reasonable prices. Regal : Really? O.K., lets go there. Ari :
(8) ________ 6. A. Do you agree with my idea? B. Would you like to come? C. Do
you have any idea? D. That couldnt be right. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban (C) benar
karena sesuai dengan kalimat respons yang diucapkan Ari, Er . . . lets give her a
blouse, batik blouse. yang artinya Er . . . ayo kita belikan ibu blus, blus batik
.. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan memberi pendapat. Jadi, ucapan Regal yang
sesuai adalah ungkapan meminta pendapat atau gagasan (asking for an opinion), ya
itu Do you have any idea? 7. A. I dont agree. B. Good idea! C. Brilliant! D. Of c
ourse. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban (A) benar karena sesuai dengan ucapan Ari sebe
lumnya, Er . . . lets give her a blouse, batik blouse. What do you think? yang arti
nya Er . . . ayo kita belikan ibu blus, blus batik. Bagaimana menurutmu?. Ungkapan
ini digunakan untuk meminta persetujuan atas ide yang telah dilontarkannya. Reg
al pun mengungkapkan ketidaksetujuannya (I dont agree) dengan disertai alasan bah
wa Batik blouse must be so expensive that we cant afford it. yang artinya Blus batik
pasti sangat mahal sehingga kita tidak mampu membelinya.. 8. A. Wait! B. Thanks.
C. Lets go. D. See you. Jawaban: C Kalimat yang tepat diucapkan Ari untuk meresp
ons kalimat ajakan Regal, O.K., lets go there. yang artinya O.K., ayo kita pergi ke
sana., adalah Lets go yang artinya ayo pergi. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah kare
na tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan.
For questions 9 to 11, choose the correct expressions to complete the dialog. Mr
. Rianto : There will be a gathering in my house this evening. (9) ________ Mr.
Yoyok : Who will go to there? Mr. Rianto : Mr. Roger, Mr. Smith, Mr. Dewa and Mr
. Soni have confirmed. Mr. Yoyok : (10) ________ I have already had an appointme
nt with my children. Mr. Rianto : (11) ________ But maybe some other time. 9. A.
I dont know. B. Will you join us? C. When will it be? D. It must be fun. Jawaban
: B Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya Bersediakah Anda bergabung dengan kami?. Ungkapan
ini digunakan untuk mengundang atau mengajak. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan P
ak Yoyok, Who will go to there? yang artinya Siapa saja yang akan datang?. 10. A. Th
ank you for your offer. B. Ill be there, I promise. C. How can I get there? D. Id
love to, but I cant. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban (D) artinya Saya ingin datang, tet
api saya tidak bisa.. Ungkapan ini digunakan untuk menolak undangan atau ajakan.
Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Pak Yoyok berikutnya I have already had an appoi
ntment with my children. yang artinya Saya sudah mempunyai janji dengan anak-anak
saya.. 11. A. It would be more fun if you were there. B. I hope it wont bother you
. C. Im happy hearing from you. D. Is that O.K.? Jawaban: A Ucapan Pak Rianto di
akhir percakapan merupakan respons atas ucapan Pak Yoyok sebelumnya. Jadi, dia m
erasa menyesal karena Pak Yoyok tidak dapat datang dalam acara kumpul-kumpul ter
sebut.
294
Latihan Ulangan Semester

Read the dialog and answer questions 12 to 14. Mr. Romeo : Excuse me. Do you kno
w where a phone kiosk is? Beni : Yes. Its not far, just drive on until you reach
a crossroad. It is at the corner, a small shop with green wall. 12. Who are talk
ing in the dialog? A. Students. B. Two strangers. C. Father and son. D. Two boys
. Jawaban: B Berdasarkan tokoh-tokoh yang terlibat dalam percakapan tersebut, je
las bahwa yang berbicara adalah dua orang yang belum saling mengenal (two strang
ers). 13. It is at the corner, a small shop with green wall. The word it refers to _
_______. A. a kiosk B. a crossroad C. a phone kiosk D. a small shop Jawaban: C K
ata it tersebut merupakan kata ganti dari kata benda yang telah disebutkan sebelum
nya (benda/tempat yang dicari Pak Romeo). Jadi, kata itu mengacu pada a phone ki
osk. 14. What did Mr. Romeo say to ask for help? A. Where is it? B. Excuse me. C
. Do you know where a phone kiosk is? D. Youre welcome. Jawaban: C Dalam percakap
an tersebut tampak bahwa Pak Romeo mencari kios telepon. Pilihan jawaban (C) yan
g artinya Tahukah Anda letak kios telepon? menunjukkan bahwa Pak Romeo meminta ban
tuan Beni untuk menunjukkan letak suatu tempat, dalam hal ini kios telepon. Read
the text and answer questions 15 to 17. Hi, my friends! For a long time, I have
been waiting for my special day. Finally, it is coming. I will be 10. Please co
me and gather at my house to have a nice party at 7 p.m. Saturday, January 11, 2
009 Peters home: 116 West 60 Street.
15. When will the party be held? A. In the morning. B. In the evening. C. At mid
night. D. At noon. Jawaban: B Sesuai undangan tersebut, pesta akan diselenggarak
an pada pukul 7 petang (at 7 p.m.) atau in the evening. 16. Peter was born in __
______. A. 1996 B. 1997 C. 1998 D. 1999
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
Jawaban: D Pesta yang diselenggarakan pada Sabtu, 11 Januari 2009 itu untuk mera
yakan ulang tahun Peter yang ke-10. Itu berarti Peter lahir pada tahun 1999 (200
9 10 = 1999). 17. What is the text about? A. An opinion about a birthday party.
B. An invitation to a birthday party. C. A wish for a birthday person. D. Inform
ation about a party. Jawaban: B Berdasarkan kalimat Please come and gather at my
house to have a nice party . . . . yang artinya Silakan datang dan berkumpul di ru
mahku dalam sebuah pesta yang menyenangkan . . . . dan kalimat I will be 10. yang a
rtinya Saya akan berusia (berulang tahun yang ke-) 10 tahun., teks tersebut tentan
g undangan ke sebuah pesta ulang tahun (an invitation to a birthday party). Read
the dialog and answer questions 18 to 20. Rowan : I love to have lunch here. Its
clean and the price is very reasonable. Jimmy : One more thing, the food is rea
lly tasty. Rowan : Youre right. 18. The dialog takes place ________. A. at home B
. in the classroom C. at the bus stop D. in the canteen Jawaban: D Rowan dan Jim
my berbicara tentang suatu tempat yang mereka pilih untuk makan siang. Tempat it
u bersih, harga makanan murah, dan masakannya lezat. Berdasarkan pilihan jawaban
yang ada, dapat dipastikan mereka bercakap-cakap di sebuah kantin (in the cante
en), bukan (A) di rumah, (B) di kelas, atau (C) di halte bus.
295
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

19. What are the speakers doing? A. Studying. B. Taking a rest. C. Having fun. D
. Having lunch. Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan, kedua tokoh membicarakan tentang te
mpat mereka makan dan makanannya yang lezat. Jadi, percakapan tersebut terjadi s
aat mereka sedang makan, yaitu makan siang (to have lunch). Hal ini disimpulkan
dari kalimat pertama, I love to have lunch here. yang artinya Saya suka makan siang
di tempat ini.. 20. One more thing, the food is really tasty. The word tasty has a s
imilar meaning to ________. A. sweet B. stale C. hot and spicy D. delicious Jawa
ban: D Kata tasty dan delicious mempunyai arti yang sama, yaitu lezat atau nikmat. S
weet artinya manis, stale artinya basi, dan hot and spicy artinya pedas. 21. Fat
her : Where were you when Uncle Nolan came? He was outside for more than an hour
. Agung : Im sorry, Dad. I ________ my report paper when Uncle came. I didnt hear
he knocked at the door. A. typed B. was typing C. have typed D. type Jawaban: B
Ucapan Agung menjelaskan bahwa ada dua peristiwa yang terjadi pada masa lampau,
yaitu dia mengetik laporan tugasnya dan Paman Nolan mengetuk pintu. Berdasarkan
pola the past continuous tense, peristiwa yang memerlukan waktu lebih lama mengg
unakan bentuk to be (was/were) + V-ing. Peristiwa mengetik memerlukan waktu lebi
h lama dibandingkan dengan mengetuk pintu sehingga mengetik berpola (was/were) +
V-ing. Read the text and answer questions 22 to 25. Elizabeth II, born on April
21, 1926, is the eldest daughter of George VI and Elizabeth Bowes-Lyon. She mar
ried Philip Mountbarten, a distant cousin, in 1947; the pair has four children:
Charles, Prince of
296
Wales, Anne, Andrew and Edward. She is the first monarch to send her children to
boarding schools in order to remove them from the ever-probing media. She has a
strong sense of duty and diligence. Her knowledge of current situations and tre
nds is up to date. She possesses a sense of humor rarely exhibited in public whe
re a dignified presence is her goal. 22. The text is about ________. A. Charles
B. Andrew C. Elizabeth II D. Prince Mountbarten Jawaban: C Teks tersebut menceri
takan Elizabeth II, yaitu tentang tanggal kelahiran, keluarga, dan sifatnya. 23.
Elizabeth II was ________ years old in 2007. A. 80 B. 81 C. 90 D. 91 Jawaban: B
Elizabeth II lahir pada tahun 1926. Jadi, pada tahun 2007 dia berusia 81 tahun
(2007 1926 = 81). 24. Anne is one of the ________ of George VI. A. sons B. daugh
ters C. grandsons D. granddaughters Jawaban: D Menurut teks tersebut Elizabeth I
I adalah anak perempuan George VI. Elizabeth II mempunyai anak Charles, Prince o
f Wales, Anne, Andrew, dan Edward. Jadi, Anne adalah salah satu cucu perempuan (
one of the granddaughters) George VI. 25. She possesses a sense of humor rarely e
xhibited . . . . The underlined word means ________. A. hidden B. shown C. found
D. given
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
Jawaban: B Kata exhibited artinya dipamerkan atau ditunjukkan. Kata ini mempunyai makn
a sama dengan kata shown. Hidden artinya disembunyikan, found artinya ditemukan,
dan given artinya diberikan.
Latihan Ulangan Semester

26. Yesterday I didnt go to the meeting. I ________ my mother cook in the kitchen
. She was busy preparing for my sisters seventeenth birthday party. A. help B. am
helping C. will help D. helped
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
28. The writer uses Ardis bicycle because ________. A. he has lost his bike B. hi
s leg is broken C. his own bike is broken D. he doesnt have a bike
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
Jawaban: D Keterangan waktu dalam kalimat tersebut adalah yesterday. Itu berarti k
alimat tersebut berbentuk the simple past tense. Jadi, kata yang tepat untuk mel
engkapi kalimat tersebut adalah helped. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
jawaban (A) berbentuk the simple present tense, (B) salah karena berbentuk the
present continuous tense, dan (C) berbentuk the simple future tense. Read the te
xt and answer questions 27 and 28. Ardi, I use your bike. Mine is broken. Dont wo
rry. Everything will be all right. Thanks. Leo 27. The purpose of the text is __
______. A. to tell Ardi that Leo uses his bike B. to ask Ardi to use Leos bike C.
to tell Leo that Ardi uses his bike D. to ask for clarification about a bike Ja
waban: A Teks soal tersebut merupakan pesan singkat/pendek (short message). Pesa
n tersebut artinya Ardi, saya memakai sepedamu. Sepeda saya rusak. Jangan khawati
r. Semua akan baik-baik saja. Terima kasih.. Kesimpulannya, teks tersebut berisi
pemberitahuan kepada Ardi bahwa Leo meminjam sepedanya. Pilihan jawaban yang lai
n salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya meminta Ardi menggunakan sepeda Leo, (C) ar
tinya memberi tahu Leo bahwa Ardi menggunakan sepedanya, dan (D) artinya meminta
klarifikasi tentang sebuah sepeda.
Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat kedua dalam pesan tersebut,
yang artinya Sepeda saya rusak.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak ses
uai dengan isi pesan tersebut. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya dia kehilangan sepeda
nya, (B) artinya kakinya patah, dan (D) artinya dia tidak memiliki sepeda. Read
the following text and answer questions 29 to 31. GoodInkProfessional Quality Ref
ill Ink BC-02/BX-2 (Black) Refill ink for CANON BJ-10E/10EX/20/200/230 BJC-210S/
210SP/240/255SP/265SP Tap the top of the inkbottle, so no ink remains at the top
portion. With push pin, puncture a hole at the top of the inkbottle. To preserv
e unused ink, insert the pin into the top of the bottle to avoid it become dry.
Store the inkbottle in dry, cool, dark places.
Adapted from: NuInk-Professional Quality Refill Ink
29. Which statement is NOT TRUE based on the above text? A. The color of the ref
ill ink is black. B. The refill ink is usable for any type of printers. C. Keep
the unused ink in dry, cool, dark places. D. Keep the refill ink wet all the tim
e. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban yang salah (not true) adalah (B) yang artinya tint
a isi ulang dapat digunakan untuk tipe printer apa pun. Hal ini bertentangan den
gan informasi dalam teks tersebut bahwa tinta isi ulang ini hanya diperuntukkan
untuk printer tipe BJ-10E/10EX/20/200/230, BJC-210S/210SP/240/255SP/265SP.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
297

Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) y
ang artinya tinta isi ulang ini berwarna hitam sesuai dengan jenis tinta itu, ya
itu BC-03/BX-3 (Black). Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya simpan tinta sisa di te
mpat yang kering, sejuk, dan gelap sesuai dengan kalimat Store the inkbottle in d
ry, cool, dark places.. Pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya jaga supaya tinta tetap
basah sesuai dengan kalimat . . . to avoid it (refill ink) become dry.. 30. What
will happen if you store the refill ink bottle under the direct sunlight? A. The
ink will be dried. B. The ink keeps wet. C. The ink will last long. D. The colo
r of the ink will change. Jawaban: A Berdasarkan kalimat terakhir Store the inkbo
ttle in dry, cool, dark places. yang artinya Simpan botol tinta di tempat kering,
sejuk, dan gelap. dan isi tinta ulang (refill ink) merupakan benda cair, maka tuj
uan botol tinta tidak disimpan di tempat yang terkena sinar matahari langsung ad
alah supaya tinta tidak menjadi kering. Dengan kata lain, apabila botol tinta di
simpan di tempat terkena sinar matahari langsung (under the direct sunlight), ti
nta akan menjadi kering (it will be dry). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilih
an jawaban (B) artinya tinta tetap basah, (C) artinya tinta akan bertahan lama,
dan (D) artinya warna tinta akan berubah. 31. To preserve unused ink, . . . . The
similar meaning of the underlined word is ________. A. protect B. destroy C. rui
n D. neglect Jawaban: A Kata preserve mempunyai arti yang sama dengan kata protect,
yaitu melindungi. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Destroy artinya menghancurkan,
ruin artinya meruntuhkan, dan neglect artinya mengabaikan.
Read the text and answer questions 32 to 35.
Medan, May 4, 2008 Dear Egar, I am very sorry for this late reply. I have just r
eturned from my hometown. I was on a holiday, but I did not really enjoy my stay
there. Things have changed. When I was a child, I used to swim and go fishing w
ith my brother and my friends in the river near my house. I liked the river beca
use the water was clear and there were a lot of fish in it. Now, the river is fu
ll of garbage and the water is turbid. The fish are gone and the area around the
river is dirty. There are no children swimming and fishing in the river because
the water is ominous. The chemical waste from the factories makes it poisonous.
The condition of the river makes me sad. What about your hometown? Do you have
the same problem? Thats all. I have to study for the coming semester exam. Please
reply soon. Yours, Zaki
32. The writers purpose of writing this letter is to tell his friend about his __
______ concerning the river in his hometown. A. happiness B. amazement C. entert
ainment D. disappointment Jawaban: D Dalam surat itu, Zaki menjelaskan bahwa dia
meminta maaf karena baru bisa membalas surat itu. Dia baru saja pulang kampung.
Selanjutnya, dia menceritakan kekecewaannya (disappointment) karena keadaan kam
pungnya telah berubah menjadi lebih buruk dibandingkan ketika Zaki masih kecil.
Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (D). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pi
lihan jawaban (A) happiness artinya kebahagiaan, (B) amazement artinya rasa kagu
m, dan (C) entertainment artinya hiburan. 33. The letter shows that the conditio
n of Zakis hometown on May 4, 2008 was ________ than it was when he was a child.
A. cleaner B. bigger C. worse D. better
298
Latihan Ulangan Semester

Jawaban: C Kata worse artinya lebih buruk. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan penjela
san Zaki yang ditulis dalam surat itu, misalnya sungai itu kotor dan airnya keru
h, ikannya lenyap, dan lingkungan di sekitar sungai kotor. Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) cleaner artinya lebih bersih, (B) bigger artinya
lebih besar, dan (D) better artinya lebih baik. 34. Where did Zaki write the le
tter? In the/his ________. A. river B. village C. hometown D. boarding room
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
Jawaban: A Ungkapan yang tepat untuk melengkapi percakapan adalah ungkapan meres
pons pendapat. Ungkapan tersebut dijawab dengan kalimat Great! Now, lets think abo
ut what to do next. yang artinya Bagus! Sekarang ayo kita pikirkan langkah selanju
tnya.. Karena respons bernada positif, ungkapan yang tepat adalah ungkapan yang m
enyatakan persetujuan. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang tepat adalah (A) yang artinya
saya setuju. This paragraph is for questions 37 to 39. Some people have trips pl
anned by travel agents who give out information about ________ (37). The agents
talk with their clients to find out how to travel, what kinds of places to visit
, and how much money to ________ (38). The agents will buy the necessary tickets
and make ________ (39). This service is free for the travelers. 37. A. going B.
traveling C. staying D. leaving Jawaban: B Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kal
imat soal adalah (B) traveling yang artinya perjalanan. Jawaban ini dapat disimp
ulkan dari kata trips (perjalanan) dan frasa travel agents (agen perjalanan). Piliha
n jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) going yang artinya pergi, (C) sta
ying yang artinya tinggal/menetap, dan (D) leaving yang artinya meninggalkan, sa
lah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks bacaan. 38. A. save B. waste C. spend D.
borrow Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban (C) spend benar karena dapat melengkapi kalima
t soal, yang menyatakan berapa banyak uang yang dikeluarkan (how much money to s
pend). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) save artinya ditabun
g, (B) waste artinya dihamburkan (uang), dan (D) borrow artinya dipinjam, tidak
cocok dengan konteks. 39. A. C. cancelation reservations B. D. transportation ac
comodation
Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini tidak secara jelas atau eksplisit disebutkan pada
surat itu. Jawaban ini dapat disimpulkan berdasarkan fakta bahwa Zaki baru saja
pulang kampung. Itu berarti pilihan jawaban (C) kurang tepat. Demikian pula den
gan pilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) yang mengacu pada kondisi kampung Zaki. Jadi, pi
lihan jawaban yang paling tepat dari keempat pilihan jawaban itu adalah (D) yang
artinya di kamar kosnya. 35. What is the main idea of paragraph 3? A. The condi
tion of the river now. B. Zakis childhood. C. Zaki and his friends. D. Zakis homet
own. Jawaban: A Paragraf tiga menjelaskan kondisi sungai sekarang (the condition
of the river now), yaitu penuh dengan sampah dan keruh, tidak ada ikan dan daer
ah sekitar sungai kotor, serta air sungai beracun oleh limbah pabrik. Pilihan ja
waban yang lain salah karena bukan isi paragraf tiga. 36. Eny : I suggest that w
e raise money for our trip. So, we dont have to ask for money from our parents. K
iki : ________. Eny : Great! Now, lets think about what to do next. A. I agree B.
I disagree C. No way D. I dont know
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
299

Jawaban: C Pasangan kata (collocation) yang tepat menggunakan kata kerja make ad
alah cancelation (pembatalan) dan reservations (pemesanan), sehingga pilihan jaw
aban (B) transportation dan (D) accomodation salah. Secara logika kalimat, kata
yang tepat adalah (C) reservations karena tugas agen perjalanan adalah menyediak
an semua fasilitas yang diperlukan oleh peserta tour, antara lain menyiapkan tik
et dan memesan tempat, termasuk hotel (reservations). Pilihan jawaban (A) cancel
ation tidak cocok dalam konteks ini. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (C)
. 40. in your the best speech on
1 2 7 3 4 8 5 9 6
and grandparents in Thailand, Singapore, China and England.
Adapted from: Snapshot, Starter page 46
41. What is the text about? A. A violinist. B. A musician. C. A pianist. D. An a
rtist. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat kedua paragraf satu, Sh
e is only nineteen years old, but she is a worldfamous violinist. yang artinya Dia
baru berusia sembilan belas tahun, tetapi dia adalah seorang pemain biola yang
terkenal.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya seorang p
emusik (terlalu umum), (C) artinya orang yang ahli main piano, dan (D) artinya p
ekerja seni. 42. Vanessa plays violin ________. A. badly B. carefully C. classic
ally D. wonderfully Jawaban: D Dalam paragraf satu terdapat kalimat When she play
s classical violin concertos on her electric violin, the world listens. yang arti
nya Ketika dia memainkan biola elektriknya di konser-konser biola klasik, dunia m
endengarkan.. Klausa the world listens menunjukkan bahwa Vanessa bermain dengan san
gat menakjubkan (wonderfully). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban
(A) artinya dengan buruk, (B) artinya dengan hati-hati, dan (C) artinya secara k
lasik. 43. From the text we know that people ________. A. in the world are inter
ested in all violinists B. like to listen to Vanessa playing violin C. are eager
to play violin with Vanessa D. play the violin very well in a concert Jawaban:
B Hal itu dapat disimpulkan dari kalimat ketiga paragraf satu, When she plays cla
ssical violin concertos on her electric violin, the world listens.. Pilihan jawab
an (A) dan (C) salah karena tidak sesuai

congratulations contest performance! The proper arrangement of the sentences is


________. A. 713586294 B. 749123568 C. 762491358 D. 763581249
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
Jawaban: C Susunan kata pada pilihan jawaban (C) akan membentuk kalimat yang pad
u, sebagai berikut: (7) Congratulations (6) on (2) your (4) best (9) performance
(1) in (3) the (5) speech (8) contest! yang artinya selamat atas penampilan ter
baikmu pada lomba pidato! Susunan kata pada pilihan jawaban yang lain salah kare
na tidak membentuk kalimat yang padu. Read the text and answer questions 41 to 4
5. Vanessa Mae Vanakorn Nicholson is a musician. She is only nineteen years old,
but she is a world-famous violinist. When she plays classical violin concertos
on her electric violin, the world listens. Vanessa Mae is Thai-Chinese. Her moth
er is Chinese and her father is Thai. She is from Singapore, but she now lives i
n London with her mother and her English stepfather. Shes got cousins, aunts, unc
les
300
Latihan Ulangan Semester

dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (D) salah karena Vanessa bermain biola dengan bagus
tidak hanya dalam satu konser, tetapi di berbagai konser. 44. . . ., but she now
lives in London with her mother and her English stepfather. (Paragraph 2) The wo
rd stepfather means a male whos married to ________. A. ones aunt B. ones sister C. o
nes mother D. ones daughter
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
berangkat. Leave dan get off artinya meninggalkan atau pergi, sedangkan switch o
ff artinya mematikan. 47. Which is NOT TRUE based on the text? A. The flight des
tination is Bali. B. The passengers have plenty of time before boarding. C. The
passengers have to go through Gate 6 to board the plane. D. The announcement is
announced before the plane takes off. Jawaban: B Jawaban yang benar untuk soal i
ni adalah yang bertentangan dengan isi pengumuman. Berdasarkan pengumuman terseb
ut, pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya pesawat tersebut akan menuju Bali benar, se
suai dengan frasa flight number RA 337 to Denpasar, Bali; pilihan jawaban (C) yang
artinya para penumpang pesawat harus menuju Gate 6 untuk masuk ke pesawat (boar
ding) benar, sesuai dengan kalimat To all passengers, please proceed to Gate 6 im
mediately.; dan pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya pengumuman ini diumumkan sebelum
pesawat lepas landas (take off) sesuai dengan isi pengumuman yang memberitahuka
n bahwa pesawat baru akan berangkat setengah jam lagi. Jadi, pilihan jawaban (B)
yang artinya para penumpang masih mempunyai banyak waktu sebelum masuk ke pesaw
at benar karena bertentangan dengan isi kalimat terakhir yang meminta para penum
pang segera (immediately) masuk ke pesawat. 48. The text tells about flight ____
____. A. delay B. cancelation C. departure D. information Jawaban: C Isi pengumu
man tersebut tentang keberangkatan pesawat (flight departure). Hal ini disimpulk
an dari kalimat awal teks yang berarti Pesawat Rajawali Airlines nomor penerbanga
n RA 337 dengan tujuan Denpasar, Bali akan lepas landas dalam 30 menit ke depan..
Pilihan
Jawaban: C Kata stepfather artinya ayah tiri. Itu berarti seorang laki-laki yang men
ikah dengan ibu seseorang (ones mother). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena t
idak sesuai dengan makna kata tersebut. 45. What is the purpose of the text? A.
To tell past events. B. To entertain the readers. C. To describe a certain perso
n. D. To tell how to be a good and famous musician. Jawaban: C Teks tersebut men
deskripsikan seseorang, yaitu Vannesa Mae, tentang permainan pianonya dan keluar
ganya. Dengan demikian, teks ini berbentuk descriptive yang bertujuan untuk mend
eskripsikan seseorang (to describe a certain person). Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah
tujuan teks recount, (B) adalah tujuan teks narrative, dan (D) adalah tujuan te
ks procedure. Read the text and answer questions 46 to 48. Attention, please. Th
e Rajawali Airlines flight number RA 337 to Denpasar, Bali will take off in thir
ty minutes. To all passengers, please proceed to Gate 6 immediately. Thank you.
46. . . . will take off in thirty minutes. What does the underlined word mean? A.
Depart. B. Leave. C. Get off. D. Switch off. Jawaban: A Kata take off artinya ting
gal landas. Kata yang memiliki makna sama dengan kata tersebut adalah depart yang
artinya
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
301

jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya penundaan penerbangan, (B)
artinya pembatalan penerbangan, dan (D) artinya informasi penerbangan (terlalu u
mum). 49. Formerly the farmers used animal waste or compost to fertilize their r
ice fields. But nowadays they ________ artificial fertilizer. A. have used B. ar
e using C. was using D. would use
Ujian Nasional 2005/2006
Jawaban: B Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat adalah (B) are using. Hal it
u dapat disimpulkan berdasarkan keterangan waktu nowadays. Keterangan waktu ters
ebut menunjukkan the present continuous tense. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
Pilihan jawaban (A) berbentuk the present perfect tense, (C) berbentuk the past
continuous tense, dan (D) berbentuk the past future tense.
50. Dea : I went to Miras house last night, but ________ was there. Indra: She an
d her family went to Bandung. A. everybody B. nobody C. anybody D. somebody Jawa
ban: B Dea mengatakan bahwa tadi malam dia pergi ke rumah Mira. Berdasarkan kali
mat Indra yang artinya Dia dan keluarganya pergi ke Bandung., dapat dipastikan bah
wa dia tidak bertemu siapa pun (nobody), termasuk Mira. Pilihan jawaban yang lai
n salah karena menunjukkan bahwa ada orang di rumah Mira saat Dea ke sana. Pilih
an jawaban (A) artinya setiap orang, (C) artinya siapa pun/seseorang, dan (D) ar
tinya seseorang.
302
Latihan Ulangan Semester

Reading Materials
Unit 1 Descriptive
Petunjuk Umum: Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks descriptive yang dapat dijadi
kan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti reading comprehension (perta
nyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/para
graf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi strukt
ur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.
Text 1 Carl Rogers Carl Rogers is a train conductor. He has worked on the railro
ad for 28 years. It has been a good job because he likes people. Carl is very he
lpful and tries to make the passengers comfortable. He often stops to chat with
the passengers. His work is interesting because he travels to many different pla
ces.
Source: Easy Does It
Text 2 Tapir I saw a strange animal in the safari park. It is a tapir. It belong
s to Asian tapirs. The tapir is black at the front and white at the back. It has
four toes on the front feet and three behind. It also bears a pronounced, beakshaped trunk. The tapir lies-up during the day in dense undergrowth (often close
to a river or stream). Its coloring serves to confuse predators, like tigers, w
hen it is active, at night. Although, unlike rhinos, the tapir does not wallow i
n mud baths, it is fond of water and is an excellent swimmer. This animal will o
ften take to a river if pursued and spend most of its daylight time there, espec
ially when the sun shines so brightly.
Adapted from: www.kerinci.org/ff09.html (May 10, 2006)
Text 3 Malaysia Malaysia is a country where many races live side by side. Like S
ingapore, there are Malays, Chinese and Indians. The majority of the people are
Muslims. They speak Bahasa Melayu. The Chinese make up a third of population. Ab
out ten per cent of the population are Indians. The remaining population is made
up of Sikhs, Eurasians and tribal people. The musical instrument most commonly
used in the local music is the gendang or drum. They also use flutes, trumpets a
nd gongs. The Malaysians have their own art forms such as shadow-puppets and sil
at, a form of martial art. The local food includes satay, fried soybean curd in
peanut sauce and tamarind fish curry.
Source: Primary English Cloze Passages 4
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
303

Text 4 Mount Leuser National Park Mount Leuser National Park is most distinguish
ed as the home of the orang utan, a highly endangered and extremely intelligent
primate. The park has two distinct orang utan reserves within its boundaries, Bo
horok and Ketambe, both of which serve to rehabilitate animals back into the wil
d after they have lived in captivity. Orang utans are not the only interesting m
ammals to grace Mount Leuser National Park. Its whopping 10,000 square kilometer
s also provide protected habitat for the Sumatran rhinos, along with elephants a
nd tigers. Overall, one can see 320 species of bird, 176 kinds of mammals, 194 r
eptile species and 52 species of amphibian. Plant life is even more diverse: ove
r one half all plant species on Sumatra can be found in the forests of Mount Leu
ser.
Source: http://www.geographia.com/indonesia/indono02.htm (June 26, 2006)
Text 5 The Sea Eagle There is an eagle nesting on the tree top near my grandpare
nts house in Pangandaran. It was a sea eagle. The color of its feathers is light
brown. It has a strong and sharp yellowish beak. Its claws are very sharp. It hu
nts for fish in the sea, but sometimes it hunts chickens and small birds. It is
easy to recognize because it has a strong a streamlined, sharp beak and a stream
-line body. Its forelimbs (or arms) serve as wings. This means that they are of
little use for anything except flying. It walks on two legs and has a very flexi
ble neck and strong beak to handle foods, to care for its feathers, and for many
other jobs that non-flying animals do with paws, claws or hands on their foreli
mbs.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Text 6 The Smiths House Mr. Smiths house has got four bedrooms, a living-room, a d
iningroom, a kitchen, a bathroom and a separate toilet. There is a toilet in the
bathroom too. The bedrooms and the bathroom are upstairs, and the living room,
the dining room, the kitchen and the toilet are downstairs. The first bedroom is
Mr. and Mrs. Smiths, the second one is Johns, the third one is Marys and the fourt
h one is Annes. Catherines baby bed is in Annes bedroom too. When you enter Mr. Smi
ths house, the room on your left is the living room and the room on your right is
the dining room. Where is the kitchen? It is behind the dining room. And where
is the toilet? It is straight on, in front of you. There is a garden behind the
house, but it is not big. Is there a garden in front of the house too? Yes, ther
e is, but it is very small. When you go upstairs, Mr. and Mrs. Smiths bedroom is
on your left. The bedroom on your right is Johns and the bathroom is between his
bedroom and Marys. Annes bedroom is behind Marys. There is a big bed and two big wa
rdrobes in Mr. and Mrs. Smiths bedroom. In Johns room there is a small bed and a w
ardrobe. John and Marys beds are big, but Annes is small. Marys wardrobe is bigger
than Johns. Annes room has got blue walls, and there are white ships and green isl
ands on them, because it is a childs bedroom. Johns bedroom has got white walls an
d Marys has got gray walls. John has got pictures of horses on his walls, and Mar
y has got pictures of beautiful clothes.
Source: http://www.edu.ge.ch/cptic/prospective/projets/anglais/exercises/TheHous
e.htm (January 30, 2007)
304
Reading Materials

Text 7 Kiskendo Cave Some 35 kilometers at northwest side of Yogyakarta, on a hi


ll at the northern side of Kulon Progo Regency, a small fine asphalt road leads
to Kiskendo Cave. Only a small kind of four-wheeled vehicles can reach the cave.
Those who visit the cave with a bus must leave the vehicle at Niten Village, cl
ose to Giri Mulyo sub-district office, about 8 kilometres from the cave. On the
way to the cave, visitors may enjoy the charming scenery along the winding road.
Valleys, green farmland, and simple rural traditional houses reflect the tradit
ional atmosphere in which the people live. Entering the Kiskendo Cave, visitors
will be greeted by wonderful stalactites and stalagmites like limestone do mostl
y have. According to the legend, the natural shape of the cave was once the pala
ce of two giants by the names of Mahesa Suro and Lembu Suro who were defeated by
Subali as portrayed in the relief at the front of the cave.
Source: http://www.jogjatravel.com/natural.html (March 7, 2007)
Text 8 Petronas Twin Towers The Petronas Twin Towers (also known as the Petronas
Towers), in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, were once the worlds tallest buildings when
measured from the level of the main entrance to the structural or architectural
top. The towers are also the tallest twin towers in the world, and they lay clai
m to being the worlds tallest high rise of the 20th century. These towers, design
ed by architect Csar Pelli, were completed in 1998 and became the tallest buildin
gs in the world on the date of completion. The 88-floor towers are constructed l
argely of reinforced concrete, with a steel and glass facade designed to resembl
e motifs found in Islamic art, a reflection of Malaysias Muslim religion. They we
re built on the site of Kuala Lumpurs race track. Because of the depth of the bed
rock, the buildings were built on the worlds deepest foundations, around 120-mete
r deep. Tower One is fully occupied by the Petronas Company and a number of its
subsidiaries and associate companies. The office spaces in Tower Two are mostly
available for lease to other companies. A number of companies have offices in To
wer Two, including Accenture, Al Jazeera English, Bloomberg, Boeing, IBM, Khazan
ah Nasional Berhad, McKinsey & Co, Microsoft, Newfield Exploration, Exact Softwa
re and Reuters. Below the twin towers is Suria KLCC, a popular shopping mall, an
d Dewan Filharmonik Petronas, the home of the Malaysian Philharmonic Orchestra.
Outside the building is a park with jogging and walking paths, a fountain with i
ncorporated light show, wading pools, and a childrens playground. The feature of
skybridge connect the two towers on 41st and 42nd floors. The bridge is 170 m hi
gh and 58 m long. The same floor is also known as the podium since visitors desi
ring to go to higher levels have to change elevators here. The skybridge is open
to all visitors, but passes (limited to around 1400 people per day, which usual
ly run out before noon) must be obtained on a first-come, first-served basis. Pa
sses are free. The skybridge is closed on Mondays.
Source: http://www.wikipedia.com (March 7, 2007)
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
305

Unit 2 Recount
Petunjuk Umum: Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks recount yang dapat dijadikan
sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti reading comprehension (pertanyaa
n pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf
acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur t
eks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.
Text 1 I have a story about being embarrassed in Australia due to differences in
culture. My story is about ordering tea at a coffee shop. I always had a nice c
up of tea every morning in Indonesia. It gave me a great feeling in the morning.
So, when I arrived in the early morning for the first time at Sydney airport, t
he first thing that I looked for was a coffee shop. Finally, I found a nice coff
ee shop with many people queuing to order. Quite confidently I jumped into the q
ueue. I thought that I had better English than before since I had recently learn
ed English at IALF. Then, a very friendly girl asked me if she could help me. I
said that I would like to have a cup of tea. Then, she asked me what kind of tea
I would like to order, black or white tea? I thought she was making a morning j
oke with me. My quick response, but with some confusion, was that I said red tea
please. With a very unfriendly face she asked me again, Black or white tea, plea
se?, I didnt say anything as I didnt know what actually black or white tea was. I o
nly knew that having tea is normally with or without sugar. Then, she said, Next,
please. She then asked the next customer behind me. I realised then that I didnt
understand Australian customs. One day I had a cup of tea at the university tea
room and I saw a lady drinking tea with milk in it. Then, I asked her, Can I say
that you are having a white tea? She smiled and said, Yes, you can. Finally, I unde
rstood that black tea is no milk added and white tea is with milk. How big is th
e difference of having tea between Indonesian and Australian people!!!
Source: http://www.kangguru.org/kgredifferentponddifferentfish.htm (January 3, 2
009)
Text 2 Hi, friends. Do you know Fatahillah Square or Taman Fatahillah in Jakarta
? It is an open-air museum of Old Batavia. Um . . . have you ever been there? Well
, last month my family and I visited Fatahillah Square. We went there by car. Ar
riving there, we parked our car in the parking lot. Er . . . there are three mai
n establishments. They are Jakarta Museum, the Fine Arts Gallery, the Ceramic Mu
seum and the Wayang Museum. We visited the Jakarta Museum first. There, we could
see the colonial history of the city. The tour guide explained us the history c
learly. After that, we went to the Fine Arts Gallery and the Ceramic Museum. We
found an excellent Chinese and Southeast Asian ceramic collections. The ceramics
are very beautiful, you know. Anyway, do you know who donated the ceramics? Wel
l, . . . the ceramics were donated by the late former Vice President Adam Malik.
Then, we went to the western side of the square. There, we visited the Wayang M
useum. Guess what we saw there! We saw many puppets used in the indigenous puppe
t theater. Unfortunately, we couldnt see the demonstration of the shadow play. It
is usually played on Sunday morning for about two hours. Well, thats all my expe
rience in Fatahillah Square. Interesting, isnt it?
306
Reading Materials

Text 3 Last month my family and I went to Prambanan Temple. We went there by car
. We arrived there in the afternoon. We walked around the temples and went upsta
irs step by step. In the main temple, we saw Roro Jonggrang statue. Have you eve
r heard the story of Roro Jonggrang? It is a very famous story among Javanese, y
ou know. Being tired of walking around, we decided to take a rest in a nearby ho
tel. At night we returned to the temple. We wanted to see the Ramayana ballet. Y
ou know, it tells the story of Rama and Shinta. The performance is almost held e
very night. Have you ever watched it? It was really great, you know. All visitor
s were satisfied with the performance. Text 4 I have an unforgettable experience
during my holiday in Bali. My family and I joined the Bali Adventure and we got
many interesting things. I woke up early that day since I didnt want to miss the
adventure. We started the trip at about six in the morning. Our destination was
Bali Adventure Tours Elephant Safari Park. During the trip, we saw the greenness
, small villages and winding hillside roads. Arriving at the park, we saw some e
lephants there. Accompanied by my guide, Made, we rode on an elephant. We set of
f on a leisurely two hour trek through the surrounding jungle. Made and I set of
f on a snug trail that poked in and out of the jungle, through rice paddocks and
over streams. Along the way, he pointed out every imaginable spice, fruit and v
egetable. I saw rich coffee plants and cocoa trees. Two hours after we set out i
nto the jungle, I saw a mighty elephant hum drumming its way back to the safari
park with a cargo of Japanese tourists on its back. Made and I made our way behi
nd it and followed her into the park. It was really an unforgettable experience
for us. Text 5 One day Sandra Dewi fell sick in the middle of the English lesson
. All the students did reading tasks. Suddenly, Sandra Dewi vomited. All other s
tudents stopped writing. Ms. Lidia helped her immediately. The captain of the cl
ass sent for the schools doctor. In five minutes the doctor came. He examined her
carefully. He examined her eyes. He felt her stomach. He listened to her heart
beat. He measured her blood pressure. Then, he took her temperature. Im afraid she
suffers from malaria. Her temperature is very high. That is why she vomited. Sh
e has a very bad cough, too. Ill give her some pills for her malaria, some tablet
s for her fever and syrup for her cough. She needs a weeks rest, said the doctor.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertam
a Kelas VIII Edisi 4
Text 6 Yesterday at my school we had an International day. We had performances,
food stalls, displays, raffle ticket draw, and some of us were dressed in costum
es. We started our day off with performances but the one I liked best was the on
e from fourth grade. We played games. The performance I was interested in was La
bamba.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
307

Straight after our performances, we had our lunch. There were food stalls. They
came from Australia, Asia, Arab and Greece. Everyone had a job. These people wer
e from sixth grade. I did my job after I had lunch. My job was to sell Internati
onal Day Books. We had displays in the hall. These displays were good but I didnt
get to see them. The displays came from a lot of countries. There was also a Tr
ash and Treasure stall where they sold toys. The school got these things by aski
ng the children to bring them in. Although I didnt win anything, International Da
y was still fun.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertam
a Kelas VIII Edisi 4
Text 7 Last night, I read an article about adolescence in a magazine. I learned
that it was a time of change between childhood and adulthood. After I finished r
eading the article from the magazine, I remembered my own adolescence. I was fou
rteen at that time. I felt very emotional about everything. But I tried to learn
more about myself. I tried to discover what I wanted to do, and what kind of pe
ople I wanted to be. To divert my emotions, I took many extra curricular activit
ies. I took piano lessons on Mondays. On Tuesdays, I joined an English course. T
hen, on Wednesdays and Thursdays, I had extra science and math lessons. Fridays,
it was my time to play basketball with my friends. Finally, I spent most of my
weekends with my family. I was able to control my emotions and to have a place w
here I could express my creativity in positive ways.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Text 8 Last Saturday I woke up early, but I didnt get up because there was no sch
ool. Suddenly, my telephone was rung. It was my friend Fanny, she asked me to go
out at 10:00 o clock. She wanted to buy something in a traditional market. Fina
lly, we were out. In the street, I saw a piece of pink coupon. Interested in its
color, I took it, then Fanny and I read this out. We were fully shocked, it was
a receipt of a four nights tour to Lombok!! The expired date was that day. To o
ur surprise, the name was Fanny Fenita and the birth date was exactly the same l
ike Fanny my friend, and it was also valid for two persons. My God!! We were thi
nking that maybe the coupon just fell from the sky and it was there for us. We w
ere hurried to the address of the tour agency that issued the coupon. The tour a
gency took care of everything. We went home and still could not believe what was
going on. Two days later we were on the Senggigi Beach, lied in the warmth sun.
Moreover, we had long public holiday, so we could enjoy the gift happily. We also
bought some presents for our family and friends.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
308
Reading Materials

Unit 3 Descriptive
Petunjuk Umum: Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks descriptive yang dapat dijadi
kan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti reading comprehension (perta
nyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/para
graf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi strukt
ur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.
Text 1 Merdeka Palace Istana Merdeka is a palace complex in Central Jakarta, Ind
onesia. It was built in 1873 by the Dutch government. The palace was formerly na
med Istana Gambir. In the beginning, this 3.375 m Greek architecture building had
two stories. But in 1848, the upper floor was demolished, and the lower floor w
as made bigger for making a more formal impression. Now the building is still th
e same. As the central of the states activities, now the Istana Negara is the ven
ue for official state events, such as the Independence Day ceremony, welcoming t
he states guests, receiving the Letter of Credence from foreign ambassadors, inst
allation of ministers, ambassadors, the opening of national meetings, national a
nd international congress and official state banquet. The Istana Merdeka has a s
everal rooms such as, First Chamber, Residential Chamber, Guest Room, Banquet Ro
om, Reception Hall, Regalia Room, Office, Bed Chamber, Living Room, and Kitchen.
After Soekarno, the presidents no longer use the Istana as the official residen
ce but only used the office until President Abdurrahman Wahid and Susilo Bambang
Yudhoyono.
Source: http://www.nationmaster.com/encyclopedia/Merdeka-Palace (January 7, 2009
)
Text 2 A giant dam was built many years ago to control the Colorado River. This
dam was built to protect the land and the houses around the river. This huge dam
n was called Boulder Dam when it was finished in 1936. Later it was renamed Hoov
er Dam in honor of a president of the United States. However Dam, one of the hig
hest dams in the world, is located between the states of Arizona and Nevada. Thi
s huge dam is in the Black Canyon. It is possible to drive a car from one side o
f the river to the other on a road which is on top of the dam. This dam is so bi
g that there is an elevator inside. The elevator goes down forty-four stories fr
om the road to the bottom. There is enough concrete in this dam to build a highw
ay from New York to San Francisco. Thousands of people worked on this dam for fi
ve years.
Source: Intermediate Reading Practice
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
309

Text 3 My mother and father both work in the center of Kuala Lumpur. My father i
s an accountant in a large insurance company. He is very happy with his job and
has worked there for ten years. My mother is working at the General Post Office
in the Dayabumi building. Her office is on the third floor. She likes her job an
d she works very hard. Mother and father are both tired when they come home in t
he evening so my sister and I often cook the evening meal. My sister is a good c
ook. She is older than I am and has been cooking for several years now. Her best
dish is fish curry. I am learning how to cook but my dishes are not very tasty.
My sister says if I am patient, I will be able to cook well one day. I hope so
because I know that my parents will be pleased if I can prepare them a delicious
meal after work.
Source: New Remedial English Grammar for KBSM
Text 4 The Indian Ocean is the third-largest ocean in the world. Only the Pacifi
c and the Atlantic are larger. More than one-fifth of all the worlds water supply
is in the Indian Ocean. The Indian Ocean touches four different continents. To
the south is Antarctica and to the east is Australia. Africa lies to the west an
d Asia lies to the north. There are several important islands in the Indian Ocea
n. These include the Madagascar, the largest one, which is near Africa, and Sri
Lanka, which is near India. There is also a group of islands called the Seychell
es and the African coast. The Indian Ocean is extremely important to the countri
es in Southeast Asia. Strong winds from the Indian Ocean bring warm weather and
heavy rains which are necessary for growing food.
Source: Intermediate Reading Practice
Text 5 Mr. Heru has been teaching for three years but everyone admits that he is
a very good teacher. The students like his teaching method. He is very active i
n class and his lessons are always so much fun. He spends a lot of time at home
preparing his lessons and planning worksheets to use in class. He always marks h
is students exercises quickly and hands them back before they have time to forget
what the exercise was about. The students in his classes always do well in exam
inations because he encourages them to study hard. Out of class, Mr. Heru is als
o very active. He runs the school soccer team and helps with the Red Crescent So
ciety which meets on Saturday mornings. Everyone likes him because he always tri
es his best in everything he is involved in.
Adapted from: New Remedial English Grammar for KBSM
310
Reading Materials

Unit 4 Recount
Petunjuk Umum: Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks recount yang dapat dijadikan
sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti reading comprehension (pertanyaa
n pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf
acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur t
eks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.
Text 1 Bhinneka Tunggal Ika The national emblem of the Republic of Indonesia, Ga
ruda Pancasila, is emblazoned with the words Bhinneka Tunggal Ika. They mean Unit
y in Diversity or We are of many kinds, but we are one. This motto is a founding pr
inciple of the modern Indonesian nation, which declares the essential unity of i
ts members despite ethnic, regional, social or religious differences. The concep
t of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is not new to Indonesian history. It can be traced bac
k to the time of the construction of Borobudur when the Sailendra dynasty ruled
on the plains of Central Java in the eighth and ninth centuries. Two hundred yea
rs later, in the Brantas Valley in East Java, King Airlangga built a united king
dom based on this same principle. It was, however, the 14th century poet sage of
Majapahit, Mpu Tantular, who is said to have committed the phrase to writing fo
r the first time. In his religious poem Sutasoma, composed during the reign of K
ing Rajasanagara (Hayam Wuruk), Mpu Tantular expounded a doctrine of reconciliat
ion between the Hindu and Buddhist faiths. Such a spirit of religious tolerance
was an essential element in the foundation and security of the newly emerging St
ate of Majapahit, which reached the height of its power and influence under the
guiding hand of the Prime Minister Gajah Mada. The words of Mpu Tantular were an
inspiration to the founders of the first Independent Government of the Republic
of Indonesia, and today they are found immortalized on the national emblem.
Source: http://www.eastjava.com/books/majapahit/html/bhinneka.html (January 8, 2
009)
Text 2 Majapahit was an Indianized kingdom based in Eastern Java from 1293 to ar
ound 1500. Its greatest ruler was Hayam Wuruk, whose reign from 1350 to 1389 mar
ked the empires peak when it dominated kingdoms in Maritime Southeast Asia (prese
nt day Indonesia, Malaysia, and the Philippines). The Majapahit empire was the l
ast of the major Hindu empires of the Malay archipelago and is considered one of
the greatest states in Indonesian history. Its influence extended to states on
Sumatra, the Malay Peninsula, Borneo and Eastern Indonesia.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Majapahit (January 8, 2009)
Text 3 Hayam Wuruk was also called (after 1350) Rajasanagara, (13341389). He was
the ruler of the Javanese Hindu state of Majapahit at the time of its greatest p
ower. He was preceded by Tribhuwana Wijayatunggadewi and succeeded by Wikramawar
dhana. Hayam Wuruk is the son of Thribhuwana Tunggadewi and Sri Kertawardhana or
Cakradhara. His mother is the daughter of Raden Wijaya the founder of Majapahit
, meanwhile his father is the son of Bhre Tumapel lower king of Singhasari.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
311

Hayam Wuruk was born in 1334, where on the day of his birth sign by the earthqua
ke in Pabanyu Pindah and the eruption of Gunung Kelud. It was also the same year
that Gajah Mada declared his famous oath; Sumpah Palapa. He inherited the thron
e in 1350 at the age of 16 when the great patih (prime minister) Gajah Mada was
at the height of his career. Under his rule, Majapahit extended its power throug
hout the Indonesian archipelago.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hayam_Wuruk (January 8, 2009)
Text 4 Ken Dedes the first queen of Singhasari, was the wife of Ken Arok, the fi
rst ruler of Singhasari, Java, Indonesia. She was later considered as the origin
of lineage of kings that ruled Java, the great mother of Rajasa dynasty, the ro
yal family that ruled Java from Singhasari to Majapahit era. Local tradition als
o mentioned her as the woman with extraordinary beauty, embodiment of such perfe
ct beauty. Most of the record of her life come from the account of Pararaton (Th
e Book of Kings), which often mixed historical account with fictional supranatur
al tales and story. She was the daughter of a Buddhist monk, Mpu Purwa. Accordin
g to tradition, Ken Dedes exceptional and extraordinary beauty was famous through
out the land and attracted Tunggul Ametung, the ruler of Tumapel (now Singhasari
district, East Java) whom later took her as his wife. According to local story,
Ken Dedes was kidnapped and forced to become Tunggul Ametungs wife while her fat
her was gone meditating. Her father cursed Tunggul Ametung, saying he would be k
illed because of Ken Dedes beauty. The curse became reality when Ken Arok succeed
to assassinated Tunggul Ametung and took Ken Dedes as his wife.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ken_Dedes (January 8, 2009)
Text 5 Purnawarman is not the first king of Tarumanagara. According to Book Nusa
ntara, Rajadirajaguru Jayasingawarman founded the Tarumanagara kingdom in 358 AD
. He died in 382 AD and was buried at the bank of Kali Gomati river (present-day
Bekasi city). His son, Dharmayawarman ruled from 382 to 395 AD. His burial site
is at Kali Chandrabaga. Purnawarman is the third king of Tarumanagara and reign
ed from 395 to 434 AD.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tarumanagara (January 8, 2009)
Text 6 On Wednesday, September 19, 1945 the Ally forces/the Dutch that joined in
the Mastiff Carbolic that was one of the Organization of Anglo Dutch Country Sa
ction in Surabaya visited the headquarter of the Japanese soldiers in Surabaya.
At the same time, there were a few Dutchmen who joined the Social Contact Commit
tee raised their flag (red-white-blue flag) on the right side of the Yamato Hote
l. Arek-arek Surabaya thought that this attitude was so arrogant and unsympathiz
e because it symbolized that the Dutch would plant their power in Surabaya again
. Resident Sudirman came to the Orange Hotel and told the Ally committee to rais
e the flag down, but his requirement was rejected even he was pointed with a gun
although he was an officer at that time.
312
Reading Materials

The fight was started. It was between 20 Dutch soldiers and young Surabayanese w
ho came from Genteng area, Embong Malang area, Praban area and other areas. At l
ast, a few of the young Surabayanese had successfully tore the blue side of the
flag and raised the red and white flag and followed by an applause of the people
below the flag in the Orange Hotel. At last, it was noted on the incident that
4 young Surabayanese were killed, they were: Sidik, Mulyadi, Hariono and Mulyono
. From the Dutch side it was noted that Mr. Ploegman was killed because of the m
ass anger.
Source: http://www.petra.ac.id/eastjava/ancient/city/Surabaya/orange.htm (April
20, 2008)
Text 7 Abraham Lincoln, or so-called Abe, was the 16th President of the United S
tates. He was born on February 12, 1809, in a log cabin on a Kentucky farm. Abe
was raised on four farms: three in Kentucky and one in Indiana. His family moved
to Indiana because of their dislike of slavery. His father and mother hated sla
very. Abes mother died of milk poisoning, so times were hard. Abe moved away and
started his own life. Abraham Lincoln was a great man. He had a great personalit
y and really cared about others. He taught many people that they could pull thei
r own part as he did his own things to entertain his guests. Later, Abe became a
lawyer and could then run for president. He decided to do so and won the electi
on as the next president. Like his parents, the President hated slavery, so he d
id not tolerate the slavery in the South. Therefore, he tried to make slavery go
away and he succeeded by winning the war on slavery. Abe was a happy man after
slavery was vanished. One day the President received an invitation to Fords Theat
er and attended even though he might be in danger. At that time, the Presidents b
odyguard didnt do his duty and took a break. The President and his wife arrived a
t Fords Theater along with General Rathbone and his wife. Then, a man came in the
box and shot the President. The man who shot Abe was John Wilkes Booth. The Pre
sident Abraham Lincoln passed away.
Adapted from: http://teacher.scholastic.com/writewit/biograph/ biography_readrep
.asp?id=10892&age=11&Page=1&sortBy= (December 22, 2007)
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
313

Anonymous. 2006. Kevin-Narrogin. In Dalton, K.R. KangGuru Radio English. Denpasar:


IALF: p.6 Azar, B.S. 1993. Understanding and Using English Grammar (Second Edit
ion). New Jersey: Prentice hall, Inc. Blundell, J., J. Higgens and N. Middlemiss
. 1992. Function in English. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Chiang, Soh Kok. ?
. Composition Letter Writing Comprehension Structure and Usage. Singapore: Mayer
Book Store. Curry, D. 1996. Easy Does It. Washington D.C.: Materials Branch. Do
ff, A. and C. Jones. 1994. Language in Use Intermediate. Cambridge: Cambridge Un
iversity Press. Echols, J. M. and H. Shadily. 1989. Kamus InggrisIndonesia. Jakar
ta: Gramedia. Granger, C. and J. Plumb. 1981. Play Games with English 1. London:
Heinemann Educational Books Ltd. Hornby, A.S. 2002. Oxford Advanced Learners Dic
tionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Otto, B. 2006. Brad - Greece. In Dalton,
K.R. KangGuru Radio English. Denpasar: IALF: p.6 Priyana, J., A. R. Irjayanti a
nd V. Renitasari. 2008. Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grad
e VIII. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional. Richards, J.C.
1989. American Breakthrough 2. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Tan, L. ?. Week
by Week English Practice Papers Primary 2. Singapore: Success Publications Pte,
Ltd. Teo, K. 2002. Primary English Cloze Passages 4. Singapore: Postkid.com Pte
Ltd. Wardiman, A., M.B. Jahur, M.S. Djusma. 2008. English in Focus for Grade VII
I Junior High School (SMP/MTs). Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan N
asional. Widiati, U., G.H. Sulistyo, N. Suryati, S. Setiawan, P. Ratnaningsih. 2
008. Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama k
elas VIII Edisi 4. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.
314
Daftar Pustaka

Anda mungkin juga menyukai